二、桑喀地谢萨篇显示巴利原文
2. Saṅghādisesakaṇḍaṃ
一、故意泄精学处注释显示巴利原文
1. Sukkavissaṭṭhisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
《波罗夷篇》结集之后,紧随其后者;
这是十三条未曾有法前分的注疏。
显示巴利原文 Yaṃ pārājikakaṇḍassa, saṅgītaṃ samanantaraṃ; Tassa terasakassāyamapubbapadavaṇṇanā.
234 二三四 那时,世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。那时,具寿赛亚萨卡于梵行生不乐。此中,“具寿”是爱称;“赛亚萨卡”是那位比丘的名字。“不乐”指心散乱,为欲贪之火所烧恼,却并非希求还俗。他因此变得消瘦,那位赛亚萨卡即因那种不乐而憔悴。显示巴利原文
234. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā seyyasako anabhirato brahmacariyaṃ caratīti ettha āyasmāti piyavacanaṃ. Seyyasakoti tassa bhikkhuno nāmaṃ. Anabhiratoti vikkhittacitto kāmarāgapariḷāhena pariḍayhamāno na pana gihibhāvaṃ patthayamāno. So tena kiso hotīti so seyyasako tena anabhiratabhāvena kiso hoti.
具寿乌达伊看见了——此中,“乌达伊”是那位长老的名字;他正是赛亚萨卡的戒师,名为拉拉乌达伊,形似疯鹿,是那些耽着睡眠等事的放逸比丘之一。“你是否……”即“你是否”。“随所欲而食”等中,“随所欲”意为随所需。意思是:你随所需而食,想吃多少便吃多少;不论昼夜,想睡多久便睡多久;用泥等涂身后,以粉等摩擦沐浴,想洗多久便洗多久;无需诵经、问义、履行义务或修习业处。当你生起不乐——即因欲贪而生起厌倦、心散乱时,贪欲扰乱心:欲贪能破坏、摧毁、散乱并令心枯萎。那时,你应以手努力泄出精液;这样,你的心将得以专一。如此,戒师教导了他,正如愚者教导愚者,野兽教导野兽。显示巴利原文
Addasā kho āyasmā udāyīti ettha udāyīti tassa therassa nāmaṃ, ayañhi seyyasakassa upajjhāyo lāḷudāyī nāma bhantamigasappaṭibhāgo niddārāmatādimanuyuttānaṃ aññataro lolabhikkhu. Kacci no tvanti kacci nu tvaṃ. Yāvadatthaṃ bhuñjātiādīsu yāvatā atthoti yāvadatthaṃ. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yāvatā te bhojanena attho yattakaṃ tvaṃ icchasi tattakaṃ bhuñja, yattakaṃ kālaṃ rattiṃ vā divā vā supituṃ icchasi tattakaṃ supa, mattikādīhi kāyaṃ ubbaṭṭetvā cuṇṇādīhi ghaṃsitvā yattakaṃ nhānaṃ icchasi tattakaṃ nhāya, uddesena vā paripucchāya vā vattapaṭipattiyā vā kammaṭṭhānena vā attho natthīti. Yadā te anabhirati uppajjatīti yasmiṃ kāle tava kāmarāgavasena ukkaṇṭhitatā vikkhittacittatā uppajjati. Rāgo cittaṃ anuddhaṃsetīti kāmarāgo cittaṃ dhaṃseti padhaṃseti vikkhipati ceva milāpeti ca. Tadā hatthena upakkamitvā asuciṃ mocehīti tasmiṃ kāle hatthena vāyamitvā asucimocanaṃ karohi, evañhi te cittekaggatā bhavissati. Iti taṃ upajjhāyo anusāsi yathā taṃ bālo bālaṃ mago magaṃ.
235 他们失念、不正知而沉入睡眠——即舍弃正念正知而进入睡眠。虽然沉入睡眠时,转起的是无记的有分心,正念正知的转起也中断了,但躺下时仍应作意。白天睡眠者应以这样的激励而卧:‘我将睡到沐浴后头发变干时便起身。’夜晚睡眠者应以这样的激励而卧:‘我将睡到夜晚的某个时分,当月轮或星宿到达某处时便起身。’并且,应在十种业处中,譬如佛随念等,选取一种或另一种令心欢喜的业处之后,才沉入睡眠。能这样行持的比丘,便称为不忘正念正知而沉入睡眠。然而,那些愚痴、放逸、形似疯鹿的比丘并未如此而行,因此说:‘他们失念、不正知而沉入睡眠。’显示巴利原文
235.Tesaṃ muṭṭhassatīnaṃ asampajānānaṃ niddaṃ okkamantānanti satisampajaññaṃ pahāya niddaṃ otarantānaṃ. Tattha kiñcāpi niddaṃ okkamantānaṃ abyākato bhavaṅgavāro pavattati, satisampajaññavāro gaḷati, tathāpi sayanakāle manasikāro kātabbo. Divā supantena yāva nhātassa bhikkhuno kesā na sukkhanti tāva supitvā vuṭṭhahissāmīti saussāhena supitabbaṃ. Rattiṃ supantena ettakaṃ nāma rattibhāgaṃ supitvā candena vā tārakāya vā idaṃ nāma ṭhānaṃ pattakāle vuṭṭhahissāmīti saussāhena supitabbaṃ. Buddhānussatiādīsu ca dasasu kammaṭṭhānesu ekaṃ aññaṃ vā cittaruciyaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvāva niddā okkamitabbā. Evaṃ karonto hi sato sampajāno satiñca sampajaññañca avijahitvāva niddaṃ okkamatīti vuccati. Te pana bhikkhū bālā lolā bhantamigasappaṭibhāgā na evamakaṃsu. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘tesaṃ muṭṭhassatīnaṃ asampajānānaṃ niddaṃ okkamantāna’’nti.
此处,有思心所可得——在梦中,有味著的思心所存在,可得。‘诸比丘,此思心所存在,但它是无记的’——诸比丘,这种味著的思心所确实存在,只是它生起于非境域,故为无记,不构成犯戒的要素。如此,世尊在显示了梦中思心所的无记性之后,连同附随的制戒,制定了这条学处:‘诸比丘,你们应当这样诵这条学处:故意泄精,除梦中外,是桑喀地谢沙。’显示巴利原文
Atthi cettha cetanā labbhatīti ettha ca supinante assādacetanā atthi upalabbhati. Atthesā, bhikkhave, cetanā; sā ca kho abbohārikāti bhikkhave esā assādacetanā atthi, sā ca kho avisaye uppannattā abbohārikā, āpattiyā aṅgaṃ na hoti. Iti bhagavā supinante cetanāya abbohārikabhāvaṃ dassetvā ‘‘evañca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha, sañcetanikā sukkavissaṭṭhi aññatra supinantā saṅghādiseso’’ti sānupaññattikaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpesi.
236-237 其中,具有思心所者称为‘有思’,有思本身即是‘故意的’;或者说,具足思心所者即是‘故意的’。然而,由于故意泄精的人正是知道者、觉知者,而且他的泄精是故意、存心、违犯的,因此,不胶着于字句而仅显示其义,便给出了这样的句释:‘知道、觉知、故意、存心、违犯’。其中,‘知道’指知道‘我正在努力’。‘觉知’指觉知‘我正在泄精’,所以,连同知道努力的状况,它的意思就是知道。‘故意’指以泄精的味著思心所来思惟、策划。‘存心’指以努力的方式策动无犹豫之心。‘违犯’指如此转起的违犯,这就是‘故意的’一词的究竟义。显示巴利原文
236-237. Tattha saṃvijjati cetanā assāti sañcetanā, sañcetanāva sañcetanikā, sañcetanā vā assā atthīti sañcetanikā. Yasmā pana yassa sañcetanikā sukkavissaṭṭhi hoti so jānanto sañjānanto hoti, sā cassa sukkavissaṭṭhi cecca abhivitaritvā vītikkamo hoti, tasmā byañjane ādaraṃ akatvā atthameva dassetuṃ ‘‘jānanto sañjānanto cecca abhivitaritvā vītikkamo’’ti evamassa padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ. Tattha jānantoti upakkamāmīti jānanto. Sañjānantoti sukkaṃ mocemīti sañjānanto, teneva upakkamajānanākārena saddhiṃ jānantoti attho. Ceccāti mocanassādacetanāvasena cetetvā pakappetvā. Abhivitaritvāti upakkamavasena maddanto nirāsaṅkacittaṃ pesetvā. Vītikkamoti evaṃ pavattassa yo vītikkamo ayaṃ sañcetanikāsaddassa sikhāppatto atthoti vuttaṃ hoti.
现在,关于“泄精”——在此,为了说明所泄之精的数目与颜色的差别,先说:“精有十种”等。应知此中的精,因所依处和界的差异而有青等颜色的差别。显示巴利原文
Idāni sukkavissaṭṭhīti ettha yassa sukkassa vissaṭṭhi taṃ tāva saṅkhyāto vaṇṇabhedato ca dassetuṃ ‘‘sukkanti dasa sukkānī’’tiādimāha. Tattha sukkānaṃ āsayabhedato dhātunānattato ca nīlādivaṇṇabhedo veditabbo.
“泄”即泄出,约义理而言,是指从安住处移出,因此说:“泄即从住处移出”。关于精的住处,有三种施设:膀胱头、腰、全身。据说,有一位老师说:“精的住处是膀胱头。”一位说:“腰。”一位说:“全身。”这三种说法中,第三位的说法是善说。因为,除了无肉的毛发、指甲、牙齿以及粪、尿、唾、涕、硬干皮之外,其余随皮肤、肉、血而遍在的整个身体,都是身净色、命根、所执胆汁及精液所依之处。正如被贪欲所缠缚的象,精液会从两耳尖流出;又,大军王被贪欲缠缚,不能忍受精液的冲动,便用刀劈开肩头,示现从疮口流出的精液。显示巴利原文
Vissaṭṭhīti vissaggo, atthato panetaṃ ṭhānācāvanaṃ hoti, tenāha – ‘‘vissaṭṭhīti ṭhānatocāvanā vuccatī’’ti. Tattha vatthisīsaṃ kaṭi kāyoti tidhā sukkassa ṭhānaṃ pakappenti, eko kirācariyo ‘‘vatthisīsaṃ sukkassa ṭhāna’’nti āha. Eko ‘‘kaṭī’’ti, eko ‘‘sakalo kāyo’’ti, tesu tatiyassa bhāsitaṃ subhāsitaṃ. Kesalomanakhadantānañhi maṃsavinimuttaṭṭhānaṃ uccārapassāvakheḷasiṅghāṇikāthaddhasukkhacammāni ca vajjetvā avaseso chavimaṃsalohitānugato sabbopi kāyo kāyappasādabhāvajīvitindriyābaddhapittānaṃ sambhavassa ca ṭhānameva. Tathā hi rāgapariyuṭṭhānenābhibhūtānaṃ hatthīnaṃ ubhohi kaṇṇacūḷikāhi sambhavo nikkhamati, mahāsenarājā ca rāgapariyuṭṭhito sambhavavegaṃ adhivāsetuṃ asakkonto satthena bāhusīsaṃ phāletvā vaṇamukhena nikkhantaṃ sambhavaṃ dassesīti.
在此,按照第一位老师的观点:以泄欲的快感为缘,用功于密处时,只要释放了微如一只小苍蝇所饮之量的不净,从膀胱头脱出,在落入水道的那一刹那,无论出到外面与否,即犯桑喀地谢沙。按照第二位老师的观点:同样地,从腰部脱出,落入水道的那一刹那。按照第三位老师的观点:同样地,震动全身之后,从该处脱出,落入水道的那一刹那,无论出到外面与否,即犯桑喀地谢沙。这里说‘落入水道’,是针对无法忍受而中途阻止的情况,因为从住处脱离后必然落入水道。因此,应知此处只以从住处脱离即为犯戒。而且,那仅限于以泄欲快感用功于密处时;若以手、脚或身体作务,即使导致不净泄出,也无犯。这是诸师共同的判决。显示巴利原文
Ettha pana paṭhamassa ācariyassa vāde mocanassādena nimitte upakkamato yattakaṃ ekā khuddakamakkhikā piveyya tattake asucimhi vatthisīsato muñcitvā dakasotaṃ otiṇṇamatte bahi nikkhante vā anikkhante vā saṅghādiseso. Dutiyassa vāde tatheva kaṭito muccitvā dakasotaṃ otiṇṇamatte, tatiyassa vāde tatheva sakalakāyaṃ saṅkhobhetvā tato muccitvā dakasotaṃ otiṇṇamatte bahi nikkhante vā anikkhante vā saṅghādiseso. Dakasotorohaṇañcettha adhivāsetvā antarā nivāretuṃ asakkuṇeyyatāya vuttaṃ, ṭhānā cutañhi avassaṃ dakasotaṃ otarati. Tasmā ṭhānā cāvanamattenevettha āpatti veditabbā, sā ca kho nimitte upakkamantasseva hatthaparikammapādaparikammagattaparikammakaraṇena sacepi asuci muccati, anāpatti. Ayaṃ sabbācariyasādhāraṇavinicchayo.
“除了梦中遗精之外”:在此,“supinanto”即指梦中遗精,意为“将其搁置、排除”。而所见的那种梦,是由四种原因而见的:因界扰动、因往昔所经历、因天神示现,或因前兆。显示巴利原文
Aññatra supinantāti ettha supino eva supinanto, taṃ ṭhapetvā apanetvāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tañca pana supinaṃ passanto catūhi kāraṇehi passati dhātukkhobhato vā anubhūtapubbato vā devatopasaṃhārato vā pubbanimittato vāti.
其中,由界扰动而见梦者:因胆汁等引发扰动的因缘和合,令界扰动,他由界扰动而见梦,见时见到种种梦境——如坠山崖、如凌空而行、如被猛兽、象、盗贼等追赶。由往昔所经历而见者,则见到过去曾经受过的所缘。由天神示现而见者:天神们或怀利益想,或怀不利益想,为了利益或不利益而示现种种所缘,他藉由那些天神的神力而见到那些所缘。由前兆而见者,则见到以福与非福之力将生起的利或不利益的前兆之梦,例如:菩萨的母亲梦见获子的瑞兆,菩萨梦见五大梦,拘萨罗王梦见十六梦等。显示巴利原文
Tattha pittādīnaṃ khobhakaraṇapaccayayogena khubhitadhātuko dhātukkhobhato supinaṃ passati, passanto ca nānāvidhaṃ supinaṃ passati – pabbatā patanto viya, ākāsena gacchanto viya, vāḷamigahatthīcorādīhi anubaddho viya hoti. Anubhūtapubbato passanto pubbe anubhūtapubbaṃ ārammaṇaṃ passati. Devatopasaṃhārato passantassa devatā atthakāmatāya vā anatthakāmatāya vā atthāya vā anatthāya vā nānāvidhāni ārammaṇāni upasaṃharanti, so tāsaṃ devatānaṃ ānubhāvena tāni ārammaṇāni passati. Pubbanimittato passanto puññāpuññavasena uppajjitukāmassa atthassa vā anatthassa vā pubbanimittabhūtaṃ supinaṃ passati, bodhisattassamātā viya puttapaṭilābhanimittaṃ, bodhisatto viya pañca mahāsupine (a. ni. 5.196), kosalarājā viya soḷasa supineti.
其中,由界扰动及由往昔所经历而见到的梦,并非真实。由天神示现而见到的梦,或真或假,因为忿怒的诸天欲以方便作毁坏,便会颠倒示现。而由前兆而见到的梦,则必定是真实的。再者,这四种根本因的混合差别,也产生了梦的种种差别。显示巴利原文
Tattha yaṃ dhātukkhobhato anubhūtapubbato ca supinaṃ passati na taṃ saccaṃ hoti. Yaṃ devatopasaṃhārato passati taṃ saccaṃ vā hoti alīkaṃ vā, kuddhā hi devatā upāyena vināsetukāmā viparītampi katvā dassenti. Yaṃ pana pubbanimittato passati taṃ ekantasaccameva hoti. Etesañca catunnaṃ mūlakāraṇānaṃ saṃsaggabhedatopi supinabhedo hotiyeva.
而这四种梦,唯有有学凡夫能见,因尚未断除颠倒想;无学者则不能见,因已断除颠倒想。那么,见梦者是在睡眠中见,还是在醒时见,抑或非睡非醒时见?此处,若说是在睡眠中见,则与阿毗达摩相违,因为睡眠是以有分心而睡,然而,以色相等为所缘的心,并不与贪等相应,而见梦者所生起的正是这类心。若说是在醒时见,则与律相违,因为醒时是以通一切处心而见,若以通一切处心而犯过,便不可能无犯;但见梦者即便有所违犯,也绝对无犯。若说非睡非醒时见,那么是谁在见?如此则梦就不存在了。并非不存在。为什么?因为被‘猴睡’所支配者能见梦,即经中所说:‘大王,被猴睡所支配者见梦。’所谓‘被猴睡所支配’,即与猴子的睡眠相应。如同猴子的睡眠是轻浅易转的,那种睡眠也反复被善等心所间断,轻浅易转,在其转起之际反复从有分出起,与那种睡眠相应者能见梦。因此,这梦可以是善的、不善的或无记的。其中,于梦中礼敬塔庙、听法、说法等,是善的;造作杀生等,是不善的;在转向和彼所缘的刹那,离于善恶两端,是无记的,应当了知。而此梦中的思,由于所依羸弱,不能牵引结生,但在生命流转中,若得到其他善或不善法的资助,则能产生果报。显示巴利原文
Tañca panetaṃ catubbidhampi supinaṃ sekkhaputhujjanāva passanti appahīnavipallāsattā, asekkhā pana na passanti pahīnavipallāsattā. Kiṃ panetaṃ passanto sutto passati paṭibuddho, udāhu neva sutto na paṭibuddhoti? Kiñcettha yadi tāva sutto passati abhidhammavirodho āpajjati, bhavaṅgacittena hi supati taṃ rūpanimittādiārammaṇaṃ rāgādisampayuttaṃ vā na hoti, supinaṃ passantassa ca īdisāni cittāni uppajjanti. Atha paṭibuddho passati vinayavirodho āpajjati, yañhi paṭibuddho passati taṃ sabbohārikacittena passati, sabbohārikacittena ca kate vītikkame anāpatti nāma natthi. Supinaṃ passantena pana katepi vītikkame ekantaṃ anāpatti eva. Atha neva sutto na paṭibuddho passati, ko nāma passati; evañca sati supinassa abhāvova āpajjatīti, na abhāvo. Kasmā ? Yasmā kapimiddhapareto passati. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘kapimiddhapareto kho, mahārāja, supinaṃ passatī’’ti. Kapimiddhaparetoti makkaṭaniddāya yutto. Yathā hi makkaṭassa niddā lahuparivattā hoti; evaṃ yā niddā punappunaṃ kusalādicittavokiṇṇattā lahuparivattā, yassā pavattiyaṃ punappunaṃ bhavaṅgato uttaraṇaṃ hoti tāya yutto supinaṃ passati, tenāyaṃ supino kusalopi hoti akusalopi abyākatopi. Tattha supinante cetiyavandanadhammassavanadhammadesanādīni karontassa kusalo, pāṇātipātādīni karontassa akusalo, dvīhi antehi mutto āvajjanatadārammaṇakkhaṇe abyākatoti veditabbo. Svāyaṃ dubbalavatthukattā cetanāya paṭisandhiṃ ākaḍḍhituṃ asamattho, pavatte pana aññehi kusalākusalehi upatthambhito vipākaṃ deti. Kiñcāpi vipākaṃ deti? Atha kho avisaye uppannattā abbohārikāva supinantacetanā. Tenāha – ‘‘ṭhapetvā supinanta’’nti.
‘桑喀地谢沙’:这是此罪聚的名称。因此,除了梦遗之外,有意的泄精,这名为‘桑喀地谢沙’的罪聚——应知此处的关系如此。而此处的词义是:在其初始及后续阶段都需要僧团,故为‘桑喀地谢沙’。这是什么意思呢?对于犯了此罪而想出罪者,那出罪之法,在其初始,为给予别住,需依僧团;在初始之后,于中间阶段,为给予敬悦,或为连同根本重治一起给予敬悦,需依僧团;在最后,为作出罪,也需依僧团。因为在此,没有一项羯磨可以无僧团而能成办,故在其初始及后续阶段都需要僧团,因此称为‘桑喀地谢沙’。若舍去文句,仅揭示其义理:‘对于那罪,唯有僧团才能给予别住、根本重治、给予敬悦、出罪,而非多个比丘,亦非一人,因此称为桑喀地谢沙’——这是它的句释。显示巴利原文
Saṅghādisesoti imassa āpattinikāyassa nāmaṃ. Tasmā yā aññatra supinantā sañcetanikā sukkavissaṭṭhi , ayaṃ saṅghādiseso nāma āpattinikāyoti evamettha sambandho veditabbo . Vacanattho panettha saṅgho ādimhi ceva sese ca icchitabbo assāti saṅghādiseso. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Imaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjitvā vuṭṭhātukāmassa yaṃ taṃ āpattivuṭṭhānaṃ, tassa ādimhi ceva parivāsadānatthāya ādito sese ca majjhe mānattadānatthāya mūlāya paṭikassanena vā saha mānattadānatthāya avasāne abbhānatthāya saṅgho icchitabbo. Na hettha ekampi kammaṃ vinā saṅghena sakkā kātunti saṅgho ādimhi ceva sese ca icchitabbo assāti saṅghādisesoti. Byañjanaṃ pana anādiyitvā atthameva dassetuṃ ‘‘saṅghova tassā āpattiyā parivāsaṃ deti, mūlāya paṭikassati, mānattaṃ deti, abbheti na sambahulā na ekapuggalo, tena vuccati saṅghādiseso’’ti idamassa padabhājanaṃ –
所谓‘桑喀地谢沙’,如实地谛听我说:显示巴利原文
‘‘Saṅghādisesoti yaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ suṇohi yathātathaṃ;
唯有僧团授予别住,并作根本重治;
授予敬悦,作出罪,因此这被称作‘桑喀地谢沙’。
显示巴利原文 Saṅghova deti parivāsaṃ, mūlāya paṭikassati; Mānattaṃ deti abbheti, tenetaṃ iti vuccatī’’ti. (pari. 339) –
在《附随》中也提到了语义解释。其中,授予别住等事在《合聚犍度》中有详述,我们将在彼处对其作注释。显示巴利原文
Parivāre vacanakāraṇañca vuttaṃ, tattha parivāsadānādīni samuccayakkhandhake vitthārato āgatāni, tattheva nesaṃ saṃvaṇṇanaṃ karissāma.
所谓“该罪聚”,即指该罪之集合。在此,虽然这只是单一的一罪,但依惯用语,或是以整体代部分而称为“聚”——正如说“一个受蕴,一个识蕴”等。显示巴利原文
Tasseva āpattinikāyassāti tassa eva āpattisamūhassa. Tattha kiñcāpi ayaṃ ekāva āpatti, rūḷhisaddena pana avayave samūhavohārena vā ‘‘nikāyo’’ti vutto – ‘‘eko vedanākkhandho, eko viññāṇakkhandho’’tiādīsu viya.
如是,将所诵出的学处逐条分别之后,现在为了显示成就此禅悦释放的方法、时间、意图与意图所依,而说“于内色解脱”等语。其中,以“内色”等四句显示了方法:或于内色解脱,或于外色解脱,或于内外二者处解脱,或于虚空解脱。若以色为网而解脱,或以通过色之网而解脱,皆称为以色而解脱。须知此“色”是依修习而得。当有色时,具念住者得解脱,并非因获得色而解脱。为断除贪着等,又显示了五种时间:于五种时间中,若未生的业缘生起,具念住者则得解脱。除此之外,别无时间。因为若无贪著等,早晨等时间差别便不成为解脱的条件。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ uddiṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ padānukkamena vibhajitvā idāni imaṃ sukkavissaṭṭhiṃ āpajjantassa upāyañca kālañca adhippāyañca adhippāyavatthuñca dassetuṃ ‘‘ajjhattarūpe mocetī’’tiādimāha. Ettha hi ajjhattarūpādīhi catūhi padehi upāyo dassito, ajjhattarūpe vā moceyya bahiddhārūpe vā ubhayattha vā ākāse vā kaṭiṃ kampento, ito paraṃ añño upāyo natthi. Tattha rūpe ghaṭṭetvā mocentopi rūpena ghaṭṭetvā mocentopi rūpe moceticceva veditabbo. Rūpe hi sati so moceti na rūpaṃ alabhitvā. Rāgūpatthambhādīhi pana pañcahi kālo dassito. Rāgūpatthambhādikālesu hi aṅgajātaṃ kammaniyaṃ hoti, yassa kammaniyatte sati moceti. Ito paraṃ añño kālo natthi, na hi vinā rāgūpatthambhādīhi pubbaṇhādayo kālabhedā mocane nimittaṃ honti.
以“为健康故”等十种说法,显示了意图。正是以这种对意图的分别而解脱,并非别的方式。而关于“青”等十种,则显示了第九种意图的对象。因为探究者依青等中的某一种而作探究,并非离此而得解脱。显示巴利原文
Ārogyatthāyātiādīhi dasahi adhippāyo dassito, evarūpena hi adhippāyabhedena moceti na aññathā. Nīlādīhi pana dasahi navamassa adhippāyassa vatthu dassitaṃ, vīmaṃsanto hi nīlādīsu aññatarassa vasena vīmaṃsati na tehi vinimuttanti.
238 此外,为阐明这些“内色”等词,而说“内色者,指内在的执受色”等。其中,“内在的执受色”即自身手等差别之色。“外在的执受色”即他人的同样之色。“非执受色”即如棕榈、孔洞等类别。“两者”指自身与他人的色,这是综合的说法。若将自身之色与非执受色合说,则为一整体。或说于空中动摇等,即是以某色为所缘而于空中生起的未生的振动。显示巴利原文
238. Ito paraṃ pana imesaṃyeva ajjhattarūpādīnaṃ padānaṃ pakāsanatthaṃ ‘‘ajjhattarūpeti ajjhattaṃ upādinne rūpe’’tiādi vuttaṃ, tattha ajjhattaṃ upādinne rūpeti attano hatthādibhede rūpe. Bahiddhā upādinneti parassa tādiseyeva. Anupādinneti tāḷacchiddādibhede. Tadubhayeti attano ca parassa ca rūpe, ubhayaghaṭṭanavasenetaṃ vuttaṃ. Attano rūpena ca anupādinnarūpena ca ekato ghaṭṭanepi labbhati. Ākāse vāyamantassāti kenaci rūpena aghaṭṭetvā ākāseyeva kaṭikampanapayaogena aṅgajātaṃ cālentassa.
所谓“贪的增上”,是指贪的强力状态,或由贪而引生的对生殖器的支撑,即生起僵硬性,如此说。“堪能作业”者,即于内在色等中,具有适合解脱之业的能力,堪能加行。显示巴利原文
Rāgūpatthambheti rāgassa balavabhāve, rāgena vā aṅgajātassa upatthambhe, thaddhabhāve sañjāteti vuttaṃ hoti. Kammaniyaṃ hotīti mocanakammakkhamaṃ ajjhattarūpādīsu upakkamārahaṃ hoti.
所谓“以毛虫咬啮为增上”,即如同被毛虫咬啮而对生殖器的支撑。所谓毛虫,即多毛虫类,其毛触身后,生殖器发痒而变僵硬。由于这些毛犹如咬啮般刺入生殖器,故说“以毛虫咬啮为增上”。从意义上说……显示巴利原文
Uccāliṅgapāṇakadaṭṭhūpatthambheti uccāliṅgapāṇakadaṭṭhena aṅgajāte upatthambhe. Uccāliṅgapāṇakā nāma lomasapāṇakā honti, tesaṃ lomehi phuṭṭhaṃ aṅgajātaṃ kaṇḍuṃ gahetvā thaddhaṃ hoti, tattha yasmā tāni lomāni aṅgajātaṃ ḍaṃsantāni viya vijjhanti, tasmā ‘‘uccāliṅgapāṇakadaṭṭhenā’’ti vuttaṃ, atthato pana uccāliṅgapāṇakalomavedhanenāti vuttaṃ hoti.
239 “我将成为无病者”:指通过解脱而成为无病者。“我将生起乐受”:意指由解脱、由解脱的生起,以及由解脱之因所生的乐受,他将使之生起。“这将成为药物”:我所解脱的这一事物将成药物。“我将施舍”:通过解脱,我将施舍给昆虫、蚂蚁等。“将生功德”:意为施与昆虫等施舍者将获得功德。“将行诵祷”:意指将为昆虫等作诵祷。以上诸种例说,显明以言语称叹之义。“将生天上”:谓凭借施与昆虫等的施舍、功德及诵祷之力而生天。“将生种子”:“种子”指家系子孙,即依此方便,“种子”将会出生;或说“种子”即是所生,意为产生。“为觉知故”:即为了出生(觉知)。“将得色”:指某些藏经中所说的色等,当如此理解。“戏乐自在者”:意为依戏乐随顺之法,由戏乐调伏而解脱。显示巴利原文
239.Arogo bhavissāmīti mocetvā arogo bhavissāmi. Sukhaṃ vedanaṃ uppādessāmīti mocanena ca muccanuppattiyā muttapaccayā ca yā sukhā vedanā hoti, taṃ uppādessāmīti attho. Bhesajjaṃ bhavissatīti idaṃ me mocitaṃ kiñcideva bhesajjaṃ bhavissati. Dānaṃ dassāmīti mocetvā kīṭakipillikādīnaṃ dānaṃ dassāmi. Puññaṃ bhavissatīti mocetvā kīṭādīnaṃ dentassa puññaṃ bhavissati. Yaññaṃ yajissāmīti mocetvā kīṭādīnaṃ yaññaṃ yajissāmi. Kiñci kiñci mantapadaṃ vatvā dassāmīti vuttaṃ hoti. Saggaṃ gamissāmīti mocetvā kīṭādīnaṃ dinnadānena vā puññena vā yaññena vā saggaṃ gamissāmi. Bījaṃ bhavissatīti kulavaṃsaṅkurassa dārakassa bījaṃ bhavissati, ‘‘iminā bījena putto nibbattissatī’’ti iminā adhippāyena mocetīti attho. Vīmaṃsatthāyāti jānanatthāya. Nīlaṃ bhavissatītiādīsu jānissāmi tāva kiṃ me mocitaṃ nīlaṃ bhavissati pītakādīsu aññataravaṇṇanti evamattho daṭṭhabbo. Khiḍḍādhippāyoti khiḍḍāpasuto, tena tena adhippāyena kīḷanto mocetīti vuttaṃ hoti.
240 240。如今所说「内在方式解脱」等语,指解脱时会触犯戒律。而因戒律各处词义差别极大,故全面阐释曰:「内在方式静虑断灭、前进、解脱,亦或戒律犯错、堕入应当受罚之孕犯罪戒。」显示巴利原文
240. Idāni yadidaṃ ‘‘ajjhattarūpe mocetī’’tiādi vuttaṃ tattha yathā mocento āpattiṃ āpajjati, tesañca padānaṃ vasena yattako āpattibhedo hoti, taṃ sabbaṃ dassento ‘‘ajjhattarūpe ceteti upakkamati muccati āpatti saṅghādisesassā’’tiādimāha.
其中「内敛」指解脱时伴随意志之断除;「前进」指由此意志所随之相应努力;「解脱」则谓意志与对应努力所致,因而令人断绝烦恼远离浊域。所谓「犯戒孕犯罪」意指有三大部分构成之罪业果报,是某人于戒律所犯之过错。此犯罪之法规分布于外在不同章节共计二十八处。显示巴利原文
Tattha cetetīti mocanassādasampayuttāya cetanāya muccatūti ceteti. Upakkamatīti tadanurūpaṃ vāyāmaṃ karoti. Muccatīti evaṃ cetentassa tadanurūpena vāyāmena vāyamato sukkaṃ ṭhānā cavati. Āpatti saṅghādisesassāti imehi tīhi aṅgehi assa puggalassa saṅghādiseso nāma āpattinikāyo hotīti attho. Esa nayo bahiddhārūpetiādīsupi avasesesu aṭṭhavīsatiyā padesu.
此处须排除两千戒罪事例,以作说明。如何排除?就内在犯行而言,以贪染为助伴、为健康而排放青色者,犯一罪;同样内在犯行中,以贪染为助伴、为健康而排放黄等色者,另有九种,共为十罪。如为健康而有十罪,为乐等其他九项,亦一一各成十罪,合为九十罪;前文所言九十九罪,则是内在断与断之间凑整为百。又如以断除断除、相对防护等四种方式,每一种亦如上累积至百,四者合为四百。由此,种种内在及外在的断除,总共有两千戒罪事例须加辨别。显示巴利原文
Ettha pana dve āpattisahassāni nīharitvā dassetabbāni. Kathaṃ? Ajjhattarūpe tāva rāgūpatthambhe ārogyatthāya nīlaṃ mocentassa ekā āpatti, ajjhattarūpeyeva rāgūpatthambhe ārogyatthāya pītādīnaṃ mocanavasena aparā navāti dasa. Yathā ca ārogyatthāya dasa, evaṃ sukhādīnaṃ navannaṃ padānaṃ atthāya ekekapade dasa dasa katvā navuti, iti imā ca navuti purimā ca dasāti rāgūpatthambhe tāva sataṃ. Yathā pana rāgūpatthambhe evaṃ vaccūpatthambhādīsupi catūsu ekekasmiṃ upatthambhe sataṃ sataṃ katvā cattāri satāni, iti imāni cattāri purimañca ekanti ajjhattarūpe tāva pañcannaṃ upatthambhānaṃ vasena pañca satāni. Yathā ca ajjhattarūpe pañca, evaṃ bahiddhārūpe pañca, ajjhattabahiddhārūpe pañca, ākāse kaṭiṃ kampentassa pañcāti sabbānipi catunnaṃ pañcakānaṃ vasena dve āpattisahassāni veditabbāni.
现在,为显示“为了健康”等十种情形——无论按次第或逆次第、从下方取安置上方、从上方取安置下方、从两边取安置中间、从中间取移向两边,还是以全部为根本而取用——当以思心所发动而释放时,皆无疑惑,故宣说“为了健康与为了快乐”等,由此构成断轮、缚轮等种种差别的圣典文句。显示巴利原文
Idāni ārogyatthāyātiādīsu tāva dasasu padesu paṭipāṭiyā vā uppaṭipāṭiyā vā heṭṭhā vā gahetvā upari gaṇhantassa, upari vā gahetvā heṭṭhā gaṇhantassa, ubhato vā gahetvā majjhe ṭhapentassa, majjhe vā gahetvā ubhato harantassa, sabbamūlaṃ vā katvā gaṇhantassa cetanūpakkamamocane sati visaṅketo nāma natthīti dassetuṃ ‘‘ārogyatthañca sukhatthañcā’’ti khaṇḍacakkabaddhacakkādibhedavicittaṃ pāḷimāha.
其中,以健康一词与所有词组合而说,如“为了健康与为了快乐”“为了健康与为了医药”等,即成一断轮。以快乐等词与所有词组合,各各依次回溯至其紧邻的前一词而说,即成九种缚轮。如此,各以一词为根本的十个轮,应与二根本等一起,无有混淆地展开而了知。不过,此处的义理是显而易见的。显示巴利原文
Tattha ārogyatthañca sukhatthañca ārogyatthañca bhesajjatthañcā ti evaṃ ārogyapadaṃ sabbapadehi yojetvā vuttamekaṃ khaṇḍacakkaṃ. Sukhapadādīni sabbapadehi yojetvā yāva attano attano atītānantarapadaṃ tāva ānetvā vuttāni nava baddhacakkānīti evaṃ ekekamūlakāni dasa cakkāni honti, tāni dumūlakādīhi saddhiṃ asammohato vitthāretvā veditabbāni. Attho panettha pākaṭoyeva.
正如在“为了健康”等十种情形中所说,于青等色中,也依“他思惟青与黄而发动”等理趣宣说了十轮,这些轮亦应无混淆地展开而了知。然而,此处的义理是显而易见的。显示巴利原文
Yathā ca ārogyatthāyātiādīsu dasasu padesu, evaṃ nīlādīsupi ‘‘nīlañca pītakañca ceteti upakkamatī’’tiādinā nayena dasa cakkāni vuttāni, tānipi asammohato vitthāretvā veditabbāni. Attho panettha pākaṭoyeva.
再者,将“为了健康”与“青”、“为了健康”与“快乐”、“青”与“黄”等,以一与一、二与二……乃至十与十,如此将前组词与后组词相组合,称为一个混合轮。显示巴利原文
Puna ārogyatthañca nīlañca ārogyatthañca sukhatthañca nīlañca pītakañcāti ekenekaṃ dvīhi dve…pe… dasahi dasāti evaṃ purimapadehi saddhiṃ pacchimapadāni yojetvā ekaṃ missakacakkaṃ vuttaṃ.
现在,因为当有人思惟“我将释放青”而发动时,即使黄等色被释放,以及当有人以黄等色思惟发动时,即使其他色被释放,都无有疑惑,所以为了显示此理趣,依“他思惟‘我将释放青’而发动,黄被释放”等方法宣说了诸轮。此后,将最后的所有词与青等九个词组合,称为腹轮。再将黄等九个词仅与青一词组合,称为背轮。又将赤等九个词仅与黄一词组合,称为第二背轮。同样,将赤等词与其他各九个词组合,又说了其他八个轮。如是,应知有十种背轮。显示巴利原文
Idāni yasmā ‘‘nīlaṃ mocessāmī’’ti cetetvā upakkamantassa pītakādīsu muttesupi pītakādivasena cetetvā upakkamantassa itaresu muttesupi nevatthi visaṅketo , tasmā etampi nayaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘nīlaṃ mocessāmīti ceteti upakkamati pītakaṃ muccatī’’tiādinā nayena cakkāni vuttāni. Tato paraṃ sabbapacchimapadaṃ nīlādīhi navahi padehi saddhiṃ yojetvā kucchicakkaṃ nāma vuttaṃ. Tato pītakādīni nava padāni ekena nīlapadeneva saddhiṃ yojetvā piṭṭhicakkaṃ nāma vuttaṃ. Tato lohitakādīni nava padāni ekena pītakapadeneva saddhiṃ yojetvā dutiyaṃ piṭṭhicakkaṃ vuttaṃ. Evaṃ lohitakapadādīhi saddhiṃ itarāni nava nava padāni yojetvā aññānipi aṭṭha cakkāni vuttānīti evaṃ dasagatikaṃ piṭṭhicakkaṃ veditabbaṃ.
如此,依截断轮等种种轮,从广说的角度显示了重罪之后,现在为了从支分的角度显示重罪、轻罪及无罪,而说“思惟、发动、释放”等。其中,依第一种方式,当对内在色等生起贪等资助时,为了健康等而思惟、发动并释放不净,即说为具足三支的重罪。依第二种方式,当思惟并发动却未释放时,即说为具足二支的轻罪——偷兰遮罪。依“思惟、不发动、却释放”等六种方式,则为无罪。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ khaṇḍacakkādīnaṃ anekesaṃ cakkānaṃ vasena vitthārato garukāpattimeva dassetvā idāni aṅgavaseneva garukāpattiñca lahukāpattiñca anāpattiñca dassetuṃ ‘‘ceteti upakkamati muccatī’’tiādimāha. Tattha purimanayena ajjhattarūpādīsu rāgādiupatthambhe sati ārogyādīnaṃ atthāya cetentassa upakkamitvā asucimocane tivaṅgasampannā garukāpatti vuttā. Dutiyena nayena cetentassa upakkamantassa ca mocane asati duvaṅgasampannā lahukā thullaccayāpatti. ‘‘Ceteti na upakkamati muccatī’’tiādīhi chahi nayehi anāpatti.
然而,这种有罪与无罪的差别微细而深奥,因此应当善加留意。善加留意后,对于怀着疑悔前来询问者,应告知是有罪还是无罪,或应为其作律之羯磨。若不加留意而行,则如同不知病因而施药的医生,不仅会遭受挫折,也不能治愈此人。此中,留意的方法是:对于因疑悔而来的比丘,应反复询问,乃至第三次问他:“以何种加行、以何种贪而犯?”若起初说一种情形,后来又说另一种,前后所说并不一致,则应告诉他:“你所说的前后不一致,在回避,无法为你行律之羯磨,去寻求安稳之处吧。”如果他确实三次都以同一方式说,如实显露自己,那么为了判定他有罪、无罪、重罪或轻罪,即应依十一种贪来审察十一种加行。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ pana āpattānāpattibhedo saṇho sukhumo, tasmā suṭṭhu sallakkhetabbo . Suṭṭhu sallakkhetvā kukkuccaṃ pucchitena āpatti vā anāpatti vā ācikkhitabbā, vinayakammaṃ vā kātabbaṃ. Asallakkhetvā karonto hi roganidānaṃ ajānitvā bhesajjaṃ karonto vejjo viya vighātañca āpajjati, na ca taṃ puggalaṃ tikicchituṃ samattho hoti. Tatrāyaṃ sallakkhaṇavidhi – kukkuccena āgato bhikkhu yāvatatiyaṃ pucchitabbo – ‘‘katarena payogena katarena rāgena āpannosī’’ti. Sace paṭhamaṃ aññaṃ vatvā pacchā aññaṃ vadati na ekamaggena katheti, so vattabbo – ‘‘tvaṃ na ekamaggena kathesi pariharasi, na sakkā tava vinayakammaṃ kātuṃ gaccha sotthiṃ gavesā’’ti. Sace pana tikkhattumpi ekamaggeneva katheti, yathābhūtaṃ attānaṃ āvikaroti, athassa āpattānāpattigarukalahukāpattivinicchayatthaṃ ekādasannaṃ rāgānaṃ vasena ekādasa payogā samavekkhitabbā.
在此,有十一种贪:释放之乐、正释放之乐、已释放之乐、淫欲之乐、触之乐、搔痒之乐、见之乐、坐之乐、语之乐、居家之爱、林中之物。其中,对释放的乐著为释放之乐,对正释放的乐著为正释放之乐,对已释放的乐著为已释放之乐,对淫欲的乐著为淫欲之乐,对触的乐著为触之乐,对搔痒的乐著为搔痒之乐,对见的乐著为见之乐,对坐的乐著为坐之乐,对语的乐著为语之乐,居家之爱即居家之爱,林中之物即任何从林中折取的花果等。此中,前九个词是以相应的乐著为首而说为贪;一个词是以自性而说;一个词是以所依而说,因为林中之物是贪的所依,而非贪本身。显示巴利原文
Tatrime ekādasa rāgā – mocanassādo, muccanassādo, muttassādo, methunassādo, phassassādo, kaṇḍuvanassādo, dassanassādo, nisajjassādo, vācassādo, gehassitapemaṃ, vanabhaṅgiyanti. Tattha mocetuṃ assādo mocanassādo, muccane assādo muccanassādo, mutte assādo muttassādo, methune assādo methunassādo, phasse assādo phassassādo, kaṇḍuvane assādo kaṇḍuvanassādo, dassane assādo dassanassādo, nisajjāya assādo nisajjassādo, vācāya assādo vācassādo, gehassitaṃ pemaṃ gehassitapemaṃ, vanabhaṅgiyanti yaṃkiñci pupphaphalādi vanato bhañjitvā āhaṭaṃ. Ettha ca navahi padehi sampayuttaassādasīsena rāgo vutto. Ekena padena sarūpeneva, ekena padena vatthunā vutto, vanabhaṅgo hi rāgassa vatthu na rāgoyeva.
然而,依这些贪,应如是审察加行:于漏出味中,以欲漏出之思心所,既思惟又乐著,加行而令漏出,桑喀地谢沙。同彼,思惟乐著、加行而未令漏出,偷兰遮。若卧时被贪缠缚,以股或以拳紧压男根,为漏出而用力入睡,于睡中不净漏出,桑喀地谢沙。若以不净想息灭贪缠,以净心入睡,纵于睡中漏出,亦无罪。显示巴利原文
Etesaṃ pana rāgānaṃ vasena evaṃ payogā samavekkhitabbā – mocanassāde mocanassādacetanāya cetento ceva assādento ca upakkamati muccati saṅghādiseso. Tatheva cetento ca assādento ca upakkamati na muccati thullaccayaṃ. Sace pana sayanakāle rāgapariyuṭṭhito hutvā ūrunā vā muṭṭhinā vā aṅgajātaṃ gāḷhaṃ pīḷetvā mocanatthāya saussāhova supati, supantassa cassa asuci muccati saṅghādiseso. Sace rāgapariyuṭṭhānaṃ asubhamanasikārena vūpasametvā suddhacitto supati, supantassa muttepi anāpatti.
于漏出味中,若自性自然漏出时,仅乐著其味而不加行,无罪。若漏出时乐著其味并加行,由此加行而漏出者,桑喀地谢沙。自性自然漏出时,念‘勿令染污袈裟或坐卧处’,即握持男根,为清洁而往有水处,此为许可。此据《大护持》说。显示巴利原文
Muccanassāde attano dhammatāya muccamānaṃ assādeti na upakkamati anāpatti. Sace pana muccamānaṃ assādento upakkamati, tena upakkamena mutte saṅghādiseso. Attano dhammatāya muccamāne ‘‘mā kāsāvaṃ vā senāsanaṃ vā dussī’’ti aṅgajātaṃ gahetvā jagganatthāya udakaṭṭhānaṃ gacchati vaṭṭatīti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ.
于已漏出味中,若自性漏出已,精离原处落于不净物上,随后乐著其味,而无加行,无罪。若乐著已,为再度漏出,于相(根门)加行而令漏出者,桑喀地谢沙。显示巴利原文
Muttassāde attano dhammatāya mutte ṭhānā cute asucimhi pacchā assādentassa vinā upakkamena muccati, anāpatti. Sace assādetvā puna mocanatthāya nimitte upakkamitvā moceti, saṅghādiseso.
关于“淫欲之味”:若以淫欲心拥抱女人,由此动作而漏出精液,无犯。然而,由于是行淫法之动作,作如是拥抱即犯恶作;若龟头进入(女根),则犯波罗夷。若为淫欲所染,感受其味后,为了令其漏出而对相(根门)作加行并致使漏出,犯桑喀地谢沙。显示巴利原文
Methunassāde methunarāgena mātugāmaṃ gaṇhāti, tena payogena asuci muccati, anāpatti. Methunadhammassa payogattā pana tādise gahaṇe dukkaṭaṃ, sīsaṃ patte pārājikaṃ. Sace methunarāgena ratto puna assādetvā mocanatthāya nimitte upakkamitvā moceti, saṅghādiseso.
关于“触之味”:触有两种,内触与外触。内触者,若为了想知道自己的相(根门)是硬还是软,或因嬉戏心而玩弄,导致精液漏出,无犯。若在玩弄时感受其味,为了令其漏出而对相(根门)作加行并致使漏出,则犯桑喀地谢沙。外触者,若以身触之贪,抚摸或拥抱女人的肢节,导致精液漏出,无犯,但犯身触之桑喀地谢沙。若为身触之贪所染,感受其味后,为了令其漏出而对相(根门)作加行并致使漏出,纵然以漏出为目的,亦犯桑喀地谢沙。显示巴利原文
Phassassāde duvidho phasso – ajjhattiko, bāhiro ca. Ajjhattike tāva attano nimittaṃ thaddhaṃ mudukanti jānissāmīti vā lolabhāvena vā kīḷāpayato asuci muccati, anāpatti. Sace kīḷāpento assādetvā mocanatthāya nimitte upakkamitvā moceti, saṅghādiseso. Bāhiraphasse pana kāyasaṃsaggarāgena mātugāmassa aṅgamaṅgāni parāmasato ceva āliṅgato ca asuci muccati, anāpatti. Kāyasaṃsaggasaṅghādisesaṃ pana āpajjati. Sace kāyasaṃsaggarāgena ratto puna assādetvā mocanatthāya nimitte upakkamitvā moceti visaṭṭhipaccayāpi saṅghādiseso.
关于“搔痒之味”:因疥癣、痒疹、疮疖、虫咬等任何原故而搔痒时,若仅为搔痒,并非耽着搔痒之味而搔痒,导致精液漏出,无犯。若为搔痒之味所染,感受其味后,为了令其漏出而对相(根门)作加行并致使漏出,则犯桑喀地谢沙。显示巴利原文
Kaṇḍuvanassāde daddukacchupiḷakapāṇakādīnaṃ aññataravasena kaṇḍuvamānaṃ nimittaṃ kaṇḍuvanassāde neva kaṇḍuvato asuci muccati, anāpatti. Kaṇḍuvanassādena ratto puna assādetvā mocanatthāya nimitte upakkamitvā moceti, saṅghādiseso.
若因耽著观看之味,反复注视女人的私处而漏出精液,不犯戒。然而,仅仅注视女人私处则犯恶作。若因耽著观看之味,心生染着,再次感受其味后,以令精漏出为目的而对相(所缘)进行加行,并因此而漏出,则犯桑喀地谢沙。显示巴利原文
Dassanassāde dassanassādena punappunaṃ mātugāmassa anokāsaṃ upanijjhāyato asuci muccati, anāpatti. Mātugāmassa anokāsupanijjhāne pana dukkaṭaṃ. Sace dassanassādena ratto puna assādetvā mocanatthāya nimitte upakkamitvā moceti, saṅghādiseso.
若因耽著共坐之味,贪染于与女人单独共坐,在坐着时漏出精液,不犯戒。然而,应依据因单独共坐这一缘所违犯的罪过进行处置。若因耽著共坐之味,心生染着,再次感受其味后,以令精漏出为目的而对相(所缘)进行加行,并因此而漏出,则犯桑喀地谢沙。显示巴利原文
Nisajjassāde mātugāmena saddhiṃ raho nisajjassādarāgena nisinnassa asuci muccati, anāpatti. Raho nisajjapaccayā pana āpannāya āpattiyā kāretabbo. Sace nisajjassādena ratto puna assādetvā mocanatthāya nimitte upakkamitvā moceti, saṅghādiseso.
若因耽著言语之味,贪染于言语之味,以涉及淫欲的言语对女人说话时漏出精液,不犯戒。然而,若说粗恶语,则犯粗恶语之桑喀地谢沙。若因耽著言语之味,心生染着,再次感受其味后,以令精漏出为目的而对相(所缘)进行加行,并因此而漏出,则犯桑喀地谢沙。显示巴利原文
Vācassāde vācassādarāgena mātugāmaṃ methunasannissitāhi vācāhi obhāsantassa asuci muccati, anāpatti. Duṭṭhullavācāsaṅghādisesaṃ pana āpajjati. Sace vācassādena ratto puna assādetvā mocanatthāya nimitte upakkamitvā moceti, saṅghādiseso.
在‘居家亲情’的情况下,若出于对母亲的亲情而反复抚摸、拥抱母亲,或出于对姐妹的亲情而反复抚摸、拥抱姐妹,导致精液漏出,无犯。然而,若因居家亲情而接触,犯恶作。若被居家亲情所染,乐著其味后,为令漏出而对相(根门)作加行并致漏出,犯桑喀地谢沙。显示巴利原文
Gehassitapeme mātaraṃ vā mātupemena bhaginiṃ vā bhaginipemena punappunaṃ parāmasato ceva āliṅgato ca asuci muccati, anāpatti. Gehassitapemena pana phusanapaccayā dukkaṭaṃ. Sace gehassitapemena ratto puna assādetvā mocanatthāya nimitte upakkamitvā moceti, saṅghādiseso.
所谓‘林间赠礼’,即男女之间为了巩固友谊亲厚之情而互相赠送槟榔、香、花、香粉等礼物。若有女人将此赠礼送给某位与俗家亲近的比丘,而该比丘对此生起贪恋,心想「这是某某送来的」,反复用手玩弄此林间赠礼,导致精液漏出,无犯。若对林间赠礼生起贪恋并乐著其味后,为令漏出而对相(根门)作加行并致漏出,犯桑喀地谢沙。若作加行而未漏出,犯偷兰遮。显示巴利原文
Vanabhaṅge itthipurisā aññamaññaṃ kiñcideva tambūlagandhapupphavāsādippakāraṃ paṇṇākāraṃ mittasanthavabhāvassa daḷhabhāvatthāya pesenti ayaṃ vanabhaṅgo nāma. Tañce mātugāmo kassaci saṃsaṭṭhavihārikassa kulūpakabhikkhuno peseti, tassa ca ‘‘asukāya nāma idaṃ pesita’’nti sārattassa punappunaṃ hatthehi taṃ vanabhaṅgaṃ kīḷāpayato asuci muccati, anāpatti. Sace vanabhaṅge sāratto puna assādetvā mocanatthāya nimitte upakkamitvā moceti, saṅghādiseso. Sace upakkamantepi na muccati, thullaccayaṃ.
如此,根据这十一种贪欲,对于这十一种加行,应辨别有犯或无犯。辨别之后,若是重罪,应说明为「重罪」;若是轻罪,应说明为「轻罪」。并应据此行相应的律仪行事。如此而行,则为善行,犹如医生了知病因后所施之药,能令彼人获得安稳。显示巴利原文
Evametesaṃ ekādasannaṃ rāgānaṃ vasena ime ekādasa payoge samevekkhitvā āpatti vā anāpatti vā sallakkhetabbā. Sallakkhetvā sace garukā hoti ‘‘garukā’’ti ācikkhitabbā. Sace lahukā hoti ‘‘lahukā’’ti ācikkhitabbā. Tadanurūpañca vinayakammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Evañhi kataṃ sukataṃ hoti roganidānaṃ ñatvā vejjena katabhesajjamiva, tassa ca puggalassa sotthibhāvāya saṃvattati.
262 在“思惟而不加行”等句中:以乐受泄味而思惟,但未加行,发生泄出,无犯。被乐受泄味所逼恼,心里想着“但愿能泄出”,但未加行,也未泄出,无犯。不是以乐受泄味而思惟,而是以触味或搔痒味加行,发生泄出,无犯。同样,不思惟,加行,未泄出,无犯。比丘思惟欲寻,但并非为了泄出而思惟,未加行,却发生泄出,无犯。不过,若虽思惟而未泄出,这便属于“不思惟、不加行、未泄出、无犯”的情形。显示巴利原文
262.Ceteti na upakkamatītiādīsu mocanassādacetanāya ceteti, na upakkamati, muccati, anāpatti. Mocanassādapīḷito ‘‘aho vata mucceyyā’’ti ceteti, na upakkamati, na muccati, anāpatti. Mocanassādena na ceteti, phassassādena kaṇḍuvanassādena vā upakkamati, muccati, anāpatti. Tatheva na ceteti, upakkamati, na muccati, anāpatti. Kāmavitakkaṃ vitakkento mocanatthāya na ceteti, na upakkamati, muccati, anāpatti. Sace panassa vitakkayatopi na muccati idaṃ āgatameva hoti, ‘‘na ceteti, na upakkamati, na muccati, anāpattī’’ti.
关于“无犯:因梦遗者”:如同有人在梦中行淫法、犯身触等一般,有人仅因梦遗的因缘而泄出精液,此类无犯。然而,若对梦中生起的乐著思惟,有其相应的所缘境,则应保持不动,不应以手玩弄根门;但是,为了保护袈裟与卧具,可以用手掌握住;为了清洁而前往有水之处,这是允许的。显示巴利原文
Anāpattisupinantenāti suttassa supine methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevantassa viya kāyasaṃsaggādīni āpajjantassa viya supinanteneva kāraṇena yassa asuci muccati, tassa anāpatti. Supine pana uppannāya assādacetanāya sacassa visayo hoti, niccalena bhavitabbaṃ, na hatthena nimittaṃ kīḷāpetabbaṃ, kāsāvapaccattharaṇarakkhaṇatthaṃ pana hatthapuṭena gahetvā jagganatthāya udakaṭṭhānaṃ gantuṃ vaṭṭati.
“不以泄出为意图者”:若有人因涂药于根门,或因行大小便等,并非以泄出为意图而泄出,此人亦无犯。两种癫狂者亦无犯。在此,Seyyasaka 比丘是始罪者,他无犯,因为是始罪者故。显示巴利原文
Namocanādhippāyassāti yassa bhesajjena vā nimittaṃ ālimpantassa uccārādīni vā karontassa namocanādhippāyassa muccati, tassāpi anāpatti. Ummattakassa duvidhassāpi anāpatti. Idha seyyasako ādikammiko, tassa anāpatti ādikammikassāti.
就起源等分类而言,此学处属于第一波罗夷的起源,由身与意生起。它是作业、非想解脱、有意识、世间罪、身业、不善心、二受,即乐受与舍受二者。显示巴利原文
Samuṭṭhānādīsu idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paṭhamapārājikasamuṭṭhānaṃ kāyacittato samuṭṭhāti. Kiriyā, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, dvivedanaṃ, sukhamajjhattadvayenāti.
263 于已判事例中,梦的事例如随制所说。大小便事例,其义自明。显示巴利原文
263. Vinītavatthūsu supinavatthu anupaññattiyaṃ vuttanayameva. Uccārapassāvavatthūni uttānatthāneva.
在寻思事例中,“欲寻”指居家所系的欲寻。在这里,虽说不犯,但不应随寻思而转。热水事例中,第一则意义自明。第二则中,那位比丘想要泄出,便用热水反复击触私处而沐浴,因此说他犯。第三则中,因有勤作,故为偷兰遮。药涂痒事例,意义显然。显示巴利原文
Vitakkavatthusmiṃ kāmavitakkanti gehassitakāmavitakkaṃ. Tattha kiñcāpi anāpatti vuttā, atha kho vitakkagatikena na bhavitabbaṃ. Uṇhodakavatthūsu paṭhamaṃ uttānameva. Dutiye so bhikkhu mocetukāmo uṇhodakena nimittaṃ paharitvā paharitvā nhāyi, tenassa āpatti vuttā. Tatiye upakkamassa atthitāya thullaccayaṃ. Bhesajjakaṇḍuvanavatthūni uttānatthāneva.
264 在道路的案例中,第一个,粗大腿者行于道路时,在狭窄处因摩擦而泄出精液,由于他并无泄出的意图,故不犯。第二个,同样泄出,但因有泄出的意图,故为桑喀地谢沙。第三个,未泄出,但因存在刻意努力,故为偷兰遮。因此,行于道路时,若生起热恼,不应继续行走;应当中断行走,以不净等作意令心平静后,以清净心持守业处而行。若站立时未能消除,则应离开道路坐下,消除后持守业处以清净心而行。显示巴利原文
264.Maggavatthūsu paṭhamassa thulaūrukassa maggaṃ gacchantassa sambādhaṭṭhāne ghaṭṭanāya asuci mucci, tassa namocanādhippāyattā anāpatti. Dutiyassa tatheva mucci, mocanādhippāyattā pana saṅghādiseso. Tatiyassa na mucci, upakkamasabbhāvato pana thullaccayaṃ. Tasmā maggaṃ gacchantena uppanne pariḷāhe na gantabbaṃ, gamanaṃ upacchinditvā asubhādimanasikārena cittaṃ vūpasametvā suddhacittena kammaṭṭhānaṃ ādāya gantabbaṃ. Sace ṭhito vinodetuṃ na sakkoti, maggā okkamma nisīditvā vinodetvā kammaṭṭhānaṃ ādāya suddhacitteneva gantabbaṃ.
在膀胱的案例中,那些比丘紧握膀胱,反复憋满又释放,如同村童般小便。在暖房的案例中,温暖腹部时,无论有泄出意图还是无泄出意图,若已泄出,皆不犯。在作准备时,因摇动相而泄出精液,故于相应的犯行处说为犯。显示巴利原文
Vatthivatthūsu te bhikkhū vatthiṃ daḷhaṃ gahetvā pūretvā pūretvā vissajjentā gāmadārakā viya passāvamakaṃsu. Jantāgharavatthusmiṃ udaraṃ tāpentassa mocanādhippāyassāpi amocanādhippāyassāpi mutte anāpattiyeva. Parikammaṃ karontassa nimittacālanavasena asuci mucci, tasmā āpattiṭṭhāne āpatti vuttā.
265 在大腿摩擦的案例中,那些被判为犯者,应知他们也令触碰到男根,如《库伦达注释》中所说。沙弥等案例,其义易解。显示巴利原文
265.Ūrughaṭṭāpanavatthūsu yesaṃ āpatti vuttā te aṅgajātampi phusāpesunti veditabbāti evaṃ kurundaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Sāmaṇerādivatthūni uttānatthāneva.
266 在‘身体僵硬’的案例中,所谓‘使身体僵硬者’,是指长时间坐着或躺着之后,或者做了劳作之后,为了消除困倦而伸展身体的人。显示巴利原文
266. Kāyatthambhanavatthusmiṃ kāyaṃ thambhentassāti ciraṃ nisīditvā vā nipajjitvā vā navakammaṃ vā katvā ālasiyavimocanatthaṃ vijambhentassa.
在‘凝视’的案例中,即使她穿着百层衣,若站在其前或其后,凝视并想‘此处有相’,即犯恶作。若对未穿衣的村女之相凝视,更不待言。对畜生之相,也是如此。若不左右顾视,仅以一次努力凝视一整天,也只犯一个恶作。若左右顾视而反复凝视,则每次努力皆犯恶作。但不应以忽睁忽闭的方式进行。若忽然凝视之后,转而正思惟而安住于防护,则不犯;若舍弃那防护,再作凝视,便犯恶作。显示巴利原文
Upanijjhāyanavatthusmiṃ sacepi paṭasataṃ nivatthā hoti purato vā pacchato vā ṭhatvā ‘‘imasmiṃ nāma okāse nimitta’’nti upanijjhāyantassa dukkaṭameva. Anivatthānaṃ gāmadārikānaṃ nimittaṃ upanijjhāyantassa pana kimeva vattabbaṃ. Tiracchānagatānampi nimitte eseva nayo. Ito cito ca aviloketvā pana divasampi ekapayogena upanijjhāyantassa ekameva dukkaṭaṃ. Ito cito ca viloketvā punappunaṃ upanijjhāyantassa payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Ummīlananimīlanavasena pana na kāretabbo. Sahasā upanijjhāyitvā puna paṭisaṅkhāya saṃvare tiṭṭhato anāpatti, taṃ saṃvaraṃ pahāya puna upanijjhāyato dukkaṭameva.
267 钥匙孔等诸案例,其义显而易见。在沐浴案例中,那些以水流击触‘相’者,说为有犯。在泥水案例中,也是如此。这里所说的‘泥水’,是指水与泥混合的泥浆。以此方法,此后一切如水中奔跑等案例,应当类推了知。但有一点差别:在花簇案例中,即使没有泄精意图的人不犯根本,但因嬉戏的缘故,则犯恶作。显示巴利原文
267.Tāḷacchiddādivatthūni uttānatthāneva. Nhānavatthūsu ye udakasotaṃ nimittena pahariṃsu tesaṃ āpatti vuttā. Udañjalavatthūsupi eseva nayo. Ettha ca udañjalanti udakacikkhallo vuccati. Eteneva upāyena ito parāni sabbāneva udake dhāvanādivatthūni veditabbāni. Ayaṃ pana viseso. Pupphāvaḷiyavatthūsu sacepi namocanādhippāyassa anāpatti, kīḷanapaccayā pana dukkaṭaṃ hotīti.
二、身触学处注释显示巴利原文
2. Kāyasaṃsaggasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
269 当时,世尊……此为身触学处。此处有不明了词句的注释:所谓“住于林野”,并非别处的林野,而就在祇园精舍边缘的一侧。所谓“中间有内室”,是指那座精舍的中央设有内室。所谓“周围有回廊”,是指它的四周有圆亭环绕。据说,他在中央建造了方形内室,外以圆亭围绕,这样只需在里面伸手便可通行。显示巴利原文
269.Tenasamayena buddho bhagavāti kāyasaṃsaggasikkhāpadaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ anuttānapadavaṇṇanā – araññe viharatīti na āveṇike araññe, jetavanavihārasseva paccante ekapasse. Majjhe gabbhoti tassa ca vihārassa majjhe gabbho hoti. Samantā pariyāgāroti samantā panassa maṇḍalamāḷaparikkhepo hoti. So kira majjhe caturassaṃ gabbhaṃ katvā bahi maṇḍalamāḷaparikkhepena kato, yathā sakkā hoti antoyeva āviñchantehi vicarituṃ.
所谓“善铺设”,即妥善地安设,在各个处所都安设得庄严悦目、令世人生起欢喜。他一切行事都依仪规,从不草率。有些窗户打开,是指那些打开能使暗处变亮的窗便打开它;那些打开反而令亮处变暗的窗,便关闭它。显示巴利原文
Supaññattanti suṭṭha ṭhapitaṃ, yathā yathā yasmiṃ yasmiñca okāse ṭhapitaṃ pāsādikaṃ hoti lokarañjakaṃ tathā tathā tasmiṃ tasmiṃ okāse ṭhapitaṃ, vattasīsena hi soṃ ekakiccampi na karoti. Ekacce vātapāne vivarantoti yesu vivaṭesu andhakāro hoti tāni vivaranto yesu vivaṭesu āloko hoti tāni thakento.
当那位婆罗门这样称赞之后,婆罗门女心想:“这位婆罗门已生信心,恐怕是想出家了吧。”于是,她便将本应隐藏的自身不端行为暴露出来,一心只想破坏他的信心,而说了“他哪里来的高尚性”等话语。其中,具有高尚自我者称为高尚者,高尚者的状态即是高尚性。至于“良家妇女”等语:良家妇女即家主之妇;良家女即已进入夫家的良家女子;良家少女即尚未出嫁的良家女子;良家媳即从其他家庭娶来、作为良家子弟之妻的女子。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ vutte sā brāhmaṇī taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etadavocāti evaṃ tena brāhmaṇena pasaṃsitvā vutte sā brāhmaṇī ‘‘pasanno ayaṃ brāhmaṇo pabbajitukāmo maññe’’ti sallakkhetvā nigūhitabbampi taṃ attano vippakāraṃ pakāsentī kevalaṃ tassa saddhāvighātāpekkhā hutvā etaṃ ‘‘kuto tassa uḷārattatā’’tiādivacanamavoca. Tattha uḷāro attā assāti uḷārattā, uḷārattano bhāvo uṭṭhārattatā. Kulitthīhītiādīsu kulitthiyo nāma gharassāminiyo. Kuladhītaro nāma purisantaragatā kuladhītaro . Kulakumāriyo nāma aniviṭṭhā vuccanti. Kulasuṇhā nāma parakulato ānītā kuladārakānaṃ vadhuyo.
270 所谓“染着”,即如被夜叉等所附,众生因内在生起的贪而染着;又如对井等不加审视,便于可染处染着,或自身陷入贪染。然此两种情形皆是具贪者的同义语,故以“染着即贪染、有期望、心系缚”作此分别说。显示巴利原文
270.Otiṇṇoti yakkhādīhi viya sattā anto uppajjantena rāgena otiṇṇo, kūpādīni viya sattā asamapekkhitvā rajanīye ṭhāne rajjanto sayaṃ vā rāgaṃ otiṇṇo, yasmā pana ubhayathāpi rāgasamaṅgissevetaṃ adhivacanaṃ, tasmā ‘‘otiṇṇo nāma sāratto apekkhavā paṭibaddhacitto’’ti evamassa padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ.
其中,“极度染着”是指因身体接触的贪欲而极为染着。“有期望”是指因对身体接触的期待而有所牵挂。“心被系缚”是指因身体接触的贪欲而对那所缘境心被系缚。“变异”是指舍弃了称为清净有分相续的原本状态,而以另一种方式运作,或以丑陋的方式变异、以丑陋的方式转变,即如转变时变得丑陋那样,转变后而住立。显示巴利原文
Tattha sārattoti kāyasaṃsaggarāgena suṭṭhu ratto. Apekkhavāti kāyasaṃsaggāpekkhāya apekkhavā. Paṭibaddhacittoti kāyasaṃsaggarāgeneva tasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ paṭibaddhacitto. Vipariṇatenāti parisuddhabhavaṅgasantatisaṅkhātaṃ pakatiṃ vijahitvā aññathā pavattena, virūpaṃ vā pariṇatena virūpaṃ parivattena, yathā parivattamānaṃ virūpaṃ hoti evaṃ parivattitvā ṭhitenāti adhippāyo.
271 然而,由于此心并未超越与贪等的结合,因此以“即使染着的心也称为变异”等方式进行词句分解后,最终为表明此处所指之意,而说“再者,染着的心在此意义上即意指为变异”。显示巴利原文
271. Yasmā panetaṃ rāgādīhi sampayogaṃ nātivattati, tasmā ‘‘vipariṇatanti rattampi citta’’ntiādinā nayenassa padabhājanaṃ vatvā ante idhādhippetamatthaṃ dassento ‘‘apica rattaṃ cittaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetaṃ vipariṇata’’nti āha.
“当日生”(tadahujātā)是指在那一天刚刚出生、肌肤犹带嫩肉色的女婴。因为与这样的女婴发生身体接触,即是桑喀地谢沙罪;若行淫,则是波罗夷罪;于隐蔽处共坐而生乐受,则是波逸提罪。“更何况”(pageva),从一开始就更不必说了。显示巴利原文
Tadahujātāti taṃdivasaṃ jātā jātamattā allamaṃsapesivaṇṇā, evarūpāyapi hi saddhiṃ kāyasaṃsagge saṅghādiseso, methunavītikkame pārājikaṃ, raho nisajjassāde pācittiyañca hoti. Pagevāti paṭhamameva.
“发生身体接触”(kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajjeyya)是指发生包括握手等在内的身体接触、身体的亲密交融。然而,因为对这一行为而言,所谓的身体接触,其义即是违犯——是被贪欲征服而舍弃防护时的行为,因此为简要说明其义,而说“称为违犯”(ajjhācāro vuccati)这一训释。显示巴利原文
Kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajjeyyāti hatthaggahaṇādikāyasampayogaṃ kāyamissībhāvaṃ samāpajjeyya, yasmā panetaṃ samāpajjantassa yo so kāyasaṃsaggo nāma so atthato ajjhācāro hoti, rāgavasena abhibhavitvā saññamavelaṃ ācāro, tasmāssa saṅkhepana atthaṃ dassento ‘‘ajjhācāro vuccatī’’ti padabhājanamāha.
而关于“握手等”的分类,则是详细说明其义。其中,为显示手等部位的区别,便说“手是指从肘开始”等。在此,“从肘开始”(kapparaṃ upādāya)是第二种说法,即从大关节开始。然而在其他地方,手是从腕部至指尖;在此处,手则是与上臂一起,以肘为起始。显示巴利原文
Hatthaggāhaṃ vātiādibhedaṃ panassa vitthārena atthadassanaṃ. Tattha hatthādīnaṃ vibhāgadassanatthaṃ ‘‘hattho nāma kapparaṃ upādāyā’’tiādimāha tattha kapparaṃ upādāyāti dutiyaṃ. Mahāsandhiṃ upādāya. Aññattha pana maṇibandhato paṭṭhāya yāva agganakhā hattho idha saddhiṃ aggabāhāya kapparato paṭṭhāya adhippeto.
“纯发”(suddhakesā),即未与丝线等混合的纯净头发。“发辫”(veṇī),是指用三股发束编结而成的发束。“与线混”(suttamissā),指用五色丝线与头发混编而成。“与花混”(mālāmissā),指以夏生花等混合,用三股发束编结而成;即使未加编结,仅混有花的发束,此处也应知为“发辫”。“与金币混”(hiraññamissā),指与金币串编混而成。“与黄金混”(suvaṇṇamissā),指与金箔片或腰带等混编而成。“与珍珠混”(muttāmissā),指与珍珠串混编而成。“与宝石混”(maṇimissā),指与串在线上的宝石混编而成。对任何一种发辫,若执持之,即犯桑喀地谢沙罪。若有人说“我抓了混杂的发辫”,也不得免除罪责。且在此处,抓握发辫时头发亦同时被抓,故即使只抓一根头发,同样有罪。显示巴利原文
Suddhakesā vāti suttādīhi amissā suddhā kesāyeva. Veṇīti tīhi kesavaṭṭīhi vinandhitvā katakesakalāpassetaṃ nāmaṃ. Suttamissāti pañcavaṇṇena suttena kese missetvā katā. Mālāmissāti vassikapupphādīhi missetvā tīhi kesavaṭṭīhi vinandhitvā katā, avinaddhopi vā kevalaṃ pupphamissako kesakalāpo idha ‘‘veṇī’’ti veditabbo. Hiraññamissāti kahāpaṇamālāya missetvā katā. Suvaṇṇamissāti suvaṇṇacīrakehi vā pāmaṅgādīhi vā missetvā katā. Muttāmissāti muttāvalīhi missetvā katā. Maṇimissāti suttārūḷhehi maṇīhi missetvā katā. Etāsu hi yaṃkiñci veṇiṃ gaṇhantassa saṅghādisesoyeva. ‘‘Ahaṃ missakaveṇiṃ aggahesi’’nti vadantassa mokkho natthi. Veṇiggahaṇena cettha kesāpi gahitāva honti, tasmā yo ekampi kesaṃ gaṇhāti tassapi āpattiyeva.
“除手与发辫外”(hatthañca veṇiñca ṭhapetvā),即除前文所定义特征的手及一切种类的发辫之外,所余的身体部分应知为“肢体”(aṅga)。如此界定手等之后,执手名为“执手”,捉发辫名为“捉发辫”,触余身或触任何其余肢体——若有这些执手、捉发辫或触其他肢体的行为,则于彼比丘,有名为桑喀地谢沙的罪聚。这就是此学处的意义。显示巴利原文
Hatthañcaveṇiñca ṭhapetvāti idha vuttalakkhaṇaṃ hatthañca sabbappakārañca veṇiṃ ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ sarīraṃ ‘‘aṅga’’nti veditabbaṃ. Evaṃ paricchinnesu hatthādīsu hatthassa gahaṇaṃ hatthaggāho, veṇiyā gahaṇaṃ veṇiggāho, avasesasasarīrassa parāmasanaṃ aññatarassa vā aññatarassa vā aṅgassa parāmasanaṃ, yo taṃ hatthaggāhaṃ vā veṇiggāhaṃ vā aññatarassa vā aññatarassa vā aṅgassa parāmasanaṃ samāpajjeyya, tassa saṅghādiseso nāma āpattinikāyo hotīti. Ayaṃ sikkhāpadassa attho.
272 然而,执手、捉发辫及触余肢体这一切,依区分总有十二类;为明这些分类,故以“触(āmasanā)”“摩(parāmasanā)”等方式作其词语分解。其中,所谓“触(āmasanā),谓仅被触”及“碰(chupanaṃ),谓仅被碰”,这两者的区别如下:触(āmasanā),意为摩拭,即使未越所触之处,也于该处按压,此名为“仅被触”。碰(chupanaṃ),则不加按压,唯仅相碰。显示巴利原文
272. Yasmā pana yo ca hatthaggāho yo ca veṇiggāho yañca avasesassa aṅgassa parāmasanaṃ taṃ sabbampi bhedato dvādasavidhaṃ hoti, tasmā taṃ bhedaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘āmasanā parāmasanā’’tiādinā nayenassa padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ. Tattha yañca vuttaṃ ‘‘āmasanā nāma āmaṭṭhamattā’’ti yañca ‘‘chupanaṃ nāma phuṭṭhamatta’’nti, imesaṃ ayaṃ viseso – āmasanāti āmajjanā phuṭṭhokāsaṃ anatikkamitvāpi tattheva saṅghaṭṭanā. Ayañhi ‘‘āmaṭṭhamattā’’ti vuccati. Chupananti asaṅghaṭṭetvā phuṭṭhamattaṃ.
即使在解释向上摸(ummasanā)和向上举(ullaṅghanā)时,也使用了同一个词“向上举起”(uddhaṃ uccāraṇā)。但这里仍有区别:前者是就自己的身体在女性身上向上推送而说,后者是就向上抬起女性的身体而说,其余的意义则显而易见。显示巴利原文
Yampi ummasanāya ca ullaṅghanāya ca niddese ‘‘uddhaṃ uccāraṇā’’ti ekameva padaṃ vuttaṃ. Tatrāpi ayaṃ viseso – paṭhamaṃ attano kāyassa itthiyā kāye uddhaṃ pesanavasena vuttaṃ, dutiyaṃ itthiyā kāyaṃ ukkhipanavasena, sesaṃ pākaṭameva.
273 273. 现在,为了依据这些词句详细说明那位以变异之心沉溺而发生身体接触者的犯戒分类,而说“是女性、作女性想、比丘染著,他以自己的身体对那女性的身体”等。其中,“比丘以自己的身体对那女性的身体”是指那位染著且作女性想的比丘,以自己的身体。naṃ是语助词。或者,etaṃ是指那女性的手等分类的身体。若他以“触摸、抓摸”中的任何一种方式违犯,即是桑喀地谢沙罪。其中,触摸一次有一罪;反复触摸,则于每一次努力有桑喀地谢沙罪。显示巴利原文
273. Idāni yvāyaṃ otiṇṇo vipariṇatena cittena kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajjati, tassa etesaṃ padānaṃ vasena vitthārato āpattibhedaṃ dassento ‘‘itthī ca hoti itthisaññī sāratto ca bhikkhu ca naṃ itthiyā kāyena kāya’’ntiādimāha. Tattha bhikkhu ca naṃ itthiyā kāyena kāyanti so sāratto ca itthisaññī ca bhikkhu attano kāyena. Nanti nipātamattaṃ. Atha vā etaṃ tassā itthiyā hatthādibhedaṃ kāyaṃ. Āmasati parāmasatīti etesu ce ekenāpi ākārena ajjhācarati, āpatti saṅghādisesassa. Tattha sakiṃ āmasato ekā āpatti, punappunaṃ āmasato payoge payoge saṅghādiseso.
即使在抓摸时,如果不从对方的身体上放开,而将自己的手或身体在此处彼处移动、带走、推送,即使抓摸一整天,也唯有一罪。如果一次次放开后再抓摸,则于每一次努力有一罪。显示巴利原文
Parāmasantopi sace kāyato amocetvāva ito cito ca attano hatthaṃ vā kāyaṃ vā sañcopeti harati peseti divasampi parāmasato ekāva āpatti. Sace kāyato mocetvā mocetvā parāmasati payoge payoge āpatti.
在向下触摸时,若不从身上移开手而直接从女性头顶摸至脚背,唯犯一罪。然而,如果在腹部等处,触及一处便离手再触及另一处,则每一动作即犯一罪。至于向上触摸,从脚至头向上摸,其理亦然。显示巴利原文
Omasantopi sace kāyato amocetvāva itthiyā matthakato paṭṭhāya yāva pādapiṭṭhiṃ omasati ekāva āpatti. Sace pana udarādīsu taṃ taṃ ṭhānaṃ patvā muñcitvā muñcitvā omasati payoge payoge āpatti. Ummasanāyapi pādato paṭṭhāya yāva sīsaṃ ummasantassa eseva nayo.
于向下拉拽(olaṅghana),抓住妇女的头发将其拉低,进行亲吻等所欲不净行后放开,唯犯一罪。若她站起后反复将她拉低,则每一动作即犯一罪。于向上拉拽(ullaṅghana),抓住其头发或手将其拉起,其理亦然。显示巴利原文
Olaṅghanāya mātugāmaṃ kesesu gahetvā nāmetvā cumbanādīsu yaṃ ajjhācāraṃ icchati taṃ katvā muñcato ekāva āpatti. Uṭṭhitaṃ punappunaṃ nāmayato payoge payoge āpatti. Ullaṅghanāyapi kesesu vā hatthesu vā gahetvā vuṭṭhāpayato eseva nayo.
于拉向自己(ākaḍḍhanā),将对方拉向自己,只要不放手,唯犯一罪。若放手后又再拉,则每一动作即犯一罪。于向后拉推(patikaḍḍhanā),抓住对方背部将其推开,其理亦然。显示巴利原文
Ākaḍḍhanāya attano abhimukhaṃ ākaḍḍhanto yāva na muñcati tāva ekāva āpatti. Muñcitvā muñcitvā ākaḍḍhantassa payoge payoge āpatti. Patikaḍḍhanāyapi parammukhaṃ piṭṭhiyaṃ gahetvā paṭippaṇāmayato eseva nayo.
对于强力压制(abhiniggaṇhanā),紧紧抓住对方的手或手臂,即使行至一由旬之远,也只犯一罪。若放开后又反复抓取,则每作一次动作即犯一罪。大须摩长老说:若不放开而反复触摸与拥抱,则每作一次动作即犯一罪。但大波度长老说:‘应以最初抓取为准,因此只要不放开,就只犯一罪。’显示巴利原文
Abhiniggaṇhanāya hatthe vā bāhāya vā daḷhaṃ gahetvā yojanampi gacchato ekāva āpatti. Muñcitvā punappunaṃ gaṇhato payoge payoge āpatti. Amuñcitvā punappunaṃ phusato ca āliṅgato ca payoge payoge āpattīti mahāsumatthero āha. Mahāpadumatthero panāha – ‘‘mūlaggahaṇameva pamāṇaṃ, tasmā yāva na muñcati tāva ekā eva āpattī’’ti.
对于紧密挤压(abhinippīḷanā),若以布或饰物与对方一同挤压,未触碰到对方身体者,犯偷兰遮罪;触碰到者,犯桑喀地谢沙罪。以单一动作而作,犯一罪;以种种不同动作而作,犯多罪。显示巴利原文
Abhinippīḷanāya vatthena vā ābharaṇena vā saddhiṃ pīḷayato aṅgaṃ aphusantassa thullaccayaṃ, phusantassa saṅghādiseso, ekapayogena ekā āpatti, nānāpayogena nānā.
于抓取与触碰中,即使不作任何其他异常动作,仅凭抓取或触碰本身,即构成犯戒。显示巴利原文
Gahaṇachupanesu aññaṃ kiñci vikāraṃ akarontopi gahitamattaphuṭṭhamattenāpi āpattiṃ āpajjati.
如此,在这些触摸等行为中,若以任何一种方式对妇女行不净行且作妇女想者,犯桑喀地谢沙罪;心存疑惑者,犯偷兰遮罪;作黄门、男子、畜生想者,亦犯偷兰遮罪。对黄门作黄门想者,犯偷兰遮罪;心存疑惑者,犯恶作罪。作男子、畜生、妇女想者,亦犯恶作罪。对男子作男子想者、或心存疑惑者、或作妇女、黄门、畜生想者,皆犯恶作罪。对畜生,无论何种方式,均犯恶作罪。应知这些依一根本门所说之罪,并以此方法类推,于‘二妇女’等二根本门中,当知罪数加倍。正如对二妇女犯二桑喀地谢沙罪,对众多妇女亦应犯众多桑喀地谢沙罪。显示巴利原文
Evametesu āmasanādīsu ekenāpi ākārena ajjhācārato itthiyā itthisaññissa saṅghādiseso, vematikassa thullaccayaṃ, paṇḍakapurisatiracchānagatasaññissāpi thullaccayameva. Paṇḍake paṇḍakasaññissa thullaccayaṃ, vematikassa dukkaṭaṃ. Purisatiracchānagataitthisaññissāpi dukkaṭameva. Purise purisasaññissāpi vematikassāpi itthipaṇḍakatiracchānagatasaññissāpi dukkaṭameva. Tiracchānagatepi sabbākārena dukkaṭamevāti. Imā ekamūlakanaye vuttā āpattiyo sallakkhetvā imināva upāyena ‘‘dve itthiyo dvinnaṃ itthīna’’ntiādivasena vutte dumūlakanayepi diguṇā āpattiyo veditabbā. Yathā ca dvīsu itthīsu dve saṅghādisesā; evaṃ sambahulāsu sambahulā veditabbā.
若有人用双臂环抱站在一起的多位妇女而抓取,则按所触妇女之数犯桑喀地谢沙罪,按处于中间者之数犯偷兰遮罪。因这些中间者是被其身所系物所触。若有人将多位妇女的手指或头发拢在一起而抓取,则不应计手指和头发,而应计妇女之数,犯相应桑喀地谢沙罪。若那些妇女的手指或头发在中间,则按其数目犯偷兰遮罪,因为她们是被其身所系物所触。若有人用绳索、布等身所系物环抱多位妇女而抓取,则按所有被环抱在内的妇女之数犯偷兰遮罪。《大波阇利》中说,对未被触碰者犯恶作罪。在这里,由于巴利圣典中并无‘以身所系物之所系物触碰’之说,故将一切身所系物之所系物都归入身所系物中。如《大注疏》和《库伦迪亚》所说,此处先前的方法看来更为合理。显示巴利原文
Yo hi ekato ṭhitā sambahulā itthiyo bāhāhi parikkhipitvā gaṇhāti so yattakā itthiyo phuṭṭhā tāsaṃ gaṇanāya saṅghādisese āpajjati, majjhagatānaṃ gaṇanāya thullaccaye. Tā hi tena kāyappaṭibaddhena āmaṭṭhā honti. Yo pana sambahulānaṃ aṅguliyo vā kese vā ekato katvā gaṇhāti, so aṅguliyo ca kese ca agaṇetvā itthiyo gaṇetvā saṅghādisesehi kāretabbo. Yāsañca itthīnaṃ aṅguliyo vā kesā vā majjhagatā honti, tāsaṃ gaṇanāya thullaccaye āpajjati. Tā hi tena kāyappaṭibaddhena āmaṭṭhā honti, sambahulā pana itthiyo kāyappaṭibaddhehi rajjuvatthādīhi parikkhipitvā gaṇhanto sabbāsaṃyeva antoparikkhepagatānaṃ gaṇanāya thullaccaye āpajjati. Mahāpaccariyaṃ aphuṭṭhāsu dukkaṭaṃ vuttaṃ. Tattha yasmā pāḷiyaṃ kāyappaṭibaddhappaṭibaddhena āmasanaṃ nāma natthi, tasmā sabbampi kāyappaṭibaddhappaṭibaddhaṃ kāyappaṭibaddheneva saṅgahetvā mahāaṭṭhakathāyañca kurundiyañca vutto purimanayoyevettha yuttataro dissati.
若有人以手抓手,对依次站立的众多妇女怀有同等欲染,抓住其中一人的手,则依所抓妇女犯一桑喀地谢沙罪,对其余妇女依先前方法计为偷兰遮罪。若他抓住该妇女的身所系物,如布或花,则按所有妇女的数目犯偷兰遮罪。正如以绳索、布等环抱时,所有妇女都被身所系物所触,在此也是如此,所有妇女都被身所系物所触。然而,若那些妇女互相抓住衣角而站立,此人按先前方法先抓住第一位妇女的手,则依所抓妇女犯桑喀地谢沙罪,对其余妇女按数目犯恶作罪;因为对所有这些妇女而言,他按先前方法以身所系物触碰了身所系物。若他也抓住那身所系物,则依该妇女犯偷兰遮罪,对其余妇女依紧接的方法犯恶作罪。显示巴利原文
Yo hi hatthena hatthaṃ gahetvā paṭipāṭiyā ṭhitāsu itthīsu samasārāgo ekaṃ hatthe gaṇhāti, so gahititthiyā vasena ekaṃ saṅghādisesaṃ āpajjati, itarāsaṃ gaṇanāya purimanayeneva thullaccaye. Sace so taṃ kāyappaṭibaddhe vatthe vā pupphe vā gaṇhāti, sabbāsaṃ gaṇanāya thullaccaye āpajjati. Yatheva hi rajjuvatthādīhi parikkhipantena sabbāpi kāyappaṭibaddhena āmaṭṭhā honti, tathā idhāpi sabbāpi kāyappaṭibaddhena āmaṭṭhā honti. Sace pana tā itthiyo aññamaññaṃ vatthakoṭiyaṃ gahetvā ṭhitā honti, tatra ceso purimanayeneva paṭhamaṃ itthiṃ hatthe gaṇhāti gahitāya vasena saṅghādisesaṃ āpajjati, itarāsaṃ gaṇanāya dukkaṭāni. Sabbāsañhi tāsaṃ tena purimanayeneva kāyapaṭibaddhena kāyappaṭibaddhaṃ āmaṭṭhaṃ hoti. Sace pana sopi taṃ kāyappaṭibaddheyeva gaṇhāti tassā vasena thullaccayaṃ āpajjati, itarāsaṃ gaṇanāya anantaranayeneva dukkaṭāni.
若有人出于身体接触的欲染,以衣物触碰穿着厚布衣的妇女,犯偷兰遮。若触碰穿着薄布衣的妇女,在此情形下,若妇女伸出布外的体毛触碰到比丘,或比丘伸入布内的体毛触碰到妇女,或只是双方的体毛互相触碰,则犯桑喀地谢沙。因为,以执取之色身(业生色)触碰执取之色身或非执取之色身,或以任何非执取之色身如头发等触碰执取之色身或非执取之色身,皆犯桑喀地谢沙。显示巴利原文
Yo pana ghanavatthanivatthaṃ itthiṃ kāyasaṃsaggarāgena vatthe ghaṭṭeti, thullaccayaṃ. Viraḷavatthanivatthaṃ ghaṭṭeti, tatra ce vatthantarehi itthiyā vā nikkhantalomāni bhikkhuṃ bhikkhuno vā paviṭṭhalomāni itthiṃ phusanti, ubhinnaṃ lomāniyeva vā lomāni phusanti, saṅghādiseso. Upādinnakena hi kammajarūpena upādinnakaṃ vā anupādinnakaṃ vā anupādinnakenapi kenaci kesādinā upādinnakaṃ vā anupādinnakaṃ vā phusantopi saṅghādisesaṃ āpajjatiyeva.
对此,《库伦迪亚》中说:“应计体毛数目而犯桑喀地谢沙罪。”然而,《大注疏》中说:“不应计体毛数目而令其犯戒,只犯一个桑喀地谢沙罪。但是,若在僧团床座上不铺敷具便躺卧,则应计体毛数目而令其犯戒。”此说方为合理。因为此罪是依妇女而立,并非依身体部位而立。显示巴利原文
Tattha kurundiyaṃ ‘‘lomāni gaṇetvā saṅghādiseso’’ti vuttaṃ. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘lomāni gaṇetvā āpattiyā na kāretabbo, ekameva saṅghādisesaṃ āpajjati. Saṅghikamañce pana apaccattharitvā nipanno lomāni gaṇetvā kāretabbo’’ti vuttaṃ , tadeva yuttaṃ. Itthivasena hi ayaṃ āpatti, na koṭṭhāsavasenāti.
于此,有人问:“若有人心想‘我将抓身所系物’而抓了身体,或心想‘我将抓身体’而抓了身所系物,他犯何罪?”大须摩长老先说:“依实际所缘而定。”据说这是他的见解——显示巴利原文
Etthāha ‘‘yo pana ‘kāyappaṭibaddhaṃ gaṇhissāmī’ti kāyaṃ gaṇhāti, ‘kāyaṃ gaṇhissāmī’ti kāyappaṭibaddhaṃ gaṇhāti, so kiṃ āpajjatī’’ti. Mahāsumatthero tāva ‘‘yathāvatthukamevā’’ti vadati. Ayaṃ kirassa laddhi –
所缘、想、染,以及触的觉知;
依如所教示之教示,应据此判定重罪。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vatthu saññā ca rāgo ca, phassappaṭivijānanā; Yathāniddiṭṭhaniddese, garukaṃ tena kāraye’’ti.
此处,“vatthū”指女人。“saññā”指女人想。“rāgo”指身体接触的欲染。“phassappaṭivijānanā”指对身体接触之触的觉知。因此,若有人对女人持女人想,以身体接触的欲染,怀着“我要抓取与身体相连之物”的念头而行动,并触及其身体,则犯重罪——桑喀地谢沙。另一者则犯偷兰遮。然而,大莲花长老说:显示巴利原文
Ettha ‘‘vatthū’’ti itthī. ‘‘Saññā’’ti itthisaññā. ‘‘Rāgo’’ti kāyasaṃsaggarāgo. ‘‘Phassappaṭivijānanā’’ti kāyasaṃsaggaphassajānanā. Tasmā yo itthiyā itthisaññī kāyasaṃsaggarāgena ‘‘kāyappaṭibaddhaṃ gahessāmī’’ti pavattopi kāyaṃ phusati, garukaṃ saṅghādisesaṃyeva āpajjati. Itaropi thullaccayanti mahāpadumatthero panāha –
当想已离染,执取也已离染时,
如所阐明的教示中所述,此处不见重罪。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Saññāya virāgitamhi, gahaṇe ca virāgite; Yathāniddiṭṭhaniddese, garukaṃ tattha na dissatī’’ti.
此是他的见解:对女人而持有女人想者,已结桑喀地谢沙。由此,当女人想已离染,对与身体相连之物生起与身体相连之想而执取此物者,则结偷兰遮。又由此,当执取也已离染,不执取彼物而执取女人,因此处无女人想,故不见桑喀地谢沙;因未执取与身体相连之物,故不见偷兰遮;然以触体的贪欲而触,故结恶作。以触体的贪欲触此物者,决无无犯之说,故唯结恶作。显示巴利原文
Assāpāyaṃ laddhi itthiyā itthisaññino hi saṅghādiseso vutto. Iminā ca itthisaññā virāgitā kāyappaṭibaddhe kāyappaṭibaddhasaññā uppāditā, taṃ gaṇhantassa pana thullaccayaṃ vuttaṃ. Iminā ca gahaṇampi virāgitaṃ taṃ aggahetvā itthī gahitā, tasmā ettha itthisaññāya abhāvato saṅghādiseso na dissati, kāyappaṭibaddhassa aggahitattā thullaccayaṃ na dissati, kāyasaṃsaggarāgena phuṭṭhattā pana dukkaṭaṃ. Kāyasaṃsaggarāgena hi imaṃ nāma vatthuṃ phusato anāpattīti natthi, tasmā dukkaṭamevāti.
在此之后,又说此四句偈:“‘我要捉有染者’而捉了有染者,桑喀地谢沙;‘我要捉离染者’而捉了离染者,恶作;‘我要捉有染者’而捉了离染者,恶作;‘我要捉离染者’而捉了有染者,唯是恶作。”虽然如此说,但此处当以大善见长老的主张为依准,才与圣典及注释书的判摄相合。正如圣典说:“若比丘对女人持有女人想且有贪染,以身体接触、抚摸……捉持、碰触该女人或与身相系属之物,犯偷兰遮。”注释书也说:“若有人伸手抱住站在一起的众多女人,所触女人之数计桑喀地谢沙罪,中间女人之数计偷兰遮罪”等。因为,若依想等离染便可成为离染而无罪,则圣典理应如“若为黄门且持有女人想”等情况,同样以“若为与身相系属之物且持有身体想”等方式特别说明其差别。然而并未如此宣说,故知于女人起女人想时,触女人身犯桑喀地谢沙,触与身相系属之物犯偷兰遮,如此依所缘之事而判,方为合理。显示巴利原文
Idañca pana vatvā idaṃ catukkamāha. ‘‘Sārattaṃ gaṇhissāmī’ti sārattaṃ gaṇhi saṅghādiseso, ‘virattaṃ gaṇhissāmī’ti virattaṃ gaṇhi dukkaṭaṃ, ‘sārattaṃ gaṇhissāmī’ti virattaṃ gaṇhi dukkaṭaṃ, ‘virattaṃ gaṇhissāmī’ti sārattaṃ gaṇhi dukkaṭamevā’’ti. Kiñcāpi evamāha? Atha kho mahāsumattheravādoyevettha ‘‘itthi ca hoti itthisaññī sāratto ca bhikkhu ca naṃ itthiyā kāyena kāyappaṭibaddhaṃ āmasati parāmasati…pe… gaṇhāti chupati āpatti thullaccayassā’’ti imāya pāḷiyā ‘‘yo hi ekato ṭhitā sambahulā itthiyo bāhāhi parikkhipitvā gaṇhāti, so yattakā itthiyo phuṭṭhā tāsaṃ gaṇanāya saṅghādisese āpajjati, majjhagatānaṃ gaṇanāya thullaccaye’’tiādīhi aṭṭhakathāvinicchayehi ca sameti. Yadi hi saññādivirāgena virāgitaṃ nāma bhaveyya ‘‘paṇḍako ca hoti itthisaññī’’tiādīsu viya ‘‘kāyappaṭibaddhañca hoti kāyasaññī cā’’tiādināpi nayena pāḷiyaṃ visesaṃ vadeyya. Yasmā pana so na vutto, tasmā itthiyā itthisaññāya sati itthiṃ āmasantassa saṅghādiseso, kāyappaṭibaddhaṃ āmasantassa thullaccayanti yathāvatthukameva yujjati.
在《大筏》中也这么说:“对于盖着蓝布而卧的黑肤色女人,心想‘我要触其身’而触及身体,桑喀地谢沙;心想‘我要触其身’而触及蓝布,偷兰遮;心想‘我要触蓝布’而触及身体,桑喀地谢沙;心想‘我要触蓝布’而触及蓝布,偷兰遮。”至于以“女人与黄门”等方式所说的所依混合之理,其中依所依、想、疑所划分的诸罪,应由善解圣典而不混淆者了知。显示巴利原文
Mahāpaccariyampi cetaṃ vuttaṃ – ‘‘nīlaṃ pārupitvā sayitāya kāḷitthiyā kāyaṃ ghaṭṭessāmī’ti kāyaṃ ghaṭṭeti, saṅghādiseso; ‘kāyaṃ ghaṭṭessāmī’ti nīlaṃ ghaṭṭeti, thullaccayaṃ; ‘nīlaṃ ghaṭṭessāmī’ti kāyaṃ ghaṭṭeti, saṅghādiseso; ‘nīlaṃ ghaṭṭessāmī’ti nīlaṃ ghaṭṭeti, thullaccaya’’nti. Yopāyaṃ ‘‘itthī ca paṇḍako cā’’tiādinā nayena vatthumissakanayo vutto, tasmimpi vatthu saññāvimativasena vuttā āpattiyo pāḷiyaṃ asammuyhantena veditabbā.
然而,在以身触与身相系属之物的章节中,对女人持有女人想而捉持与身相系属之物者,犯偷兰遮;其余一切情形,犯恶作。在以身所系属之物触身的章节中,道理亦同。至于以身所系属之物触身所系属之物的章节,以及在舍堕与身触等相关章节中,一切情况皆唯独犯恶作。显示巴利原文
Kāyenakāyappaṭibaddhavāre pana itthiyā itthisaññissa kāyappaṭibaddhaṃ gaṇhato thullaccayaṃ, sese sabbattha dukkaṭaṃ. Kāyappaṭibaddhenakāyavārepi eseva nayo. Kāyappaṭibaddhenakaāyappaṭibaddhavāre ca nissaggiyenakāyavārādīsu cassa sabbattha dukkaṭameva.
而‘若有女人,而比丘对彼持女人想且怀贪染,彼女人以身体接触该比丘之身’等章节,是针对比丘因女人而起贪欲而说。此中,‘彼女人以身体接触该比丘之身’是指:对比丘生起贪染的女人,来到该比丘的坐处或卧处,以自己的身体接触、……碰触该比丘之身。若她以交合意图用身体努力,且觉知触,则如此被接触或碰触后,比丘若亦以交合意图、为觉知触而稍稍移动或摇动身体,即犯桑喀地谢沙。显示巴利原文
‘‘Itthī ca hoti itthisaññī sāratto ca itthī ca naṃ bhikkhussa kāyena kāya’’ntiādivāro pana bhikkhumhi mātugāmassa rāgavasena vutto. Tattha itthī ca naṃ bhikkhussa kāyena kāyanti bhikkhumhi sārattā itthī tassa nisinnokāsaṃ vā nipannokāsaṃ vā gantvā attano kāyena taṃ bhikkhussa kāyaṃ āmasati…pe… chupati. Sevanādhippāyo kāyena vāyamati, phassaṃ paṭivijānātīti evaṃ tāya āmaṭṭho vā chupito vā sevanādhippāyo hutvā sace phassappaṭivijānanatthaṃ īsakampi kāyaṃ cāleti phandeti, saṅghādisesaṃ āpajjati.
‘两个女人’在此是指:犯两个桑喀地谢沙;若对女人与黄门,则桑喀地谢沙与恶作俱犯。以此类推,乃至‘以舍堕物接触舍堕物,以交合意图用身体努力,但未觉知触,犯恶作’,如是种种罪相差别,应依前理了知。显示巴利原文
Dveitthiyoti ettha dve saṅghādisese āpajjati, itthiyā ca paṇḍake ca saṅghādisesena saha dukkaṭaṃ . Etena upāyena yāva ‘‘nissaggiyena nissaggiyaṃ āmasati, sevanādhippāyo kāyena vāyamati na ca phassaṃ paṭivijānāti, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti tāva purimanayeneva āpattibhedo veditabbo.
此中,‘用身体努力但未觉知触’是指:见女人以她自己所弃舍的花或果,掷打自己所弃舍的花或果时,便以身体作出异动,或动手指,或抬眉毛,或眨眼,或作其他种种类似异动,这便称为‘用身体努力但未觉知触’。此人也因以身体努力而犯恶作;若是两个女人,则犯两个恶作;若对女人与黄门,亦犯两个恶作。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca kāyena vāyamati na ca phassaṃ paṭivijānātīti attanā nissaṭṭhaṃ pupphaṃ vā phalaṃ vā itthiṃ attano nissaggiyena pupphena vā phalena vā paharantiṃ disvā kāyena vikāraṃ karoti, aṅguliṃ vā cāleti, bhamukaṃ vā ukkhipati, akkhiṃ vā nikhaṇati, aññaṃ vā evarūpaṃ vikāraṃ karoti, ayaṃ vuccati ‘‘kāyena vāyamati na ca phassaṃ paṭivijānātī’’ti. Ayampi kāyena vāyamitattā dukkaṭaṃ āpajjati, dvīsu itthīsu dve, itthīpaṇḍakesupi dve eva dukkaṭe āpajjati.
279 如此依事由详细开示了罪的区别之后,现在为略说罪与无罪的区别,依特征说“以交媾意图”等。其中,第一:被女人接触时,以交媾意图用身努力,且觉知触,三支具足,犯桑喀地谢沙。第二:犹如以舍堕物触对舍堕物,虽有身努力而未碰触,且不觉知触,二支具足,犯恶作。第三:不用身努力者,无罪。若有人虽以交媾意图,但身不动,仅仅觉知触、接受、享受,因其仅是心生而无身业,故无罪。第四:犹如以舍堕物触对舍堕物时,亦无触的觉知,仅是心生而已,故无罪。以求脱身为意图者,于一切情形皆无罪。显示巴利原文
279. Evaṃ vatthuvasena vitthārato āpattibhedaṃ dassetvā idāni lakkhaṇavasena saṅkhepato āpattibhedañca anāpattibhedañca dassento ‘‘sevanādhippāyo’’tiādimāha. Tattha purimanaye itthiyā phuṭṭho samāno sevanādhippāyo kāyena vāyamati, phassaṃ paṭivijānātīti tivaṅgasampattiyā saṅghādiseso. Dutiye naye nissaggiyena nissaggiyāmasane viya vāyamitvā achupane viya ca phassassa appaṭivijānanato duvaṅgasampattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Tatiye kāyena avāyamato anāpatti. Yo hi sevanādhippāyopi niccalena kāyena kevalaṃ phassaṃ paṭivijānāti sādiyati anubhoti, tassa cittuppādamatte āpattiyā abhāvato anāpatti. Catutthe pana nissaggiyena nissaggiyāmasane viya phassappaṭivijānanāpi natthi, kevalaṃ cittuppādamattameva, tasmā anāpatti. Mokkhādhippāyassa sabbākāresu anāpattiyeva.
在此,若有人被女人抓住,为求脱身而推拒或击打她,这属于以身努力且觉知触。若见女人前来,为了脱身而恐吓驱赶她,这属于以身努力而不觉知触。若见高大女人跨骑在身上,心想:“让她慢慢移动,若因摩擦恐生不利”,便不作摩擦;或明知她正触碰自己的肢体,心想:“她若觉得此人无欲意,便会自行离去”,便装作不知,保持不动;或被大力女子紧紧拥抱捉持的年轻比丘,虽欲逃脱但因被紧抓而保持不动,这属于不以身努力而觉知触。若见女人前来,心想:“让她先过来,然后我将击打或推开她以便脱身”,而保持不动,当知这是以求脱身为意图,不以身努力,也不觉知触。显示巴利原文
Ettha pana yo itthiyā gahito taṃ attano sarīrā mocetukāmo paṭippaṇāmeti vā paharati vā ayaṃ kāyena vāyamati phassaṃ paṭivijānāti. Yo āgacchantiṃ disvā tato muñcitukāmo uttāsetvā palāpeti, ayaṃ kāyena vāyamati na ca phassaṃ paṭivijānāti. Yo tādisaṃ dīghajātiṃ kāye ārūḷhaṃ disvā ‘‘saṇikaṃ gacchatu ghaṭṭiyamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyā’’ti na ghaṭṭeti, itthimeva vā aṅgaṃ phusamānaṃ ñatvā ‘‘esā ‘anatthiko ayaṃ mayā’ti sayameva pakkamissatī’’ti ajānanto viya niccalo hoti, balavitthiyā vā gāḷhaṃ āliṅgitvā gahito daharabhikkhu palāyitukāmopi suṭṭhu gahitattā niccalo hoti, ayaṃ na ca kāyena vāyamati, phassaṃ paṭivijānāti. Yo pana āgacchantiṃ disvā ‘‘āgacchatu tāva tato naṃ paharitvā vā paṇāmetvā vā pakkamissāmī’’ti niccalo hoti, ayaṃ mokkhādhippāyo na ca kāyena vāyamati, na ca phassaṃ paṭivijānātīti veditabbo.
280 “非故意”,是指并非怀着“我将以此方式触碰她”的心念而做。因此,若不存此心念,即使在受取衣钵等时触碰了女人肢体,亦无犯。显示巴利原文
280.Asañciccāti iminā upāyena imaṃ phusissāmīti acetetvā, evañhi acetetvā pattappaṭiggahaṇādīsu mātugāmassa aṅge phuṭṭhepi anāpatti.
‘失念’:指心不在焉,没有‘我在触碰女人’的念。如此,在失念的情况下,如在伸展手足等时触碰,无犯。显示巴利原文
Asatiyāti aññavihito hoti mātugāmaṃ phusāmīti sati natthi, evaṃ asatiyā hatthapādapasāraṇādikāle phusantassa anāpatti.
‘不知者’:指不知道以童男装扮站立的童女是‘女人’,因某种事务所触碰。如此,不知对方为‘女人’而触碰者,无犯。显示巴利原文
Ajānantassāti dārakavesena ṭhitaṃ dārikaṃ ‘‘itthī’’ti ajānanto kenacideva karaṇīyena phusati, evaṃ ‘‘itthī’’ti ajānantassa phusato anāpatti.
‘不领受者’:指不领受身体接触者,如同被手臂接力传递的比丘那样,无犯。疯狂者等如前所述。此处,长老优陀夷是初犯者,他作为初犯者无犯。显示巴利原文
Asādiyantassāti kāyasaṃsaggaṃ asādiyantassa, tassa bāhāparamparāya nītabhikkhussa viya anāpatti. Ummattakādayo vuttanayāeva. Idha pana udāyitthero ādikammiko, tassa anāpatti ādikammikassāti.
在等起等方面,此学处属于第一波罗夷的等起:由身与心等起,是作业,有想解脱,有心,是世间罪,是身业,是不善心,具有二受——乐与中舍两者。显示巴利原文
Samuṭṭhānādīsu idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paṭhamapārājikasamuṭṭhānaṃ kāyacittato samuṭṭhāti, kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, dvivedanaṃ, sukhamajjhattadvayenāti.
281 在“已调伏事”中:“以母爱”是指出于对母亲的爱而触摸母亲的身体。这一原则也适用于女儿和姐妹的事例。在此,不论母亲还是女儿,但凡名为女人者,都是梵行的障碍。因此,即便怀着“这是我母亲、这是我女儿、这是我姐妹”的世俗亲情去触摸,仍判为恶作。显示巴利原文
281. Vinītavatthūsu – mātuyā mātupemenāti mātupemena mātuyā kāyaṃ āmasi. Esa nayo dhītubhaginivatthūsu. Tattha yasmā mātā vā hotu dhītā vā itthī nāma sabbāpi brahmacariyassa pāripanthikāva. Tasmā ‘‘ayaṃ me mātā ayaṃ dhītā ayaṃ me bhaginī’’ti gehassitapemena āmasatopi dukkaṭameva vuttaṃ.
然而,忆念世尊这一教诫的比丘,即使看见母亲被河流冲走,也不应伸手去抓。聪明的比丘应当递去船、木板、芭蕉茎或木段。如果没有这些东西,即便递出袈裟,也应放在她面前,但不可说“抓住这里”。如果她抓住了,应作意“我在拉资具”,然后拉着前行。如果她害怕,应走在前面安慰说“不要怕”。如果她由于害怕突然爬上儿子的肩膀,或抓住其手,不应说“走开,老太婆”而将其甩开,而应带到陆地。陷入泥沼或落入井中,也应以同样方式处理。显示巴利原文
Imaṃ pana bhagavato āṇaṃ anussarantena sacepi nadīsotena vuyhamānaṃ mātaraṃ passati neva hatthena parāmasitabbā. Paṇḍitena pana bhikkhunā nāvā vā phalakaṃ vā kadalikkhandho vā dārukkhandho vā upasaṃharitabbo. Tasmiṃ asati kāsāvampi upasaṃharitvā purato ṭhapetabbaṃ, ‘‘ettha gaṇhāhī’’ti pana na vattabbā. Gahite parikkhāraṃ kaḍḍhāmīti kaḍḍhantena gantabbaṃ. Sace bhāyati purato purato gantvā ‘‘mā bhāyī’’ti samassāsetabbā. Sace bhāyamānā puttassa sahasā khandhe vā abhiruhati, hatthe vā gaṇhāti, na ‘‘apehi mahallike’’ti niddhunitabbā, thalaṃ pāpetabbā. Kaddame laggāyapi kūpe patitāyapi eseva nayo.
在此,可将绳索或布放下,待了知她已用手抓住后拉上来,而绝不可触摸。不仅女性身体不可触摸,其下衣、上衣,乃至装饰器具、草叶、扇叶戒指等,也都不可触摸——此指为装饰而放置的下衣与上衣。然而,若将下衣或上衣翻转,作为布料放在脚边,则是允许的。装饰器具中,如头饰、牙签等适用之物,若被给予时说‘尊者,请取此’,可为制作针筒、针等资具而接受。但金、银、珍珠等所成之物,即使被给予,也不可触摸,不可接受。不仅这些随身之物不可触摸,凡以女性形态制成的木像、牙像、铁像、铜像、锡像、布像、一切宝石像,乃至面粉像,也都不可触摸。然而,若为受用而得到‘这个给你们’后,除全部由宝石所成者外,其余可打碎,将适合做资具的用于资具,适合受用的用于受用。显示巴利原文
Tatrapi hi yottaṃ vā vatthaṃ vā pakkhipitvā hatthena gahitabhāvaṃ ñatvā uddharitabbā, natveva āmasitabbā. Na kevalañca mātugāmassa sarīrameva anāmāsaṃ, nivāsanapāvuraṇampi ābharaṇabhaṇḍampi tiṇaṇḍupakaṃ vā tāḷapaṇṇamuddikaṃ vā upādāya anāmāsameva, tañca kho nivāsanapārupanaṃ piḷandhanatthāya ṭhapitameva. Sace pana nivāsanaṃ vā pārupanaṃ vā parivattetvā cīvaratthāya pādamūle ṭhapeti vaṭṭati. Ābharaṇabhaṇḍesu pana sīsapasādhanakadantasūciādikappiyabhaṇḍaṃ ‘‘imaṃ bhante tumhākaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti diyyamānaṃ sipāṭikāsūciādiupakaraṇatthāya gahetabbaṃ. Suvaṇṇarajatamuttādimayaṃ pana anāmāsameva dīyyamānampi na gahetabbaṃ. Na kevalañca etāsaṃ sarīrūpagameva anāmāsaṃ, itthisaṇṭhānena kataṃ kaṭṭharūpampi dantarūpampi ayarūpampi loharūpampi tipurūpampi potthakarūpampi sabbaratanarūpampi antamaso piṭṭhamayarūpampi anāmāsameva. Paribhogatthāya pana ‘‘idaṃ tumhākaṃ hotū’’ti labhitvā ṭhapetvā sabbaratanamayaṃ avasesaṃ bhinditvā upakaraṇārahaṃ upakaraṇe paribhogārahaṃ paribhoge upanetuṃ vaṭṭati.
如同女性形象一样,七种谷物亦不可触摸。因此,行走于田间时,不可触摸那里生长的谷物果实。若在家门口或路中间铺晒了谷物,而旁边有路,则不可踩踏而行。若无路,应认定一条路而行。在村落内,若在谷物上铺设座位请坐,可以坐。有些人在集会堂撒谷物,若能让人拿走,应让人拿走;若不能,则应在不踩踏谷物的一侧铺设凳子而坐。若无空间,人们直接在谷物中铺设座位请坐,亦是可以的。彼处生长的绿豆、黄豆等豆类,或棕榈、波罗蜜等果实,游戏时不可触摸。对于人们堆成堆的谷物,亦同此理。然而,在森林中,从树上掉落的果实,若心想‘我将给予未受具足戒者’,可以拾取。显示巴利原文
Yathā ca itthirūpakaṃ; evaṃ sattavidhampi dhaññaṃ anāmāsaṃ. Tasmā khettamajjhena gacchatā tatthajātakampi dhaññaphalaṃ na āmasantena gantabbaṃ. Sace gharadvāre vā antarāmagge vā dhaññaṃ pasāritaṃ hoti passena ca maggo atthi na maddantena gantabbaṃ. Gamanamagge asati maggaṃ adhiṭṭhāya gantabbaṃ. Antaraghare dhaññassa upari āsanaṃ paññāpetvā denti nisīdituṃ vaṭṭati. Keci āsanasālāyaṃ dhaññaṃ ākiranti, sace sakkā hoti harāpetuṃ harāpetabbaṃ, no ce ekamantaṃ dhaññaṃ amaddantena pīṭhakaṃ paññapetvā nisīditabbaṃ. Sace okāso na hoti, manussā dhaññamajjheyeva āsanaṃ paññapetvā denti, nisīditabbaṃ. Tatthajātakāni muggamāsādīni aparaṇṇānipi tālapanasādīni vā phalāni kīḷantena na āmasitabbāni. Manussehi rāsikatesupi eseva nayo. Araññe pana rukkhato patitāni phalāni ‘‘anupasampannānaṃ dassāmī’’ti gaṇhituṃ vaṭṭati.
珍珠、宝石、琉璃、贝壳、石、珊瑚、银、金、红宝石、猫眼石——在这十种宝物中,珍珠未洗、未穿孔、保持天然状态时,可以触摸。其余诸宝不可触摸,诸师如此说。然而,《大筏》中说:‘珍珠无论洗或未洗,皆不可触摸,亦不可为换取资具而接受;但为治疗麻风病而作药,则是允许的。’乃至天然水晶等,一切蓝、黄等颜色的宝石,若经洗、穿孔、打磨,则不可触摸;但若保持天然状态、刚从矿中取出,为换取钵等资具而接受,则是允许的。即使如此,《大筏》中也予遮止,并说只有经过烧炼制成的玻璃才允许。琉璃的判定与宝石相同。显示巴利原文
Muttā , maṇi, veḷuriyo, saṅkho, silā, pavāḷaṃ, rajataṃ, jātarūpaṃ, lohitaṅko, masāragallanti imesu dasasu ratanesu muttā adhotā anividdhā yathājātāva āmasituṃ vaṭṭati. Sesā anāmāsāti vadanti. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana ‘‘muttā dhotāpi adhotāpi anāmāsā bhaṇḍamūlatthāya ca sampaṭicchituṃ na vaṭṭati, kuṭṭharogassa bhesajjatthāya pana vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Antamaso jātiphalikaṃ upādāya sabbopi nīlapītādivaṇṇabhedo maṇi dhotaviddhavaṭṭito anāmāso, yathājāto pana ākaramutto pattādibhaṇḍamūlatthaṃ sampaṭicchituṃ vaṭṭatīti vutto. Sopi mahāpaccariyaṃ paṭikkhitto, pacitvā kato kācamaṇiyeveko vaṭṭatīti vutto. Veḷuriyepi maṇisadisova vinicchayo.
贝壳之中,用作吹奏的法螺,以及经过清洗、穿孔并与宝石混合者,不可触摸。饮水用的贝壳,无论清洗与否,皆可触摸;其余贝壳,为制作眼药等药物及换取资具而接受,也是开许的。石类若经清洗、穿孔、与宝石结合、呈绿豆色者,不可触摸;其余石头,为作磨刀石等用途取用,是允许的。此中‘与宝石结合’,诸师解释为与黄金一同烧炼而成。珊瑚若经清洗、穿孔,则不可触摸;其余珊瑚可触摸,并可为换取资具而接受。然而《大筏》中说:‘无论清洗与否,一切珊瑚皆不可触摸,亦不可接受。’显示巴利原文
Saṅkho dhamanasaṅkho ca dhotaviddho ca ratanamisso anāmāso. Pānīyasaṅkho dhotopi adhotopi āmāsova sesañca añjanādibhesajjatthāyapi bhaṇḍamūlatthāyapi sampaṭicchituṃ vaṭṭati. Silā dhotaviddhā ratanasaṃyuttā muggavaṇṇāva anāmāsā. Sesā satthakanisānādiatthāya gaṇhituṃ vaṭṭati. Ettha ca ratanasaṃyuttāti suvaṇṇena saddhiṃ yojetvā pacitvā katāti vadanti. Pavāḷaṃ dhotaviddhaṃ anāmāsaṃ. Sesaṃ āmāsaṃ bhaṇḍamūlatthañca sampaṭicchituṃ vaṭṭati. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana ‘‘dhotampi adhotampi sabbaṃ anāmāsaṃ, na ca sampaṭicchituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ.
银与金,无论已制成器具,还是未制成器具,乃至从原生状态起,一切皆不可触摸、不可接受。据说,优陀罗王子曾造金塔,送往大莲华长老处。长老以‘不许可’而拒绝。塔殿中的金莲花、金泡沫等,这些亦不可触摸。然而,塔殿守护者站在丢弃银钱之处,因此说他们可以令人丢弃这些物品。《古伦地》中则遮止了这一点。仅允许搬走金塔上的垃圾,只开许到此程度。黄铜亦与金同类,不可触摸——一切注释书皆如此说。然而,坐卧具的受用一切如法,因此一切由金、银制成的坐卧具资具,皆可触摸。在比丘们解说法律之处,若建有宝石殿堂,有水晶柱、饰以宝石花鬘,其中的所有用具,比丘们均可打理。显示巴利原文
Rajataṃ jātarūpañca katabhaṇḍampi akatabhaṇḍampi sabbena sabbaṃ bījato paṭṭhāya anāmāsañca asampaṭicchiyañca, uttararājaputto kira suvaṇṇacetiyaṃ kāretvā mahāpadumattherassa pesesi. Thero ‘‘na kappatī’’ti paṭikkhipi. Cetiyaghare suvaṇṇapadumasuvaṇṇabubbuḷakādīni honti, etānipi anāmāsāni. Cetiyagharagopakā pana rūpiyachaḍḍakaṭṭhāne ṭhitā, tasmā tesaṃ keḷāpayituṃ vaṭṭatīti vuttaṃ. Kurundiyaṃ pana taṃ paṭikkhittaṃ. Suvaṇṇacetiye kacavarameva harituṃ vaṭṭatīti ettakameva anuññātaṃ. Ārakūṭalohampi jātarūpagatikameva anāmāsanti sabbaaṭṭhakathāsu vuttaṃ. Senāsanaparibhogo pana sabbakappiyo, tasmā jātarūparajatamayā sabbepi senāsanaparikkhārā āmāsā. Bhikkhūnaṃ dhammavinayavaṇṇanaṭṭhāne ratanamaṇḍape karonti phalikatthambhe ratanadāmapatimaṇḍite, tattha sabbūpakaraṇāni bhikkhūnaṃ paṭijaggituṃ vaṭṭati.
红宝石与猫眼石,若经清洗、穿孔,则不可触摸;未如此处理者,则可触摸,并允许为换取资具而接受。然而《大筏》中说:‘无论清洗与否,一切皆不可触摸,亦不可接受。’显示巴利原文
Lohitaṅkamasāragallā dhotaviddhā anāmāsā, itare āmāsā, bhaṇḍamūlatthāya vaṭṭantīti vuttā. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana ‘‘dhotāpi adhotāpi sabbaso anāmāsā na ca sampaṭicchituṃ vaṭṭantī’’ti vuttaṃ.
一切武器类物品皆不可触摸,即使是为换取资具而给予,也不可接受。从事武器买卖是不允许的。即便是单纯的弓杆、弓弦、刺棒、钩棒,乃至斧、锛等,只要被算作武器而制成,皆不可触摸。若有人在寺院中放置了矛或枪,照料寺院者应通知物主:“请拿走。”若他们不拿走,则不应移动该物而继续照料寺院。在战场上见到遗落的剑、矛或枪,用石块等将剑打断后,为作刀具而取用,是允许的;其他武器也可拆解后,部分为作刀具而取用,部分为作剪刀柄等而取用。若有人给予时说“请拿这个”,且心想“我将把它毁坏并作成如法物品”,则一切皆可接受。显示巴利原文
Sabbaṃ āvudhabhaṇḍaṃ anāmāsaṃ, bhaṇḍamūlatthāya dīyyamānampi na sampaṭicchitabbaṃ. Satthavaṇijjā nāma na vaṭṭati. Suddhadhanudaṇḍopi dhanujiyāpi patodopi aṅkusopi antamaso vāsipharasuādīnipi āvudhasaṅkhepena katāni anāmāsāni. Sace kenaci vihāre satti vā tomaro vā ṭhapito hoti, vihāraṃ jaggantena ‘‘harantū’’ti sāmikānaṃ pesetabbaṃ. Sace na haranti, taṃ acālentena vihāro paṭijaggitabbo. Yuddhabhūmiyaṃ patitaṃ asiṃ vā sattiṃ vā tomaraṃ vā disvā pāsāṇena vā kenaci vā asiṃ bhinditvā satthakatthāya gahetuṃ vaṭṭati, itarānipi viyojetvā kiñci satthakatthāya gahetuṃ vaṭṭati kiñci kattaradaṇḍādiatthāya. ‘‘Idaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti dīyyamānaṃ pana ‘‘vināsetvā kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ karissāmī’’ti sabbampi sampaṭicchituṃ vaṭṭati.
渔网、捕鸟网等,以及板甲网、防箭网等,一切皆不可触摸。然而,若为受用目的而获得时,对于网,心想“我将系在座位或塔的上方”或“我将用来包裹伞盖”而取用,是允许的。防箭网等一切,为换取资具而接受,是允许的。因为这是防护他人障碍之物,而非造成障碍之物,所以心想“我将作成板、齿木、钵”而取用,是允许的。显示巴利原文
Macchajālapakkhijālādīnipi phalakajālikādīni saraparittānānīpi sabbāni anāmāsāni. Paribhogatthāya labbhamānesu pana jālaṃ tāva ‘‘āsanassa vā cetiyassa vā upari bandhissāmi, chattaṃ vā veṭhessāmī’’ti gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Saraparittānaṃ sabbampi bhaṇḍamūlatthāya sampaṭicchituṃ vaṭṭati. Parūparodhanivāraṇañhi etaṃ na uparodhakaranti phalakaṃ dantakaṭṭhabhājanaṃ karissāmīti gahetuṃ vaṭṭati.
蒙皮的琵琶、鼓等乐器,皆不可触摸。在《古伦地》中则说:“鼓身、琵琶身、空心的鼓腹、蒙在面口的皮、琵琶杆,一切皆不可触摸。”不可自己绷皮、令人绷皮、自己演奏、令人演奏。在塔院中,见到人们供养后丢弃的乐器,也不可移动,只需在间隙处清扫;但在丢弃垃圾时,可依处理垃圾的方式将其搬走,放置一边——《大筏》中如此说。为换取资具而接受,也是允许的。若为受用目的而获得时,心想“我将用琵琶槽和鼓腹作齿木钵,用皮作刀鞘”,如此为各种资具的用途而取用,并依此制作,是允许的。显示巴利原文
Cammavinaddhāni vīṇābheriādīni anāmāsāni. Kurundiyaṃ pana ‘‘bherisaṅghāṭopi vīṇāsaṅghāṭopi tucchapokkharampi mukhavaṭṭiyaṃ āropitacammampi vīṇādaṇḍakopi sabbaṃ anāmāsa’’nti vuttaṃ. Onahituṃ vā onahāpetuṃ vā vādetuṃ vā vādāpetuṃ vā na labbhatiyeva. Cetiyaṅgaṇe pūjaṃ katvā manussehi chaḍḍitaṃ disvāpi acāletvāva antarantare sammajjitabbaṃ, kacavarachaḍḍanakāle pana kacavaraniyāmeneva haritvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipituṃ vaṭṭatīti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ. Bhaṇḍamūlatthāya sampaṭicchitumpi vaṭṭati. Paribhogatthāya labbhamānesu pana vīṇādoṇikañca bheripokkharañca dantakaṭṭhabhājanaṃ karissāma cammaṃ satthakakosakanti evaṃ tassa tassa parikkhārassa upakaraṇatthāya gahetvā tathā tathā kātuṃ vaṭṭati.
前妻之事,意义明了。于夜叉事,纵与他化自在天女发生身触,亦唯犯偷兰遮。黄门事与熟睡女事,意义明了。于死女事,若可犯波罗夷时,犯偷兰遮;此后则犯恶作。于畜生事,对龙女、金翅鸟女、紧那罗女、牛女,皆唯犯恶作。于木女事,不但木女,乃至彩画女像,亦犯恶作。显示巴利原文
Purāṇadutiyikāvatthu uttānameva. Yakkhivatthusmiṃ sacepi paranimmitavasavattideviyā kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajjati thullaccayameva. Paṇḍakavatthu ca suttitthivatthu ca pākaṭameva. Matitthivatthusmiṃ pārājikappahonakakāle thullaccayaṃ, tato paraṃ dukkaṭaṃ. Tiracchānagatavatthusmiṃ nāgamāṇavikāyapi supaṇṇamāṇavikāyapi kinnariyāpi gāviyāpi dukkaṭameva. Dārudhītalikāvatthusmiṃ na kevalaṃ dārunā eva, antamaso cittakammalikhitepi itthirūpe dukkaṭameva.
282 「挤压事」意义明了。「桥事」中,无论一步桥或车道桥,只要生起「我欲摇动」之心而作努力,无论桥是否摇动,皆犯恶作。「道路事」意义明了。「树事」中,不论树大或小,乃至大如阎浮树,只要作摇动努力,无论能否摇动,即犯恶作。「船事」同理。「绳事」中,若牵绳能令彼离位,犯偷兰遮;若为大绳,稍动而不离本位,犯恶作。「杖事」同理。此处倒地大树亦摄入「杖」中。「叶事」意义明了。「礼敬事」中,若有女人按摩脚后欲行礼拜,应加阻止,或以衣覆脚,或保持不动。若保持不动,即使内心接受,亦不为罪。最后「取事」意义明了。显示巴利原文
282.Sampīḷanavatthu uttānatthameva. Saṅkamavatthusmiṃ ekapadikasaṅkamo vā hotu sakaṭamaggasaṅkamo vā, cālessāmīti payoge katamatteva cāletu vā mā vā, dukkaṭaṃ. Maggavatthu pākaṭameva. Rukkhavatthusmiṃ rukkho mahanto vā hotu mahājambuppamāṇo khuddako vā, taṃ cāletuṃ sakkotu vā mā vā, payogamattena dukkaṭaṃ. Nāvāvatthusmimpi eseva nayo. Rajjavatthusmiṃ yaṃ rajjuṃ āviñchanto ṭhānā cāletuṃ sakkoti, tattha thullaccayaṃ. Yā mahārajju hoti, īsakampi ṭhānā na calati, tattha dukkaṭaṃ. Daṇḍepi eseva nayo. Bhūmiyaṃ patitamahārukkhopi hi daṇḍaggahaṇeneva idha gahito. Pattavatthu pākaṭameva. Vandanavatthusmiṃ itthī pāde sambāhitvā vanditukāmā vāretabbā pādā vā paṭicchādetabbā, niccalena vā bhavitabbaṃ. Niccalassa hi cittena sādiyatopi anāpatti. Avasāne gahaṇavatthupākaṭamevāti.
3. 粗恶语学处注释显示巴利原文
3. Duṭṭhullavācāsikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
283 「尔时,佛陀世尊……」——此为粗恶语学处。其中,「援引」者,谓指出(某人)后。「称赞其容貌」等语,于后将明示。「断惭者」:断绝惭愧之人。「奸诈者」:诡诈之人。「无惭者」:无羞耻之人。「嬉笑者」:面露笑容、作轻笑者。「诱惑者」:谓以「啊,尊者」等语,作种种抬高之诱惑词。「纵声大笑者」:放声大笑者。「嘲弄者」:谓以「此是黄门,非男子」等语而嘲笑者。显示巴利原文
283.Tena samayena buddho bhagavāti duṭṭhullavācāsikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha ādissāti apadisitvā. Vaṇṇampi bhaṇatītiādīni parato āvi bhavissanti. Chinnikāti chinnaottappā. Dhuttikāti saṭhā. Ahirikāyoti nillajjā . Uhasantīti sitaṃ katvā mandahasitaṃ hasanti. Ullapantīti ‘‘aho ayyo’’tiādinā nayena uccakaraṇiṃ nānāvidhaṃ palobhanakathaṃ kathenti. Ujjagghantīti mahāhasitaṃ hasanti. Uppaṇḍentīti ‘‘paṇḍako ayaṃ, nāyaṃ puriso’’tiādinā nayena parihāsaṃ karonti.
285 「Sārattoti」:因对粗恶语的喜爱与贪染而染著。「Apekkhavā paṭibaddhacitto」:如前所述,唯此处应结合对言辞的喜爱与贪染来理解。为说明「以粗恶语对女人」中所指的女人,而说「女人」等。其中,有智慧、能分辨善说恶说及粗恶非粗恶的人,即聪慧、能了知有义无义之语以及法与非法之语的人,此是此处所指。如果是年龄虽长却愚痴、如同哑羊之辈,则非此处所指,以此说明。显示巴利原文
285.Sārattoti duṭṭhullavācassādarāgena sāratto. Apekkhavā paṭibaddhacittoti vuttanayameva, kevalaṃ idha vācassādarāgo yojetabbo. Mātugāmaṃ duṭṭhullāhi vācāhīti ettha adhippetaṃ mātugāmaṃ dassento ‘‘mātugāmo’’tiādimāha. Tattha viññū paṭibalā subhāsitadubbhāsitaṃ duṭṭhullāduṭṭhullaṃ ājānitunti yā paṇḍitā sātthakaniratthakakathaṃ asaddhammasaddhammapaṭisaṃyuttakathañca jānituṃ paṭibalā, ayaṃ idha adhippetā. Yā pana mahallikāpi bālā elamūgā ayaṃ idha anadhippetāti dasseti.
「Obhāseyyāti」:意为说示,即说种种非法语。然而,这样以言语示现的人,其所说的「obhāso」,从义理上即是「不净行」,乃因贪欲压倒防护时限的行为。故为说明此义,而言「obhāseyyāti 即称为不净行」。其中「yathā taṃ」的「taṃ」仅为小品词,意为「犹如青年对少女」。显示巴利原文
Obhāseyyāti avabhāseyya nānāppakārakaṃ asaddhammavacanaṃ vadeyya. Yasmā panevaṃ obhāsantassa yo so obhāso nāma, so atthato ajjhācāro hoti rāgavasena abhibhavitvā saññamavelaṃ ācāro, tasmā tamatthaṃ dassento ‘‘obhāseyyāti ajjhācāro vuccatī’’ti āha. Yathā tanti ettha tanti nipātamattaṃ, yathā yuvā yuvatinti attho.
「提到两种道」等,是为了阐明以怎样的方式说示便成为桑喀地谢沙而说。其中,「两种道」指大便道与小便道。其余在总说部分已很明显。在分别中,「称赞」是说:「你具足女性相、吉祥相」,此时还不构成根本罪。如果说:「你的大便道与小便道是这样,以此名为如此这般的女性相、吉祥相而具足」,便构成根本罪,成为桑喀地谢沙。「Vaṇṇeti」是赞美,这些词都只是「称赞」的同义词。显示巴利原文
Dve magge ādissātiādi yenākārena obhāsato saṅghādiseso hoti, taṃ dassetuṃ vuttaṃ. Tattha dve maggeti vaccamaggañca passāvamaggañca. Sesaṃ uddese tāva pākaṭameva. Niddese pana thometīti ‘‘itthilakkhaṇena subhalakkhaṇena samannāgatāsī’’ti vadati, na tāva sīsaṃ eti. ‘‘Tava vaccamaggo ca passāvamaggo ca īdiso tena nāma īdisena itthilakkhaṇena subhalakkhaṇena samannāgatāsī’’ti vadati, sīsaṃ eti, saṅghādiseso. Vaṇṇeti pasaṃsatīti imāni pana thomanapadasseva vevacanāni.
“Khuṃsetīti”意为以语鞭触恼。“Vambhetīti”意为令轻贱。“Garahatīti”意为给与过失。然而,对于随后巴利文中出现的“无相者”等十一词,若未与这些词结合,则不构成根本罪;即使结合,其中“尖顶者”“破裂者”“双性人”这三词,也只有与它结合时才构成桑喀地谢沙。显示巴利原文
Khuṃsetīti vācāpatodena ghaṭṭeti. Vambhetīti apasādeti. Garahatīti dosaṃ deti. Parato pana pāḷiyā āgatehi ‘‘animittāsī’’tiādīhi ekādasahi padehi aghaṭite sīsaṃ na eti, ghaṭitepi tesu sikharaṇīsi sambhinnāsi ubhatobyañjanāsīti imehi tīhi ghaṭiteyeva saṅghādiseso.
即使仅以“给我”这样的乞求之语,也不构成根本罪;只有以“请给我行淫法”的方式与淫法结合时,才构成桑喀地谢沙。显示巴利原文
Dehi meti yācanāyapi ettakeneva sīsaṃ na eti, ‘‘methunaṃ dhammaṃ dehī’’ti evaṃ methunadhammena ghaṭite eva saṅghādiseso.
在“何时你母亲才会喜悦”等请求语中,仅凭如此也不构成根本罪;只有以“何时你母亲喜悦,我何时能行淫法”或“在你母亲喜悦时,我能行淫法”等方式,与淫法结合时,才构成桑喀地谢沙。显示巴利原文
Kadā te mātā pasīdissatītiādīsu āyācanavacanesupi ettakeneva sīsaṃ na eti, ‘‘kadā te mātā pasīdissati, kadā te methunaṃ dhammaṃ labhissāmī’’ti vā ‘‘tava mātari pasannāya methunaṃ dhammaṃ labhissāmī’’ti vā ādinā pana nayena methunadhammena ghaṭiteyeva saṅghādiseso.
在「你如何给予丈夫?」等询问语中,只有明确提及淫法时才构成桑喀地谢沙,否则不构成。在「你如此给予丈夫?」等反问语中,道理也是同样。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tvaṃ sāmikassa desītiādīsu pucchāvacanesupi methunadhammanti vutteyeva saṅghādiseso, na itarathā. Evaṃ kira tvaṃ sāmikassa desīti paṭipucchāvacanesupi eseva nayo.
「被询问而说示」:是指被问到「怎样给予时,丈夫才会喜爱?」而进行解说。在此,即便说「这样给予,这样施与」,也不构成桑喀地谢沙。只有以「这样给予淫法,这样奉上,这样施与、奉上淫法时,丈夫才会喜爱」等方式,与淫法相关联时,才构成桑喀地谢沙。在教诫的言语中,道理也是如此。显示巴利原文
Ācikkhanāya puṭṭho bhaṇatīti ‘‘kathaṃ dadamānā sāmikassa piyā hotī’’ti evaṃ puṭṭho ācikkhati. Ettha ca ‘‘evaṃ dehi evaṃ dadamānā’’ti vuttepi sīsaṃ na eti. ‘‘Methunadhammaṃ evaṃ dehi evaṃ upanehi evaṃ methunadhammaṃ dadamānā upanayamānā piyā hotī’’tiādinā pana nayena methunadhammena ghaṭiteyeva saṅghādiseso. Anusāsanīvacanesupi eseva nayo.
于【忿怒分别】中,「无相者」:指没有女性特征,只是像钥匙孔一样的水道而已。显示巴利原文
Akkosaniddese – animittāsīti nimittarahitāsi, kuñcikapaṇālimattameva tava dakasotanti vuttaṃ hoti.
“仅有相者”:是说你的女性相不完整,仅具其概念而已。“无血者”:指干涸的水道。“常血者”:指恒常流血、湿润的水道。“常布者”:指常置布块,即一直使用布块。“流下者”:指流淌不止,即常流尿液。“尖顶者”:指向外突出的肉。“女黄门”:即称为无相者。“似男者”:指有胡须、具男子形的女人。“破裂者”:指大便道与小便道破裂者。“双性人”:指具备女性相与男性相,即具足两种相者。显示巴利原文
Nimittamattāsīti tava itthinimittaṃ aparipuṇṇaṃ saññāmattamevāti vuttaṃ hoti. Alohitāti sukkhasotā. Dhuvalohitāti niccalohitā kilinnadakasotā. Dhuvacoḷāti niccapakkhittāṇicoḷā, sadā āṇicoḷakaṃ sevasīti vuttaṃ hoti. Paggharantīti savantī; sadā te muttaṃ savatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Sikharaṇīti bahinikkhantaāṇimaṃsā. Itthipaṇḍakāti animittāva vuccati. Vepurisikāti samassudāṭhikā purisarūpā itthī. Sambhinnāti sambhinnavaccamaggapassāvamaggā. Ubhatobyañjanāti itthinimittena ca purisanimittena cāti ubhohi byañjanehi samannāgatā.
在这十一处中,唯有“你是尖顶者”、“你是破裂者”、“你是双性人”这三句是纯粹的,直接指向性器。如此,这三句与前面的大便道、小便道、淫法三句,共六句是纯粹的,构成犯戒。其余如“无相”等句,应知是通过“请以无相方式给我淫法”或“你是无相的,请给我淫法”等方式,与淫法结合而构成犯戒。显示巴利原文
Imesu ca pana ekādasasu padesu sikharaṇīsi sambhinnāsi ubhatobyañjanāsīti imāniyeva tīṇi padāni suddhāni sīsaṃ enti. Iti imāni ca tīṇi purimāni ca vaccamaggapassāvamaggamethunadhammapadāni tīṇīti cha padāni suddhāni āpattikarāni. Sesāni animittātiādīni ‘‘animitte methunadhammaṃ me dehī’’ti vā ‘‘animittāsi methunadhammaṃ me dehī’’ti vā ādinā nayena methunadhammena ghaṭitāneva āpattikarāni hontīti veditabbāni.
286 286. 现在,为了详细说明那位“迷陷、以变异心说话”的人,针对其大便道、小便道,通过对这些部位加以称赞等言说而导致犯戒的具体差别,而说“是女人且作女人想”等。其含义应依照“身触”部分所述的方法来理解。显示巴利原文
286. Idāni yvāyaṃ otiṇṇo vipariṇatena cittena obhāsati, tassa vaccamaggapassāvamagge ādissa etesaṃ vaṇṇabhaṇanādīnaṃ vasena vitthārato āpattibhedaṃ dassento ‘‘itthī ca hoti itthisaññī’’tiādimāha. Tesaṃ attho kāyasaṃsagge vuttanayeneva veditabbo.
然而,这里有一些差别:“锁骨以下”指从锁骨开始向下。“膝盖以上”指从膝盖开始向上。“锁骨以上”指从锁骨开始向上。“膝盖以下”指从膝盖开始向下。而锁骨和膝盖本身,正如同比丘尼的身触戒一样,在此处归入恶作的范畴。因为诸佛不将这类重罪制定为桑喀地谢沙。所谓“身所系属”,是指衣服、花鬘或装饰品。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ pana viseso – adhakkhakanti akkhakato paṭṭhāya adho. Ubbhajāṇumaṇḍala jāṇumaṇḍalato paṭṭhāya uddhaṃ. Ubbhakkhakanti akkhakato paṭṭhāya uddhaṃ. Adho jāṇumaṇḍalanti jāṇumaṇḍalato paṭṭhāya adho. Akkhakaṃ pana jāṇumaṇḍalañca ettheva dukkaṭakkhette saṅgahaṃ gacchanti bhikkhuniyā kāyasaṃsagge viya. Na hi buddhā garukāpattiṃ sāvasesaṃ paññapentīti. Kāyappaṭibaddhanti vatthaṃ vā pupphaṃ vā ābharaṇaṃ vā.
287 287. “以义为先者”指讲述“无相”等词的含义者,或作注释、诵读义理者。显示巴利原文
287.Atthapurekkhārassāti animittātiādīnaṃ padānaṃ atthaṃ kathentassa, aṭṭhakathaṃ vā sajjhāyaṃ karontassa.
“以法为先者”指教读或诵读巴利者。如此,以义和法为先而说者,对以义为先者和以法为先者无犯。显示巴利原文
Dhammapurekkhārassāti pāḷiṃ vācentassa vā sajjhāyantassa vā. Evaṃ atthañca dhammañca purakkhatvā bhaṇantassa atthapurekkhārassa ca dhammapurekkhārassa ca anāpatti.
“以教诫为先者”是指如此以教诫为先而说者:“现在你也是无相的、两性人,现在你应不放逸,以免未来再成如此”,以此教诫为先而说者无罪。然而,若有比丘在教授比丘尼巴利语时,舍弃正常的读诵方式,嬉笑着反复说“你是山峰状、你是裂开状、你是两性人”,则犯此戒。疯癫者无罪。此处最初犯戒者是优陀夷长老,对最初犯戒者无罪。显示巴利原文
Anusāsanipurekkhārassāti ‘‘idānipi animittāsi ubhattobyañjanāsi appamādaṃ idāni kareyyāsi, yathā āyatimpi evarūpā na hohisī’’ti evaṃ anusiṭṭhiṃ purakkhatvā bhaṇantassa anusāsanipurekkhārassa anāpatti. Yo pana bhikkhunīnaṃ pāḷiṃ vācento pakativācanāmaggaṃ pahāya hasanto hasanto ‘‘sikharaṇīsi sambhinnāsi ubhatobyañjanāsī’’ti punappunaṃ bhaṇati, tassa āpattiyeva. Ummattakassa anāpatti. Idha ādikammiko udāyitthero, tassa anāpatti ādikammikassāti.
在等起等方面,此学处有三等起:由身与心、由语与心、由身语与心而生起;是作业;有想解脱;有心识;世间罪;身业、语业;不善心;二受。显示巴利原文
Samuṭṭhānādīsu idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ tisamuṭṭhānaṃ kāyacittato vācācittato kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti, kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ , sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, dvivedananti.
288 288. 在制戒因缘中,于血事中,那位比丘针对女人的血相而言——对方未能理解,因此为恶作。显示巴利原文
288. Vinītavatthūsu lohitavatthusmiṃ so bhikkhu itthiyā lohitakaṃ nimittaṃ sandhāyāha – itarā na aññāsi, tasmā dukkaṭaṃ.
“短毛”指毛虽短却浓密;“密毛”指毛缠结;“粗毛”指毛粗硬;“长毛”指毛长而不短。以上皆是就女相而言。显示巴利原文
Kakkasalomanti rassalomehi bahulomaṃ. Ākiṇṇalomanti jaṭitalomaṃ. Kharalomanti thaddhalomaṃ. Dīghalomanti arassalomaṃ. Sabbaṃ itthinimittameva sandhāya vuttaṃ.
289 289.“你的田已经播种了吧?”她是以不如法的事而问,未加留意便说:“不,还没有播种。”所谓“已播种”,是指:在水田中,种子尚未稳固即被小生物毁坏之处,重新下种并浇灌;在旱田中,为使散落不均的种子平整,再用八齿耙耙平。她是就其中某一种情形而说的。显示巴利原文
289.Vāpitaṃ kho teti asaddhammaṃ sandhāyāha, sā asallakkhetvā no ca kho paṭivuttanti āha. Paṭivuttaṃ nāma udakavappe bījehi appatiṭṭhitokāse pāṇakehi vināsitabīje vā okāse puna bījaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā udakena āsittaṃ, thalavappe visamapatitānaṃ vā bījānaṃ samakaraṇatthāya puna aṭṭhadantakena samīkataṃ, tesu aññataraṃ sandhāya esā āha.
在道事中,“道沉陷”是就生殖器道而言的。其余之义,显而易见。显示巴利原文
Maggavatthusmiṃ maggo saṃsīdatīti aṅgajātamaggaṃ sandhāyāha. Sesaṃ uttānamevāti.
4. 自欲奉侍学处注释显示巴利原文
4. Attakāmapāricariyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
290 290.“那时,世尊……”——此为自欲学处。其中,“亲近家族者”指为四种资具而恒常致力于亲近、侍奉家族的人。显示巴利原文
290.Tena samayena buddho bhagavāti attakāmasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha kulūpakoti kulapayirupāsanako catunnaṃ paccayānaṃ atthāya kulūpasaṅkamane niccappayutto.
“衣、钵食、坐卧处、病缘药资具”:指衣、钵食、坐卧处以及病缘药资具。其中,“病缘药资具”的“缘”是因有对治之义而得名,泛指任何适宜之物。由于它是医师的作业并为佛陀所允许,故称为“药”。“病缘”即是药,合称“病缘药”,意指任何适合病人的医师所用之物,如油、蜜、糖等,这是此处的含义。而“资具”一词,在“以七种城资具善加防护”等处,意指随从;在“车以头为资具,禅那为轴,精进为轮”等处,意指庄严;在“这些是出家人应筹集的生活资具”等处,则指必需品。然而在此处,则兼具必需品和随从的意义。因为此病缘药既是生活的随从——能防护疾病,令生命不被毁灭;也是必需品——能令生命得以长久延续,因此称为“资具”。如此,病缘药即是资具,故称“病缘药资具”。应如此理解“衣、钵食、坐卧处、病缘药资具”的含义。显示巴利原文
Cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāranti cīvarañca piṇḍapātañca senāsanañca gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārañca. Gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāranti cettha patikaraṇatthena paccayo, yassa kassaci sappāyassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Bhisakkassa kammaṃ tena anuññātattāti bhesajjaṃ. Gilānapaccayova bhesajjaṃ gilānapaccayabhesajjaṃ, yaṃkiñci gilānassa sappāyaṃ bhisakkakammaṃ telamadhuphāṇitādīti vuttaṃ hoti. Parikkhāroti pana ‘‘sattahi nagaraparikkhārehi suparikkhataṃ hotī’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 7.67) parivāro vuccati. ‘‘Ratho sīsaparikkhāro jhānakkho cakkavīriyo’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 5.4) alaṅkāro. ‘‘Ye cime pabbajitena jīvitaparikkhārā samudānetabbā’’tiādīsu (ro. ni. 1.1.191) sambhāro. Idha pana sambhāropi parivāropi vaṭṭati. Tañhi gilānapaccayabhesajjaṃ jīvitassa parivāropi hoti jīvitavināsakābādhuppattiyā antaraṃ adatvā rakkhaṇato, sambhāropi yathā ciraṃ pavattati evamassa kāraṇabhāvato, tasmā parikkhāroti vuccati. Evaṃ gilānapaccayabhesajjañca taṃ parikkhāro cāti gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāro, taṃ gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāranti evamattho daṭṭhabbo.
“贱”:指低劣、卑下。或者,“贱”意为“流淌者”,即流出不净之物者。“唾弃后”:指吐出唾液之后。显示巴利原文
Vasalanti hīnaṃ lāmakaṃ. Atha vā vassatīti vasalo, paggharatīti attho, taṃ vasalaṃ, asucipaggharaṇakanti vuttaṃ hoti. Niṭṭhuhitvāti kheḷaṃ pātetvā.
“我比谁、因何而逊色?”意思是:我比其他任何女人,在财富、装扮或容貌上有何逊色?有哪个女人比我更为殊胜?这便是所表明的意思。显示巴利原文
Kassāhaṃ kena hāyāmīti ahaṃ kassā aññissā itthiyā kena bhogena vā alaṅkārena vā rūpena vā parihāyāmi, kā nāma mayā uttaritarāti dīpeti.
291 “Santike”意为站在近处、附近、不远的范围内;在词语解释中也阐明了同样的含义。“Attakāmapāricariyāya”:以称为淫欲法的欲乐进行侍奉,名为欲乐侍奉。为自身利益而作的欲乐侍奉,称为自欲侍奉;或者,自己所欲求、所渴望的,名为自所欲,即自己因淫欲而贪求的,这是它的含义。自所欲便是那种侍奉,故称自欲侍奉。“Vaṇṇaṃ bhāseyya”意为称赞功德、利益。显示巴利原文
291.Santiketi upacāre ṭhatvā sāmantā avidūre, padabhājanepi ayamevaattho dīpito . Attakāmapāricariyāyāti methunadhammasaṅkhātena kāmena pāricariyā kāmapāricariyā. Attano atthāya kāmapāricariyā attakāmapāricariyā, attanā vā kāmitā icchitāti attakāmā, sayaṃ methunarāgavasena patthitāti attho. Attakāmā ca sā pāricariyā cāti attakāmapāricariyā, tassā attakāmapāricariyāya. Vaṇṇaṃ bhāseyyāti guṇaṃ ānisaṃsaṃ pakāseyya.
在此,由于“为自身利益而作的欲乐侍奉”这一义释中,欲是因,侍奉是义,其余为文辞。而在“自所欲即是那种侍奉,故称自欲侍奉”这一义释中,意图与侍奉是义,其余为文辞。因此,不看重文辞而专为显示义理,便说了词语解释:“自己的欲、自己的因、自己的意图、自己的侍奉”。因为当说“自己的欲、自己的因、自己的侍奉”时,智者即知:“至此,为自身利益而作的欲乐侍奉已被道出”。当说“自己的意图、自己的侍奉”时,他们也会知道:“至此,以自己所想要、所渴望的含义,自欲侍奉已被说出”。显示巴利原文
Tatra yasmā ‘‘attano atthāya kāmapāricariyā’’ti imasmiṃ atthavikappe kāmo ceva hetu ca pāricariyā ca attho, sesaṃ byañjanaṃ. ‘‘Attakāmā ca sā pāricariyā cāti attakāmapāricariyā’’ti imasmiṃ atthavikappe adhippāyo ceva pāricariyā cāti attho, sesaṃ byañjanaṃ. Tasmā byañjane ādaraṃ akatvā atthamattameva dassetuṃ ‘‘attano kāmaṃ attano hetuṃ attano adhippāyaṃ attano pāricariya’’nti padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ. ‘‘Attano kāmaṃ attano hetuṃ attano pāricariya’’nti hi vutte jānissanti paṇḍitā ‘‘ettāvatā attano atthāya kāmapāricariyā vuttā’’ti. ‘‘Attano adhippāyaṃ attano pāricariya’’nti vuttepi jānissanti ‘‘ettāvatā attanā icchitakāmitaṭṭhena attakāmapāricariyā vuttā’’ti.
现在,为了显示称赞自欲侍奉的方式,而说“这是最上”等语。那无论是从略说还是详说来看,意义都显而易见。然而,此处文句的连接及犯戒的判定是这样的——若有人以此方式侍奉像我这样具戒、善法、梵行的人,对她而言,以此法侍奉像我这样的人,这种侍奉在一切侍奉中,是为最上。显示巴利原文
Idāni tassā attakāmapāricariyāya vaṇṇabhāsanākāraṃ dassento ‘‘etadagga’’ntiādimāha. Taṃ uddesatopi niddesatopi uttānatthameva. Ayaṃ panettha padasambandho ca āpattivinicchayo ca – etadaggaṃ…pe… paricareyyāti yā mādisaṃ sīlavantaṃ kalyāṇadhammaṃ brahmacāriṃ etena dhammena paricareyya, tassā evaṃ mādisaṃ paricarantiyā yā ayaṃ pāricariyā nāma, etadaggaṃ pāricariyānanti.
以淫欲相关语犯桑喀地谢沙罪:如此,若有人以淫欲相关——亦即与淫欲法相连接的言语,称赞自欲侍奉者,犯桑喀地谢沙罪。显示巴利原文
Methunupasaṃhitena saṅghādisesoti evaṃ attakāmapāricariyāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanto ca methunupasaṃhitena methunadhammapaṭisaṃyutteneva vacanena yo bhāseyya, tassa saṅghādisesoti.
现在,由于犯桑喀地谢沙罪仅限于以淫欲相关语而说者,因此,即使以“我也是刹帝利,你也是刹帝利女,刹帝利女适于供给刹帝利,因为同族姓故”等语称赞侍奉,亦不犯桑喀地谢沙。然而,若在说了“我也是刹帝利”等众多说辞之后,而以“你适于施与我淫欲法”这样的淫欲相关语来说,则犯桑喀地谢沙罪。显示巴利原文
Idhāni yasmā methunupasaṃhiteneva bhāsantassa saṅghādiseso vutto, tasmā ‘‘ahampi khattiyo, tvampi khattiyā, arahati khattiyā khattiyassa dātuṃ samajātikattā’’ti evamādīhi vacanehi pāricariyāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāsamānassāpi saṅghādiseso natthi. ‘‘Ahampi khattiyo’’tiādike pana bahūpi pariyāye vatvā ‘‘arahasi tvaṃ mayhaṃ methunadhammaṃ dātu’’nti evaṃ methunappaṭisaṃyutteneva bhāsamānassa saṅghādisesoti.
“是女人”等句,如前文所述。此处,优陀夷长老即是最初犯者,最初犯者无罪。显示巴利原文
Itthīca hotītiādi pubbe vuttanayameva. Idha udāyitthero ādikammiko, tassa anāpatti ādikammikassāti.
生起等一切,与粗语(学处)相似。已判定的案例,其义自明。显示巴利原文
Samuṭṭhānādi sabbaṃ duṭṭhullavācāsadisaṃ. Vinītavatthūni uttānatthānevāti.
五、传话学处之解释显示巴利原文
5. Sañcarittasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
296 296.“那时,世尊佛陀……”这是传话(学处)。此处,智者(paṇḍitā)是指具足智慧、有行持的人。能干者(byattā)是指具足才干,具足方便、知方便、无畏的人。聪慧者(medhāvinī)是指具足聪慧,能洞察所见的人。善巧者(dakkhā)是指熟练的人。不懒惰者(analasā)是指具足精进努力的人。适宜者(channā)是指相称的人。显示巴利原文
296.Tenasamayena buddho bhagavāti sañcarittaṃ. Tattha paṇḍitāti paṇḍiccena samannāgatā gatimantā. Byattāti veyyattiyena samannāgatā, upāyena samannāgatā upāyaññū visāradā. Medhāvinīti medhāya samannāgatā, diṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhaṃ karoti. Dakkhāti chekā. Analasāti uṭṭhānavīriyasampannā. Channāti anucchavikā.
“在什么中呢?”意思是:如同苦难,如同烦恼,如同羞耻,对我们便是如此。“少女所说的话”:为了少女的缘故而说“你们接受这个吧”。显示巴利原文
Kismiṃ viyāti kicchaṃ viya kileso viya, hiri viya amhākaṃ hotīti adhippāyo. Kumārikāya vattunti ‘‘imaṃ tumhe gaṇhathā’’ti kumārikāya kāraṇā vattuṃ.
在娶入等之中,娶入指从别的家族为儿子迎娶少女;嫁出指将自己的女儿送往别的家族;求请指“请将你们的女儿许配给我们儿子”这样的请求,或指择定吉日、星宿与良辰。显示巴利原文
Āvāhādīsu āvāhoti dārakassa parakulato dārikāya āharaṇaṃ. Vivāhoti attano dārikāya parakulapesanaṃ. Vāreyyanti ‘‘detha no dārakassa dārika’’nti yācanaṃ, divasanakkhattamuhuttaparicchedakaraṇaṃ vā.
297 297.“前会计妇”:指某一位会计的妻子,会计在世时她被称为“会计妇”,去世后便称为“前会计妇”。“外村”:即村外,指别的村庄。“人们”:指知道优陀夷在这媒合之事中受雇、被差使的人们。显示巴利原文
297.Purāṇagaṇakiyāti ekassa gaṇakassa bhariyāya, sā tasmiṃ jīvamāne gaṇakīti paññāyittha, mate pana purāṇagaṇakīti saṅkhaṃ gatā. Tirogāmoti bahigāmo, añño gāmoti adhippāyo. Manussāti udāyissa imaṃ sañcarittakamme yuttapayuttabhāvaṃ jānanakamanussā.
以媳妇的待遇:指她们受用了媳妇所应享有的待遇,诸如烹饪、烘烤、迎入等。此后,以婢女的待遇:指超过一个月后,她们受用了婢女所应享有的待遇,诸如田间劳作、倒垃圾、提水等。贫穷者:指穷困之人,或者说去到何处都陷于贫穷,即入了那样的家族。“女士,这位少女”:意为“女士,不要这位少女”。饮食与赠礼:指食物和赠礼,以及接受和给予;她们以此表明:“我们与你之间没有任何互赠往来,没有买卖交易。”出家人应当不忙碌,出家人应是善出家者:意思是,名为出家人者,对于这类事务应当不忙碌、不参与;如此,那位长老才是真正的出家人、善出家者。这样呵责他之后,她们说:“你走吧,我们不认识你。”显示巴利原文
Suṇisabhogenāti yena bhogena suṇisā bhuñjitabbā hoti randhāpanapacāpanapaavesanādinā, tena bhuñjiṃsu. Tato aparena dāsibhogenāti māsātikkame yena bhogena dāsī bhuñjitabbā hoti khettakammakacavarachaḍḍanaudakāharaṇādinā, tena bhuñjiṃsu. Duggatāti daliddā, yattha vā gatā duggatā hoti tādisaṃ kulaṃ gatā. Māyyo imaṃ kumārikanti mā ayyo imaṃ kumārikaṃ. Āhārūpahāroti āhāro ca upahāro ca gahaṇañca dānañca, na amhehi kiñci āhaṭaṃ na upāhaṭaṃ tayā saddhiṃ kayavikkayo vohāro amhākaṃ natthīti dīpenti. Samaṇena bhavitabbaṃ abyāvaṭena, samaṇo assa susamaṇoti samaṇena nāma īdisesu kammesu abyāvaṭena abyāpārena bhavitabbaṃ, evaṃ bhavanto hi samaṇo susamaṇo assāti, evaṃ naṃ apasādetvā ‘‘gaccha tvaṃ na mayaṃ taṃ jānāmā’’ti āhaṃsu.
298 298. 已准备者:指一切资具具足,或已装饰打扮之人。显示巴利原文
298.Sajjitoti sabbūpakaraṇasampanno maṇḍitapasādhito vā.
300 300. 浪荡者:指玩弄女人之人。在享乐:指于可意的色等对象中,四处周遍地放纵诸根,即游戏、娱乐的意思。他们打了赌:指“若你做,你便赢此数;若不做,我便赢此数”这样下了赌注。然而,比丘不应打赌。若有人打赌,则犯波逸提罪——这是《大注释》中所说的。显示巴利原文
300.Dhuttāti itthidhuttā. Paricārentāti manāpiyesu rūpādīsu ito cito ca samantā indriyāni cārentā, kīḷantā abhiramantāti vuttaṃ hoti. Abbhutamakaṃsūti yadi karissati tvaṃ ettakaṃ jito, yadi na karissati ahaṃ ettakanti paṇamakaṃsu. Bhikkhūnaṃ pana abbhutaṃ kātuṃ na vaṭṭati. Yo karoti parājitena dātabbanti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ.
“尊者优陀夷怎么是临时性的呢?”此处,“临时”(taṅkhaṇa)指不久的时间;“临时性的”(taṅkhaṇika)即属于不久的时间。显示巴利原文
Kathañhi nāma ayyo udāyī taṅkhaṇikanti ettha taṅkhaṇoti acirakālo vuccati. Taṅkhaṇikanti acirakālādhikārikaṃ.
301 “应从事传信”指应进入传信的状态。然而,因为从事传信时,由某人派遣,必须前往某处,且根据下文“女人向男人传达心意”等说法,此处所指为女人和男人,所以为了说明这个意思,其句释这样说:“或被女人派遣,前往男人近处;或被男人派遣,前往女人近处”。“女人向男人传达心意,或男人向女人传达心意”这里,应视为省略了“告知”一词,因此在其句释中说:“将男人的心意告知女人,将女人的心意告知男人”。显示巴利原文
301.Sañcarittaṃ samāpajjeyyāti sañcaraṇabhāvaṃ samāpajjeyya. Yasmā pana taṃ samāpajjantena kenaci pesitena katthaci gantabbaṃ hoti, parato ca ‘‘itthiyā vā purisamati’’nti ādivacanato idha itthipurisā adhippetā, tasmā tamatthaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘itthiyā vā pahito purisassa santike gacchati, purisena vā pahito itthiyā santike gacchatī’’ti evamassa padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ. Itthiyā vā purisamatiṃ purisassa vā itthimatinti ettha āroceyyāti pāṭhaseso daṭṭhabbo, tenevassa padabhājane ‘‘purisassa matiṃ itthiyā āroceti, itthiyā matiṃ purisassa ārocetī’’ti vuttaṃ.
现在,为了说明他告知他们的心意、意图、意乐、欲求、喜好的目的,而说“在妻位或在情夫位”等。其中,“在妻位”指作为妻子的状态。“在情夫位”指作为情夫的状态。因为将男人的心意告知女人时,是告知妻位;将女人的心意告知男人时,是告知情夫位。再者,将男人的心意告知女人时,或告知妻位,即成为固定妻子的状态;或告知情夫位,即成为邪淫的状态。然而,因为这样告知时,必须说“听说你将成为他的妻子”等语,所以为了显示应说的方式,其句释说:“‘在妻位’指你将成为妻子,‘在情夫位’指你将成为情妇”。依此方法,将女人的心意告知男人时,应知应说的方式是“你将成为丈夫”、“你将成为主人”、“你将成为情夫”。显示巴利原文
Idāni yadatthaṃ taṃ tesaṃ matiṃ adhippāyaṃ ajjhāsayaṃ chandaṃ ruciṃ āroceti, taṃ dassento ‘‘jāyattane vā jārattane vā’’tiādimāha. Tattha jāyattaneti jāyābhāve. Jārattaneti jārabhāve. Purisassa hi matiṃ itthiyā ārocento jāyattane āroceti, itthiyā matiṃ purisassa ārocento jārattane āroceti; apica purisasseva matiṃ itthiyā ārocento jāyattane vā āroceti nibaddhabhariyābhāve, jārattane vā micchācārabhāve. Yasmā panetaṃ ārocentena ‘‘tvaṃ kirassa jāyā bhavissasī’’tiādi vattabbaṃ hoti, tasmā taṃ vattabbatākāraṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘jāyattane vāti jāyā bhavissasi, jārattane vāti jārī bhavissasī’’ti assa padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ. Eteneva ca upāyena itthiyā matiṃ purisassa ārocanepi pati bhavissasi, sāmiko bhavissasi, jāro bhavissasīti vattabbatākāro veditabbo.
乃至刹那妇:以最下等的区分,由于仅在刹那片刻之间共住,故称为“刹那妇”,也就是临时的妇人。即使对这样的妇女,若以“你将成为临时的妇人”的方式,向男人传达心意,也犯桑喀地谢沙。依同样的方法,若以“你将成为临时的丈夫”的方式,将女人的心意传达给男人,也犯桑喀地谢沙,应当如此了知。显示巴利原文
Antamaso taṅkhaṇikāyapīti sabbantimena paricchedena yā ayaṃ taṅkhaṇe muhuttamatte paṭisaṃvasitabbato taṅkhaṇikāti vuccati, muhuttikāti attho. Tassāpi ‘‘muhuttikā bhavissasī’’ti evaṃ purisamatiṃ ārocentassa saṅghādiseso. Etenevupāyena ‘‘muhuttiko bhavissasī’’ti evaṃ purisassa itthimatiṃ ārocentopi saṅghādisesaṃ āpajjatīti veditabbo.
303 现在,为了说明“向女人传达男人的心意”等句中,所指女人的具体分类,并依据传信的行为显示罪相的差别,故说“十种女人”等。其中,“母护”指由母亲保护的女人。即由母亲守护,不令其与男子共住,因此在对其作词句分别时也这样说:“母亲保护、守护、控制、令随顺己意”。此处,“保护”指不许前往任何地方。“守护”指安置于隐秘之处,不令他人看见。“控制”指制约其自由行动,以强制的方式而行管理。“令随顺己意”指“做这件事,不要做那件事”,如此将自己的意愿施加于她。依此类推,父护等也应如是知解。所谓“族护”与“法护”,并非由族姓或法本身保护,而是分别为同族姓者及同法者——即依同一师长出家者及属于同一团体者——所守护,因此这些词句的分别以“同族姓者守护”等方法而作解说。显示巴利原文
303. Idāni ‘‘itthiyā vā purisamati’’nti ettha adhippetā itthiyo pabhedato dassetvā tāsu sañcarittavasena āpattibhedaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘dasa itthiyo’’tiādimāha. Tattha māturakkhitāti mātarā rakkhitā. Yathā purisena saṃvāsaṃ na kappeti, evaṃ mātarā rakkhitā, tenassa padabhājanepi vuttaṃ – ‘‘mātā rakkhati gopeti issariyaṃ kāreti vasaṃ vattetī’’ti. Tattha rakkhatīti katthaci gantuṃ na deti. Gopetīti yathā aññe na passanti, evaṃ guttaṭṭhāne ṭhapeti. Issariyaṃ kāretīti serivihāramassā nisedhentī abhibhavitvā pavattati. Vasaṃ vattetīti ‘‘idaṃ karohi, idaṃ mā akāsī’’ti evaṃ attano vasaṃ tassā upari vatteti. Etenupāyena piturakkhitādayopi ñātabbā. Gottaṃ vā dhammo vā na rakkhati, sagottehi pana sahadhammikehi ca ekaṃ satthāraṃ uddissa pabbajitehi ekagaṇapariyāpannehi ca rakkhitā ‘‘gottarakkhitā dhammarakkhitā’’ti vuccati, tasmā tesaṃ padānaṃ ‘‘sagottā rakkhantī’’tiādinā nayena padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ.
“有护卫”指具有防卫。“有刑罚”指带有惩罚。这两者的解说都很清楚。在这十种女人中,只有最后两种女人在出入于男子之间时,方有邪淫,其余的则无。显示巴利原文
Saha ārakkhenāti sārakkhā. Saha paridaṇḍenāti saparidaṇḍā. Tāsaṃ niddesā pākaṭāva. Imāsu dasasu pacchimānaṃ dvinnameva purisantaraṃ gacchantīnaṃ micchācāro hoti, na itarāsaṃ.
在财买妇等中,以少财或多财买来的,称为财买妇。然而,她并非仅仅被买来,而是为了共住才被买作妻子,故在解释中说:“以财买来后,令其居住。”显示巴利原文
Dhanakkītādīsu appena vā bahunā vā dhanena kītā dhanakkītā. Yasmā pana sā na kītamattā eva saṃvāsatthāya pana kītattā bhariyā, tasmāssa niddese dhanena kiṇitvā vāsetīti vuttaṃ.
意乐住者,指依自喜好而共住。然而,她并非仅凭自喜好就成为妻子,而是因男子接纳了她,故在释文中说:“爱者令所爱者居住。”显示巴利原文
Chandena attano ruciyā vasatīti chandavāsinī. Yasmā pana sā na attano chandamatteneva bhariyā hoti purisena pana sampaṭicchitattā, tasmāssa niddese ‘‘piyo piyaṃ vāsetī’’ti vuttaṃ.
财住者,指以财物而共住。这是对得到臼、杵等家用器具后成为妻子的乡村妇女的称呼。显示巴利原文
Bhogena vasatīti bhogavāsinī. Udukkhalamusalādigharūpakaraṇaṃ labhitvā bhariyābhāvaṃ gacchantiyā janapaditthiyā etaṃ adhivacanaṃ.
“衣住者”意为依衣而住。这是对贫穷妇女得到下裙或上衣后,便成为人妻这一身份的称呼。显示巴利原文
Paṭena vasatīti paṭavāsinī. Nivāsanamattampi pāvuraṇamattampi labhitvā bhariyābhāvaṃ upagacchantiyā dalidditthiyā etaṃ adhivacanaṃ.
“水钵妇”:这是指将两人的手放入同一水钵,并说“愿你们如此水般和合、永不分离”后,即被纳受为妻者的俗名。在释文中,应知意思是:“与她一同触碰水钵后,便令她安住。”显示巴利原文
Odapattakinīti ubhinnaṃ ekissā udakapātiyā hatthe otāretvā ‘‘idaṃ udakaṃ viya saṃsaṭṭhā abhejjā hothā’’ti vatvā pariggahitāya vohāranāmametaṃ, niddesepissa ‘‘tāya saha udakapattaṃ āmasitvā taṃ vāsetī’’ti evamattho veditabbo.
“取垫妇”:意为垫子被取下的妇女,她是运薪妇等中的一种。从她头上取下垫子后,便让她安住家中,这是对她的称呼。显示巴利原文
Obhaṭaṃ oropitaṃ cumbaṭamassāti obhaṭacumbaṭā, kaṭṭhahārikādīnaṃ aññatarā, yassā sīsato cumbaṭaṃ oropetvā ghare vāseti, tassā etaṃ adhivacanaṃ.
“婢妇”:她自己既是婢女,又是妻子。显示巴利原文
Dāsī cāti attanoyeva dāsī ca hoti bhariyā ca.
“作务妇”:指在家中作工谋生的人。有人不娶自己的妻子,而与这样的女子共营家庭生活,这称为“作务妇兼妻子”。显示巴利原文
Kammakārī nāma gehe bhatiyā kammaṃ karoti, tāya saddhiṃ koci gharāvāsaṃ kappeti attano bhariyāya anatthiko hutvā. Ayaṃ vuccati ‘‘kammakārī ca bhariyā cā’’ti.
“旗获妇”:指由军队带回的女子,即竖起军旗的军队出征,掠夺他国后带回的女子。有人娶她为妻,这称为旗获妇。刹那妇如前所述。这十种女人,若与其他男子往来,便构成邪淫。对于二十种男子,若与这些女人往来,也构成邪淫;而比丘则犯传信之罪。显示巴利原文
Dhajena āhaṭā dhajāhaṭā, ussitaddhajāya senāya gantvā paravisayaṃ vilumpitvā ānītāti vuttaṃ hoti, taṃ koci bhariyaṃ karoti, ayaṃ dhajāhaṭā nāma. Muhuttikā vuttanayāeva, etāsaṃ dasannampi purisantaragamane micchācāro hoti. Purisānaṃ pana vīsatiyāpi etāsu micchācāro hoti, bhikkhuno ca sañcarittaṃ hotīti.
305 现在,于“男子派遣比丘”等句中所说的“接受”,是指:那位比丘对该男子所说的话——“去吧,尊者,请对名为某某的母护女说:‘据说你要成为名为某某的男子以财买得的妻子’”——以“好的,优婆塞”,或“可以”,或“我会转告”等任何言语方式,或通过点头等身势方式接受了委托。“询问”,是指如此接受之后,前往那位女子处,转告了那个口信。“回报”,是指在他转告之后,无论那位女子是同意说“好”,还是拒绝,或因羞怯而沉默不语,他再返回向那位男子汇报这一情形。显示巴利原文
305. Idāni puriso bhikkhuṃ pahiṇatītiādīsu paṭiggaṇhātīti so bhikkhu tassa purisassa ‘‘gaccha, bhante, itthannāmaṃ māturakkhitaṃ brūhi, hohi kira itthannāmassa bhariyā dhanakkītā’’ti evaṃ vuttavacanaṃ ‘‘sādhu upāsakā’’ti vā ‘‘hotū’’ti vā ‘‘ārocessāmī’’ti vā yena kenaci ākārena vacībhedaṃ katvā vā sīsakampanādīhi vā sampaṭicchati. Vīmaṃsatīti evaṃ paṭiggaṇhitvā tassā itthiyā santikaṃ gantvā taṃ sāsanaṃ āroceti. Paccāharatīti tena ārocite sā itthī ‘‘sādhū’’ti sampaṭicchatu vā paṭikkhipatu vā lajjāya vā tuṇhī hotu, puna āgantvā tassa purisassa taṃ pavattiṃ āroceti.
至此,由这名为接受、转告、回报的三支圆满成就,构成桑喀地谢沙罪。至于她最终是否成为他的妻子,这并非关键。然而,若他被派往母护女处,却未曾见到她本人,而是向她母亲转告了那番口信,则被称为‘外寻’,因此大莲花长老说‘无混淆’。但大善慧长老则认为:无论是母亲、父亲,乃至家中的婢女或任何其他人,只要针对此人完成了那样的行为,便不可称为‘外寻’,在三支成就之时,即已犯戒。显示巴利原文
Ettāvatā imāya paṭiggahaṇārocanapaccāharaṇasaṅkhātāya tivaṅgasampattiyā saṅghādiseso hoti. Sā pana tassa bhariyā hotu vā mā vā, akāraṇametaṃ. Sace pana so māturakkhitāya santikaṃ pesito taṃ adisvā tassā mātuyā taṃ sāsanaṃ āroceti, bahiddhā vimaṭṭhaṃ nāma hoti, tasmā visaṅketanti mahāpadumatthero āha. Mahāsumatthero pana mātā vā hotu pitā vā antamaso gehadāsīpi añño vāpi yo koci taṃ kiriyaṃ sampādessati, tassa vuttepi vimaṭṭhaṃ nāma na hoti, tivaṅgasampattikāle āpattiyeva.
难道不是这样吗?正如有人想说“我舍佛”,却口误说成了“我舍法”,他的学处依然舍掉了。又如有人想宣称“我入初禅”,却口误说成了“我入第二禅”,他依然犯了波罗夷罪。此处也是如此,所以他说:“‘接受后,令弟子询问而自己回报,犯桑喀地谢沙罪’,此说与此理相符,故为善说。”显示巴利原文
Nanu yathā ‘‘buddhaṃ paccakkhāmī’’ti vattukāmo virajjhitvā ‘‘dhammaṃ paccakkhāmī’’ti vadeyya paccakkhātāvassa sikkhā. Yathā vā ‘‘paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjāmī’’ti vattukāmo virajjhitvā ‘‘dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjāmī’’ti vadeyya āpannovassa pārājikaṃ. Evaṃsampadamidanti āha. Taṃ panetaṃ ‘‘paṭiggaṇhāti, antevāsiṃ vīmaṃsāpetvā attanā paccāharati, āpatti saṅghādisesassā’’ti iminā sameti, tasmā subhāsitaṃ.
正如对于被嘱咐‘去告诉母护女’的人,即使他向能够转告该女的母亲等相关人传话,也不存在无罪的情况;同样,在应当说‘据说你要成为某某男子以财买得的妻子’时,若以巴利圣典所提及的‘欲住者’等表述中的任何一种来说,比如‘据说你要成为某某男子的欲住妻子’,或者以圣典虽未提及、但表示共同生活的表述中的任何一种来说,比如‘据说你要成为某某男子的妻子、配偶、主妇、孩子之母、家妇、家主人、炊事者、侍奉者、随侍者’,只要三支具足,便属犯戒,同样不存在无罪的情况。然而,对于被派遣去‘告诉母护女’的人,若他向其他父护女等中的任何一位传话,则属无罪。于‘告诉父护女’等情况,也是同样的道理。显示巴利原文
Yathā ca ‘‘māturakkhitaṃ brūhī’’ti vuttassa gantvā tassā ārocetuṃ samatthānaṃ mātādīnampi vadato visaṅketo natthi, evameva ‘‘hohi kira itthannāmassa bhariyā dhanakkītā’’ti vattabbe ‘‘hohi kira itthannāmassa bhariyā chandavāsinī’’ti evaṃ pāḷiyaṃ vuttesu chandavāsiniādīsu vacanesu aññataravasena vā avuttesupi ‘‘hohi kira itthannāmassa bhariyā jāyā pajāpati puttamātā gharaṇī gharasāminī bhattarandhikā sussūsikā paricārikā’’tievamādīsu saṃvāsaparidīpakesu vacanesu aññataravasena vā vadantassāpi visaṅketo natthi tivaṅgasampattiyā āpattiyeva. ‘‘Māturakkhitaṃ brūhī’’ti pesitassa pana gantvā aññāsu piturakkhitādīsu aññataraṃ vadantassa visaṅketaṃ. Esa nayo ‘‘piturakkhitaṃ brūhī’’tiādīsupi.
在此,仅依单根、双根等方式,例如‘男子的母亲派遣比丘’、‘母护女的母亲派遣比丘’等,其根本处与依重复段落而显的差别,便是两者的不同所在。而由于此前已说过的道理,依巴利圣典的脉络即可了知,故我们未致力于详示其分别。显示巴利原文
Kevalañhettha ekamūlakadumūlakādivasena ‘‘purisassa mātā bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati, māturakkhitāya mātā bhikkhuṃ pahiṇatī’’ti evamādīnaṃ mūlaṭṭhānañca vasena peyyālabhedoyeva viseso . Sopi pubbe vuttanayattā pāḷianusāreneva sakkā jānitunti nāssa vibhāgaṃ dassetuṃ ādaraṃ karimha.
338 在‘接受’等两个四句分组中,于第一组:开头一句(三支具足)为桑喀地谢沙;中间两句(两支具足)为偷兰遮;最后一句(一支具足)为恶作。于第二组:开头一句(两支具足)为偷兰遮;中间两句(一支具足)为恶作;最后一句因支分全缺,故为无犯。其中,‘接受’指接受传话者的口信;‘询问’指前往所派遣之处转告该口信;‘回报’指再返回向根本人报告。显示巴利原文
338. Paṭiggaṇhātītiādīsu pana dvīsu catukkesu paṭhamacatukke ādipadena tivaṅgasampattiyā saṅghādiseso, majjhe dvīhi duvaṅgasampattiyā thullaccayaṃ, ante ekena ekaṅgasampattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dutiyacatukke ādipadena duvaṅgasampattiyā thullaccayaṃ, majjhe dvīhi ekaṅgasampattiyā dukkaṭaṃ, ante ekena aṅgābhāvato anāpatti. Tattha paṭiggaṇhātīti āṇāpakassa sāsanaṃ paṭiggaṇhāti. Vīmaṃsatīti pahitaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā taṃ āroceti. Paccāharatīti puna āgantvā mūlaṭṭhassa āroceti.
“不回报”是指转告之后便就此离去。“接受、不询问”是指:当男子说“去告诉某某”时,他答“好的”,接受了那个口信,之后无论忘记与否,却因其他事务去到那位女子那里,坐着说些无关的话,至此即称为“接受、不询问”。接着,那位女子自己说:“听说你的护持者想让我做他的家妇”,这样说了之后,又说“我愿意成为他的妻子”或“我不愿意”。他听后,既不欢喜也不拒绝,默然不语,随后从座起身,来到那位男子那里,报告所发生的情况,至此即称为“不询问、回报”。“不询问、不回报”是指:仅在转告口信时接受,其他两件事——询问和回报——则都不做。显示巴利原文
Na paccāharatīti ārocetvā ettova pakkamati. Paṭiggaṇhāti na vīmaṃsatīti purisena ‘‘itthannāmaṃ gantvā brūhī’’ti vuccamāno ‘‘sādhū’’ti tassa sāsanaṃ paṭiggaṇhitvā taṃ pamussitvā vā appamussitvā vā aññena karaṇīyena tassā santikaṃ gantvā kiñcideva kathaṃ kathento nisīdati, ettāvatā ‘‘paṭiggaṇhāti na vīmaṃsati nāmā’’ti vuccati. Atha naṃ sā itthī sayameva vadati ‘‘tumhākaṃ kira upaṭṭhāko maṃ gehe kātukāmo’’ti evaṃ vatvā ca ‘‘ahaṃ tassa bhariyā bhavissāmī’’ti vā ‘‘na bhavissāmī’’ti vā vadati. So tassā vacanaṃ anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tuṇhībhūtova uṭṭhāyāsanā tassa purisassa santikaṃ āgantvā taṃ pavattiṃ āroceti, ettāvatā ‘‘na vīmaṃsati paccāharati nāmā’’ti vuccati. Na vīmaṃsati na paccāharatīti kevalaṃ sāsanārocanakāle paṭiggaṇhātiyeva, itaraṃ pana dvayaṃ na karoti.
“不接受、询问、回报”是指:某男子在比丘站立或坐着的地方说了那样的话,该比丘虽未被差遣,却如同被差遣一般,去到那位女子那里,以“据说你要做名叫某某的男子的妻子”等方式询问后,无论她乐意或不乐意,再回来向此人报告。同样地,询问后不回报,即称为“不接受、询问、不回报”。同样地,去后并未询问,而是听到她主动提起后,依第一个四句组中第三句所述的方式回来向此人报告,即称为“不接受、不询问、回报”。第四句是显而易见的。显示巴利原文
Na paṭiggaṇhāti vīmaṃsati paccāharatīti koci puriso bhikkhussa ṭhitaṭṭhāne vā nisinnaṭṭhāne vā tathārūpiṃ kathaṃ katheti, bhikkhu tena appahitopi pahito viya hutvā itthiyā santikaṃ gantvā ‘‘hohi kira itthannāmassa bhariyā’’tiādinā nayena vīmaṃsitvā tassā ruciṃ vā aruciṃ vā puna āgantvā imassa āroceti. Teneva nayena vīmaṃsitvā apaccāharanto ‘‘na paṭiggaṇhāti vīmaṃsati na paccāharatī’’ti vuccati. Teneva nayena gato avīmaṃsitvā tāya samuṭṭhāpitaṃ kathaṃ sutvā paṭhamacatukkassa tatiyapade vuttanayena āgantvā imassa ārocento ‘‘na paṭiggaṇhāti na vīmaṃsati paccāharatī’’ti vuccati. Catutthapadaṃ pākaṭameva.
“众多比丘指使”等表述是显而易见的。然而,正如众多比丘可能在同一事上犯戒,同样,一位比丘在众多事上也会犯下众多罪。如何理解呢?有一位男子指使比丘:“去吧,尊者,在某座宫殿里有大约六十或七十位女子。你去告诉她们:‘据说你们都要做某某人的妻子。’”那位比丘接受后,去到那里告知,然后再回来报告。有多少位女子,便犯下多少条罪。这在《附随》中也有说到——显示巴利原文
Sambahule bhikkhū āṇāpetītiādinayā pākaṭāyeva. Yathā pana sambahulāpi ekavatthumhi āpajjanti, evaṃ ekassapi sambahulavatthūsu sambahulā āpattiyo veditabbā. Kathaṃ? Puriso bhikkhuṃ āṇāpeti ‘‘gaccha, bhante, asukasmiṃ nāma pāsāde saṭṭhimattā vā sattatimattā vā itthiyo ṭhitā tā vadehi, hotha kira itthannāmassa bhariyāyo’’ti. So sampaṭicchitvā tattha gantvā ārocetvā puna taṃ sāsanaṃ paccāharati. Yattakā itthiyo tattakā āpattiyo āpajjati. Vuttañhetaṃ parivārepi –
仅因踏出的一步,与道出的话语;
一切重罪皆可忏悔;
可于一时犯下六十四条罪。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Padavītihāramattena, vācāya bhaṇitena ca; Sabbāni garukāni sappaṭikammāni; Catusaṭṭhi āpattiyo āpajjeyya ekato; Pañhāmesā kusalehi cintitā’’ti. (pari. 480);
据说,正是基于这一义理,才提出此问题。同时,为令言辞顺畅,此处说为“六十四条罪”。然而,如此行事者,乃至犯百条、千条罪亦有可能。譬如一位男子派遣一位比丘往众多女子处,便犯下众多桑喀地谢沙罪;同样,一位男子派遣众多比丘往一位女子处,所有比丘皆犯桑喀地谢沙罪。一位男子派遣众多比丘往众多女子处,则随女子数量而计桑喀地谢沙罪。众多男子派遣一位比丘往一位女子处,随男子数量而计桑喀地谢沙罪。众多男子派遣一位比丘往众多女子处,随所缘数量而计桑喀地谢沙罪。众多男子派遣众多比丘往一位女子处,随所缘数量而计桑喀地谢沙罪。众多男子派遣众多比丘往众多女子处,随所缘数量而计桑喀地谢沙罪。此法则亦适用于“一位女子、一位比丘”等情形。而且,此处所谓的同类分派,实无量限,纵使为父母或五种同法者做媒,同样犯戒。显示巴利原文
Imaṃ kira atthavasaṃ paṭicca ayaṃ pañho vutto. Vacanasiliṭṭhatāya cettha ‘‘catusaṭṭhi āpattiyo’’ti vuttaṃ. Evaṃ karonto pana satampi sahassampi āpajjatīti. Yathā ca ekena pesitassa ekassa sambahulāsu itthīsu sambahulā āpattiyo, evaṃ eko puriso sambahule bhikkhū ekissā santikaṃ peseti, sabbesaṃ saṅghādiseso. Eko sambahule bhikkhū sambahulānaṃ itthīnaṃ santikaṃ peseti, itthigaṇanāya saṅghādisesā. Sambahulā purisā ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ ekissā santikaṃ pesenti, purisagaṇanāya saṅghādisesā. Sambahulā ekaṃ sambahulānaṃ itthīnaṃ santikaṃ pesenti, vatthugaṇanāya saṅghādisesā. Sambahulā sambahule ekissā santikaṃ pesenti, vatthugaṇanāya saṅghādisesā. Sambahulā purisā sambahule bhikkhū sambahulānaṃ itthīnaṃ santikaṃ pesenti, vatthugaṇanāya saṅghādisesā. Esa nayo ‘‘ekā itthī ekaṃ bhikkhu’’ntiādīsupi. Ettha ca sabhāgavibhāgatā nāma appamāṇaṃ, mātāpitunampi pañcasahadhammikānampi sañcarittakammaṃ karontassa āpattiyeva.
“男子指使比丘:‘去吧,尊者’”这一四句,旨在显示依支分而区别罪相。其中,最后一句“弟子思量后,从外面带回消息”,意谓弟子回来后未禀白戒师,却径直前往彼男子处告知。此时,两人皆犯偷兰遮罪——戒师因具备“接受”与“令思量”二支分,故犯偷兰遮;弟子因具备“思量”与“回复”二支分,故犯偷兰遮。其余文义易了。显示巴利原文
Purisobhikkhuṃ āṇāpeti gaccha bhanteti catukkaṃ aṅgavasena āpattibheda dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Tassa pacchimapade antevāsī vīmaṃsitvā bahiddhā paccāharatīti āgantvā ācariyassa anārocetvā ettova gantvā tassa purisassa āroceti. Āpatti ubhinnaṃ thullaccayassāti ācariyassa paṭiggahitattā ca vīmaṃsāpitattā ca dvīhaṅgehi thullaccayaṃ, antevāsikassa vīmaṃsitattā ca paccāhaṭattā ca dvīhaṅgehi thullaccayaṃ. Sesaṃ pākaṭameva.
339 “去时完成”,即既接受又思量;“来时违背”,即不回报;“去时违背”,即不接受;“来时完成”,即既思量又回报。如此,于两方面各以两个支分而成偷兰遮。第三句有犯,第四句无犯。显示巴利原文
339.Gacchanto sampādetīti paṭiggaṇhāti ceva vīmaṃsati ca. Āgacchanto visaṃvādetīti na paccāharati. Gacchanto visaṃvādetīti na paṭiggaṇhāti. Āgacchanto sampādetīti vīmaṃsati ceva paccāharati ca. Evaṃ ubhayattha dvīhaṅgehi thullaccayaṃ. Tatiyapade āpatti, catutthe anāpatti.
340 不犯者:为僧团、或为塔庙、或为病人办事而去者;以及疯癫者、最初犯戒者。此处,若比丘僧团有布萨堂或任何事务尚未完成,有优婆塞派遣比丘至优婆夷处,或优婆夷派遣比丘至优婆塞处,为工人供给饭食与酬劳;如此为僧团办事而去者,不犯。为塔庙事务而行,亦同此理。为病人之药物,被优婆塞派往优婆夷处,或被优婆夷派往优婆塞处而去者,不犯。疯癫者、最初犯戒者如前所述。显示巴利原文
340.Anāpatti saṅghassa vā cetiyassa vā gilānassa vā karaṇīyena gacchati ummattakassa ādikammikassāti ettha bhikkhusaṅghassa uposathāgāraṃ vā kiñci vā vippakataṃ hoti. Tattha kārukānaṃ bhattavetanatthāya upāsako vā upāsikāya santikaṃ bhikkhuṃ pahiṇeyya, uṃpāsikā vā upāsakassa, evarūpena saṅghassa karaṇīyena gacchantassa anāpatti. Cetiyakamme kayiramānepi eseva nayo. Gilānassa bhesajjatthāyapi upāsakena vā upāsikāya santikaṃ upāsikāya vā upāsakassa santikaṃ pahitassa gacchato anāpatti. Ummattakaādikammikā vuttanayā eva.
就等起等而言,此学处有六种等起:以抬头等身表受取消息而去,以手印思量后,再返回以手印禀告者,由身等起。若坐在堂中,有人告知:“某女将会来,你应了知她的心意。”他答应“好”而接受,待她来后了知,待她离去后,再向该男子回报者,由语等起。以语词回答“好”而接受消息后,因他事前往其家,或在前往他处时遇见她,仅以言语思量后,又因他事从彼处离开,后来偶然遇见那位男子而告知者,亦由语等起。然而,对此制戒不了知者,即使是漏尽者,也由身语等起。如何呢?如果他的父母生气而不理人,那比丘来到家中,长老父亲说:“孩子,你母亲丢下我这老人去了亲戚家,你去叫她回来侍奉我。”若他去了,告诉她,然后再向父亲回报她来或不来,犯桑喀地谢沙。这三种为无心等起。显示巴利原文
Samuṭṭhānādīsu idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ chasamuṭṭhānaṃ, sīsukkhipanādinā kāyavikārena sāsanaṃ gahetvā gantvā hatthamuddāya vīmaṃsitvā puna āgantvā hatthamuddāya eva ārocentassa kāyato samuṭṭhāti. Āsanasālāya nisinnassa ‘‘itthannāmā āgamissati, tassā cittaṃ jāneyyāthā’’ti kenaci vutte ‘‘sādhū’’ti sampaṭicchitvā taṃ āgataṃ vatvā tassā gatāya puna tasmiṃ purise āgate ārocentassa vācato samuṭṭhāti. Vācāya ‘‘sādhū’’ti sāsanaṃ gahetvā aññena karaṇīyena tassā gharaṃ gantvā aññattha vā gamanakāle taṃ disvā vacībhedeneva vīmaṃsitvā puna aññeneva karaṇīyena tato apakkamma kadācideva taṃ purisaṃ disvā ārocentassāpi vācatova samuṭṭhāti. Paṇṇattiṃ ajānantassa pana khīṇāsavassāpi kāyavācato samuṭṭhāti. Kathaṃ? Sace hissa mātāpitaro kujjhitvā alaṃvacanīyā honti, tañca bhikkhuṃ gharaṃ upagataṃ therapitā vadati ‘‘mātā te tāta maṃ mahallakaṃ chaḍḍetvā ñātikulaṃ gatā, gaccha taṃ maṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ pesehī’’ti. So ce gantvā taṃ vatvā puna pituno tassā āgamanaṃ vā anāgamanaṃ vā āroceti, saṅghādiseso. Imāni tīṇi acittakasamuṭṭhānāni.
然而,了知制戒后,若仍以此三种方式行媒,则从身与心、语与心、身语与心等起。这三种是以了知制戒的心而生的有心等起。此为作业,非想解脱,是制戒所遮止,属身业与语业;此处依善等有三心,依乐等有三受。显示巴利原文
Paṇṇattiṃ pana jānitvā eteheva tīhi nayehi sañcarittaṃ samāpajjato kāyacittato vācācittato kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti. Imāni tīṇi paṇṇattijānanacittena sacittakasamuṭṭhānāni. Kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, kusalādivasena cettha tīṇi cittāni, sukhādivasena tisso vedanāti.
341 341. 在已决断的事例中,最初五个事例,因仅是接受,故犯恶作。显示巴利原文
341. Vinītavatthūsu ādito vatthupañcake paṭiggahitamattattā dukkaṭaṃ.
在争吵的事例中,“作了和好”是指令其和解后,再作回家之语。显示巴利原文
Kalahavatthusmiṃ sammodanīyaṃ akāsīti taṃ saññāpetvā puna gehagamanīyaṃ
作了。‘不可舍弃者’的意思为‘未被舍弃’。盖因无论在何处、以何种方式已被舍弃者,即是已舍,已超出妻子的身份,此即称为‘可舍弃者’。然而此女子并非可舍弃者,仅是因某事争吵而离去,故世尊于此说‘无犯’。然于与夜叉女身触事中,既言偷兰遮罪,故当知在粗恶语等情形中,夜叉女与饿鬼女亦属偷兰遮罪之所依处。唯注释书对此未作讨论。其余一切处,义皆明了。显示巴利原文
Akāsi. Nālaṃvacanīyāti na pariccattāti attho. Yā hi yathā yathā yesu yesu janapadesu pariccattā pariccattāva hoti, bhariyābhāvaṃ atikkamati, ayaṃ ‘‘alaṃvacanīyā’’ti vuccati. Esā pana na alaṃvacanīyā kenacideva kāraṇena kalahaṃ katvā gatā, tenevettha bhagavā ‘‘anāpattī’’ti āha. Yasmā pana kāyasaṃsagge yakkhiyā thullaccayaṃ vuttaṃ, tasmā duṭṭhullādīsupi yakkhipetiyo thullaccayavatthumevāti veditabbā. Aṭṭhakathāsu panetaṃ na vicāritaṃ. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānatthamevāti.
六、小屋学处之解释显示巴利原文
6. Kuṭikārasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
342 此处的“那时”(tena samayena)出自《小屋造作戒》。其中,“阿罗毗人”(āḷavakā)指生于阿罗毗国的青年,他们出家后亦仍被称为阿罗毗人,故称“阿罗毗比丘们”。“自乞的”(saññācikāya)指亲自请求而获取的资具。“令建造”(kārāpentī)指自己建造或令他人建造。据说,他们舍弃了教法中的“观照之务”与“典册之务”这两种义务,唯以营造新业为务,并专志于此。“无主的”(assāmikāya)即没有主人,意谓建造者没有施主。“为己用的”(attuddesikāya)指为自身、为自身利益而发起的。“无量的”(appamāṇikāya)指未限定尺寸,如说“以此量将完成”;也指尺寸可增长,或者即大尺寸。显示巴利原文
342.Tena samayenāti kuṭikārasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha āḷavakāti āḷaviraṭṭhe jātā dārakā āḷavakā nāma, te pabbajitakālepi ‘‘āḷavakā’’tveva paññāyiṃsu. Te sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘āḷavakā bhikkhū’’ti. Saññācikāyoti sayaṃ yācitvā gahitūpakaraṇāyo. Kārāpentīti karontipi kārāpentipi, te kira sāsane vipassanādhurañca ganthadhurañcāti dvepi dhurāni chaḍḍetvā navakammameva dhuraṃ katvā paggaṇhiṃsu. Assāmikāyoti anissarāyo, kāretā dāyakena virahitāyoti attho. Attuddesikāyoti attānaṃ uddissa attano atthāya āraddhāyoti attho. Appamāṇikāyoti ‘‘ettakena niṭṭhaṃ gacchissantī’’ti evaṃ aparicchinnappamāṇāyo, vuddhippamāṇāyo vā mahantappamāṇāyoti attho.
他们以请求本身为多,其他事务为少,故称“多请求者”。应知“多暗示者”也是如此理解。然从义理上说,此处并无差别,都是对屡屡请求“请给一个人,请给一个人工”者的称谓。其中,不可为作根本断坏(即毁戒)而请求人;若是为了作伴、为了作劳务,则可以请求“请给一个人”。“人工作业”(purisatthakaraṃ)指应由人做的手工活,为此可以请求。所谓手工活,并非专指某物,因此除了猎鹿人、捕鱼人等自身的本业外,其余一切手工活皆可。无论被问“尊者,您来有何事?需要何活计?”还是未被问,都可以请求,不因暗示而有罪过。因此,不应向猎鹿人等请求其本业,也不应不加限定地说“请给手工活”;若这样请求,他们可能说“好的,尊者”,送走比丘后,甚至去杀鹿取来。若加限定,说“寺院有些事要做,请为此提供手工活”,则可请求。对于带着犁、轭等工具去耕田、播种或收割的农夫,或任何其他正忙于自己事务的人,均可请求某种手工活。然而,若是食残食者,或其他任何懒惰、说无意义语、躺卧睡觉之人,对于这样的人,即使……显示巴利原文
Yācanā eva bahulā etesaṃ mandaṃ aññaṃ kammanti yācanabahulā. Evaṃ viññattibahulā veditabbā. Atthato panettha nānākaraṇaṃ natthi, anekakkhattuṃ ‘‘purisaṃ detha, purisatthakaraṃ dethā’’ti yācantānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tattha mūlacchejjāya purisaṃ yācituṃ na vaṭṭati, sahāyatthāya kammakaraṇatthāya ‘‘purisaṃ dethā’’ti yācituṃ vaṭṭati. Purisatthakaranti purisena kātabbaṃ hatthakammaṃ vuccati, taṃ yācituṃ vaṭṭati. Hatthakammaṃ nāma kiñci vatthu na hoti, tasmā ṭhapetvā migaluddakamacchabandhakādīnaṃ sakakammaṃ avasesaṃ sabbaṃ kappiyaṃ. ‘‘Kiṃ, bhante, āgatattha kena kamma’’nti pucchite vā apucchite vā yācituṃ vaṭṭati, viññattipaccayā doso natthi. Tasmā migaluddakādayo sakakammaṃ na yācitabbā, ‘‘hatthakammaṃ dethā’’ti aniyametvāpi na yācitabbā; evaṃ yācitā hi te ‘‘sādhu, bhante’’ti bhikkhū uyyojetvā migepi māretvā āhareyyuṃ. Niyametvā pana ‘‘vihāre kiñci kattabbaṃ atthi, tattha hatthakammaṃ dethā’’ti yācitabbā. Phālanaṅgalādīni upakaraṇāni gahetvā kasituṃ vā vapituṃ vā lāyituṃ vā gacchantaṃ sakiccapasutampi kassakaṃ vā aññaṃ vā kiñci hatthakammaṃ yācituṃ vaṭṭateva. Yo pana vighāsādo vā añño vā koci nikkammo niratthakakathaṃ kathento niddāyanto vā viharati, evarūpaṃ ayācitvāpi ‘‘ehi re idaṃ vā idaṃ vā karohī’’ti yadicchakaṃ kārāpetuṃ vaṭṭati.
为了阐明手工活完全合宜的性质,他们讲述了这个方法。如果比丘想要建造殿堂,为了柱子,应去石匠的作坊,这样说:‘居士们,可以获取手工活吗?’‘尊者,需要做什么?’‘应取出石柱给予。’如果他们取出后给予,或者将已取出放置好的、属于他们自己的柱子给予,都是可以的。如果他们又说:‘尊者,我们没有时间做手工活,请另找人取出,我们会支付他的工钱。’则可以让人取出后,说:‘请支付取出石柱者的工钱。’依此类推,为了殿堂所需的木材,可去木匠处;为了砖,可去制砖匠处;为了覆盖屋顶,可去盖屋顶者处;为了彩绘,可去画师处——无论需要什么,为了什么目的,都可以去相应的工匠那里请求手工活。而且,通过请求手工活的方式,无论是通过支付工钱,还是通过提供饭食酬劳而获得的,一切都可以接受。让人从森林中取来的,应全部是未被占用之物。显示巴利原文
Hatthakammassa pana sabbakappiyabhāvadīpanatthaṃ imaṃ nayaṃ kathenti. Sace hi bhikkhu pāsādaṃ kāretukāmo hoti, thambhatthāya pāsāṇakoṭṭakānaṃ gharaṃ gantvā vattabbaṃ ‘‘hatthakammaṃ laddhuṃ vaṭṭati upāsakā’’ti. Kiṃ kātabbaṃ, bhante,ti? Pāsāṇatthambhā uddharitvā dātabbāti. Sace te uddharitvā vā denti, uddharitvā nikkhitte attano thambhe vā denti, vaṭṭati. Athāpi vadanti – ‘‘amhākaṃ, bhante, hatthakammaṃ kātuṃ khaṇo natthi, aññaṃ uddharāpetha, tassa mūlaṃ dassāmā’’ti uddharāpetvā ‘‘pāsāṇatthambhe uddhaṭamanussānaṃ mūlaṃ dethā’’ti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Etenevupāyena pāsādadārūnaṃ atthāya vaḍḍhakīnaṃ santikaṃ iṭṭhakatthāya iṭṭhakavaḍḍhakīnaṃ chadanatthāya gehacchādakānaṃ cittakammatthāya cittakārānanti yena yena attho hoti, tassa tassa atthāya tesaṃ tesaṃ sippakārakānaṃ santikaṃ gantvā hatthakammaṃ yācituṃ vaṭṭati. Hatthakammayācanavasena ca mūlacchejjāya vā bhattavetanānuppadānena vā laddhampi sabbaṃ gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Araññato āharāpentena ca sabbaṃ anajjhāvutthakaṃ āharāpetabbaṃ.
并非仅限于想建造殿堂者,即便是想要制作床、椅、钵、滤水囊、风箱、针筒、衣等物的人,在获得木材、金属、线等材料之后,也应前往相应的工匠那里,依照前述方法请其作手工。凡以请作手工的方式,无论是通过支付工钱,抑或是以提供饭食作为酬劳而获得的物品,一切都可以接受。然而,如果他们不愿做,只期望得到饭食,则不应给予如法所不许的钱币等物。可以依循乞食的行仪,寻得米等而给予。显示巴利原文
Na kevalañca pāsādaṃ kāretukāmena mañcapīṭhapattaparissāvanadhamakarakacīvarādīni kārāpetukāmenāpi dārulohasuttādīni labhitvā te te sippakārake upasaṅkamitvā vuttanayeneva hatthakammaṃ yācitabbaṃ. Hatthakammayācanavasena ca mūlacchejjāya vā bhattavetanānuppadānena vā laddhampi sabbaṃ gahetabbaṃ. Sace pana kātuṃ na icchanti, bhattavetanaṃ paccāsīsanti, akappiyakahāpaṇādi na dātabbaṃ. Bhikkhācāravattena taṇḍulādīni pariyesitvā dātuṃ vaṭṭati.
以请作手工的方式制成钵后,亦同样加以烧制。为给新烧制的钵涂油而进入村落时,若被认出是来乞食的,当有人端来粥或饭时,应以手遮住钵。若近事女问:‘尊者,怎么了?’应说:‘新烧制的钵需要涂油。’如果她接过钵,涂油之后,盛满粥或饭再作供养,这不构成暗示,可以接受。显示巴利原文
Hatthakammavasena pattaṃ kāretvā tatheva pācetvā navapakkassa pattassa puñchanatelatthāya antogāmaṃ paviṭṭhena ‘‘bhikkhāya āgato’’ti sallakkhetvā yāguyā vā bhatte vā ānīte hatthena patto pidhātabbo. Sace upāsikā ‘‘kiṃ, bhante’’ti pucchati, ‘‘navapakko patto puñchanatelena attho’’ti vattabbaṃ. Sace sā ‘‘dehi, bhante’’ti pattaṃ gahetvā telena puñchitvā yāguyā vā bhattassa vā pūretvā deti, viññatti nāma na hoti, gahetuṃ vaṭṭatīti.
比丘们入村托钵后,回到座堂,见没有座位,便站立等候。若近事男看见比丘站立,便自行令人取来座位,比丘坐下后再离开时,应先告假再离去。若不告假而去,虽不犯‘丢失’罪,但告假而去方为应行的仪规。若比丘说:‘请拿座位来’,而近事男依言取来,则必须告假后方可离去。若未告假而去,则犯坏规矩罪及‘丢失’罪。对于敷具、毯子等物,也是同样的道理。显示巴利原文
Bhikkhū pageva piṇḍāya caritvā āsanasālaṃ gantvā āsanaṃ apassantā tiṭṭhanti. Tatra ce upāsakā bhikkhū ṭhite disvā sayameva āsanāni āharāpenti, nisīditvā gacchantehi āpucchitvā gantabbaṃ. Anāpucchā gatānampi naṭṭhaṃ gīvā na hoti, āpucchitvā gamanaṃ pana vattaṃ. Sace bhikkhūhi ‘‘āsanāni āharathā’’ti vuttehi āhaṭāni honti, āpucchitvāva gantabbaṃ. Anāpucchā gatānaṃ vattabhedo ca naṭṭhañca gīvāti. Attharaṇakojavādīsupi eseva nayo.
苍蝇多时,应说“请拿驱蝇拂来”。若他们拿来苦楝树枝等,应令人作净后方可接受。座堂中的水罐空了,不应说“拿饮水器来”。若将饮水器放入空罐,可能会打破它,可以这样说:“去河边或池塘取水来”。不应说“从家里拿来”,也不应使用从家中所取之水。在座堂或林野中进食时,若有当地自然而生、无主归属、可受持为余食的任何叶或果,无论是自行落下,还是让人以劳作取来,或以手工劳作的方式取来,皆可受用。但不应让无惭比丘或沙弥从事手工劳作。这是关于手工劳作者的相关规定。显示巴利原文
Makkhikāyo bahukā honti, ‘‘makkhikābījaniṃ āharathā’’ti vattabbaṃ. Pucimandasākhādīni āharanti, kappiyaṃ kārāpetvā paṭiggahetabbāni. Āsanasālāya udakabhājanaṃ rittaṃ hoti, ‘‘dhamakaraṇaṃ gaṇhā’’ti na vattabbaṃ. Dhamakarakañhi rittabhājane pakkhipanto bhindeyya ‘‘nadiṃ vā taḷākaṃ vā gantvā pana udakaṃ āharā’’ti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Gehato āharā’’ti neva vattuṃ vaṭṭati, na āhaṭaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Āsanasālāyaṃ vā araññake vā bhattakiccaṃ karontehi tatthajātakaṃ anajjhāvutthakaṃ yaṃkiñci uttaribhaṅgārahaṃ pattaṃ vā phalaṃ vā sace kiñci kammaṃ karontaṃ āharāpeti, hatthakammavasena āharāpetvā paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Alajjīhi pana bhikkhūhi vā sāmaṇerehi vā hatthakammaṃ na kāretabbaṃ. Ayaṃ tāva purisatthakare nayo.
然而,从非亲属、未邀请之处差人取牛,是不允许的;差人取牛者犯恶作。即使在亲属、已邀请之处,也不可为断根而作乞求;以暂时借用之方式,则处处允许。如此差人取来的牛,应妥善守护、照料,然后交还主人。倘若牛的脚或角损坏或遗失,若主人接受,则是妥当的;若主人不接受,则有罪。若主人说“我们就送给你们了”,则不应接受。若说“送给寺院”,则应告知:“请交代净人,以便照料。”显示巴利原文
Goṇaṃ pana aññātakaappavāritaṭṭhānato āharāpetuṃ na vaṭṭati, āharāpentassa dukkaṭaṃ. Ñātipavāritaṭṭhānatopi mūlacchejjāya yācituṃ na vaṭṭati, tāvakālikanayena sabbattha vaṭṭati. Evaṃ āharāpitañca goṇaṃ rakkhitvā jaggitvā sāmikā paṭicchāpetabbā. Sacassa pādo vā siṅgaṃ vā bhijjati vā nassati vā sāmikā ce sampaṭicchanti, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce sampaṭicchanti, gīvā hoti. Sace ‘‘tumhākaṃyeva demā’’ti vadanti na sampaṭicchitabbaṃ. ‘‘Vihārassa demā’’ti vutte pana ‘‘ārāmikānaṃ ācikkhatha jagganatthāyā’’ti vattabbaṃ.
“请给车”这句话,在非亲属、未邀请之处也不应说,这即是乞求,犯恶作。但在亲属、已邀请之处则允许,以暂时方式允许,用完后应归还。若轮辋等损坏,应修复原状后归还。若丢失,则有罪。若说“我们就给你们了”,名为木制品的车是可以接受的。此原则同样适用于斧、镰、锄、铲、楔等工具,以及他人所拥有的藤蔓等物。只有在相当于重物程度的藤蔓等物上,才有乞求,在此以下则无。显示巴利原文
‘‘Sakaṭaṃ dethā’’tipi aññātakaappavārite vattuṃ na vaṭṭati, viññattieva hoti dukkaṭaṃ āpajjati. Ñātipavāritaṭṭhāne pana vaṭṭati, tāvakālikaṃ vaṭṭati kammaṃ katvā puna dātabbaṃ. Sace nemiyādīni bhijjanti pākatikāni katvā dātabbaṃ. Naṭṭhe gīvā hoti. ‘‘Tumhākameva demā’’ti vutte dārubhaṇḍaṃ nāma sampaṭicchituṃ vaṭṭati. Esa nayo vāsipharasukuṭhārīkudālanikhādanesu. Valliādīsu ca parapariggahitesu. Garubhaṇḍappahonakesuyeva ca valliādīsu viññatti hoti, na tato oraṃ.
然而,任何无人占用的物品,都可以令人取来。唯有在受守护、被保护之处,才称为乞求。对于两种资具,乞求一概不被允许;对于坐卧具资具,仅“取来、给我”这样直接的乞求不被允许,而间接说、暗示、示相作则被允许。其中,若有人希望得到布萨堂、食堂或其他任何坐卧具,而说“在此处建这样的坐卧具是合适的”、“恰当的”、“相宜的”等语,这称为间接说。问“近事男,你们住在哪里?”“在殿堂,尊者。”“近事男,难道殿堂不适合比丘吗?”像这样的话语,称为暗示。见到人后便拉绳、让人打桩,若被问“尊者,这是做什么?”回答“我们将在此建住所”,像这样的行为,称为示相作。在病缘资具上,即使直接乞求也是允许的,更不必说间接说等。显示巴利原文
Anajjhāvutthakaṃ pana yaṃkiñci āharāpetuṃ vaṭṭati. Rakkhitagopitaṭṭhāneyeva hi viññatti nāma vuccati. Sā dvīsu paccayesu sabbena sabbaṃ na vaṭṭati, senāsanapaccaye pana ‘‘āhara dehī’’ti viññattimattameva na vaṭṭati , parikathobhāsanimittakammāni vaṭṭanti. Tattha uposathāgāraṃ vā bhojanasālaṃ vā aññaṃ vā yaṃkiñci senāsanaṃ icchato ‘‘imasmiṃ vata okāse evarūpaṃ senāsanaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vā ‘‘yutta’’nti vā ‘‘anurūpa’’nti vātiādinā nayena vacanaṃ parikathā nāma. ‘‘Upāsakā tumhe kuhiṃ vasathā’’ti? ‘‘Pāsāde, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pana upāsakā pāsādo na vaṭṭatī’’ti evamādivacanaṃ obhāso nāma. Manusse disvā rajjuṃ pasāreti, khīle ākoṭāpeti. ‘‘Kiṃ idaṃ, bhante’’ti vutte ‘‘idha āvāsaṃ karissāmā’’ti evamādikaraṇaṃ pana nimittakammaṃ nāma. Gilānapaccaye pana viññattipi vaṭṭati, pageva parikathādīni.
人们被乞讨与乞求所困扰,即那些比丘的乞讨与乞求令他们感到压迫。“惊惧”,指他们心想:“他们会让人拿什么来呢?”便惊慌、动摇、不安。“恐惧”,指如同见到蛇一般,突然惊骇而避开。“逃走”,指从远处便向各处逃散。“往别处去”,指舍弃所行之道,转身向左或向右而去,甚至关闭门户。显示巴利原文
Manussā upaddutā yācanāya upaddutā viññattiyāti tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ tāya yācanāya ca viññattiyā ca pīḷitā. Ubbijjantipīti ‘‘kiṃ nu āharāpessantī’’ti ubbegaṃ iñjanaṃ calanaṃ paṭilabhanti. Uttasantipīti ahiṃ viya disvā sahasā tasitvā ukkamanti. Palāyantipīti dūratova yena vā tena vā palāyanti. Aññenapi gacchantīti yaṃ maggaṃ paṭipannā taṃ pahāya nivattitvā vāmaṃ vā dakkhiṇaṃ vā gahetvā gacchanti, dvārampi thakenti.
344 “诸比丘,过去曾有”——这是世尊呵责那些比丘之后,宣说了相应的法谈,为再揭示乞求的过患,而以“诸比丘,过去曾有……”等方式开示了三则本事。其中,“摩尼颈”者:据说那位龙王将能满足一切欲求的昂贵宝珠系在颈上而行,因此得名“摩尼颈”。“在头顶上竖起大颈冠而站立”:据说那两位仙人中的弟弟仙人住于慈心,因此龙王从河中出来,化作天人之貌,坐在他的身旁,相互问候交谈之后,舍去天人之貌,现出本形,缠绕那位仙人;为表净信,在头顶上竖起大颈冠,如同持伞盖一般停留片刻后离去,故说“在头顶上竖起大颈冠而站立”。“宝珠系于其颈”,意为宝珠挂在他的颈上,即佩戴着宝珠。“立于一面”,指他以天人之貌前来,与苦行者相互问候,立于一处。显示巴利原文
344.Bhūtapubbaṃ bhikkhaveti iti bhagavā te bhikkhū garahitvā tadanurūpañca dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā punapi viññattiyā dosaṃ pākaṭaṃ kurumāno iminā ‘‘bhūtapubbaṃ bhikkhave’’tiādinā nayena tīṇi vatthūni dassesi. Tattha maṇikaṇṭhoti so kira nāgarājā sabbakāmadadaṃ mahagghaṃ maṇiṃ kaṇṭhe pilandhitvā carati, tasmā ‘‘maṇikaṇṭho’’ tveva paññāyittha. Uparimuddhani mahantaṃ phaṇaṃ karitvā aṭṭhāsīti so kira tesaṃ dvinnaṃ isīnaṃ kaniṭṭho isi mettāvihārī ahosi, tasmā nāgarājā nadito uttaritvā devavaṇṇaṃ nimminitvā tassa santike nisīditvā sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ katvā taṃ devavaṇṇaṃ pahāya sakavaṇṇameva upagantvā taṃ isiṃ parikkhipitvā pasannākāraṃ karonto uparimuddhani mahantaṃ phaṇaṃ karitvā chattaṃ viya dhārayamāno muhuttaṃ ṭhatvā pakkamati, tena vuttaṃ ‘‘uparimuddhani mahantaṃ phaṇaṃ karitvā aṭṭhāsī’’ti. Maṇimassa kaṇṭhe pilandhananti maṇiṃ assa kaṇṭhe pilandhitaṃ, āmukkanti attho. Ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsīti tena devavaṇṇena āgantvā tāpasena saddhiṃ sammodamāno ekasmiṃ padese aṭṭhāsi.
“我的食物与饮料”即我的食与饮。“丰富”指数量众多。“优良”指品质精妙。“极度乞求者”是过分乞求的人,意思是反复不断地乞求。“年轻”指年轻、有力、正值青春的男子。“sakkharā”指黑色石头,在那石上磨过的刀称为“磨石刀”,手中握着磨石刀的人称为“磨石刀手”,意为在石上磨利刀剑的手。如同那位持刀的人令人恐惧,同样,他向我乞求宝石时也令我恐惧,意思是乞求宝石。显示巴利原文
Mamannapānanti mama annañca pānañca. Vipulanti bahulaṃ. Uḷāranti paṇītaṃ . Atiyācakosīti ativiya yācako, asi punappunaṃ yācasīti vuttaṃ hoti. Susūti taruṇo, thāmasampanno yobbanappattapuriso. Sakkharā vuccati kāḷasilā, tattha dhoto asi ‘‘sakkharadhoto nāmā’’ti vuccati, sakkharadhoto pāṇimhi assāti sakkharadhotapāṇi, pāsāṇe dhotanisitakhaggahatthoti attho. Yathā so asihattho puriso tāseyya, evaṃ tāsesi maṃ selaṃ yācamāno, maṇiṃ yācantoti attho.
他不应乞求那件东西,不应乞求那个。哪一件呢?即他知道那是该众生所喜爱的东西。显示巴利原文
Na taṃ yāceti taṃ na yāceyya. Kataraṃ? Yassa piyaṃ jigīseti yaṃ assa sattassa piyanti jāneyya.
更不用说人类了——对于人类而言是不可爱的,这里还有什么可说的呢?显示巴利原文
Kimaṅgaṃ pana manussabhūtānanti manussabhūtānaṃ amanāpāti kimevettha vattabbaṃ.
345 “被鸟群之声所驱赶”:据说那群鸟在初夜与后夜不停地发出叫声,那位比丘被那声音所逼迫,便去到世尊跟前。因此说:“我为此而前往那里。”显示巴利原文
345.Sakuṇasaṅghassa saddena ubbāḷhoti so kira sakuṇasaṅgho paṭhamayāmañca pacchimayāmañca nirantaraṃ saddameva karoti, so bhikkhu tena saddena pīḷito hutvā bhagavato santikaṃ agamāsi. Tenāha – ‘‘yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkamī’’ti.
“你从哪里来,比丘?”此处,那位比丘本是坐着,并非正走过来,但可以这样用现在时发问。因此说:“你从哪里来,比丘?”意为:你从何处来?“我从世尊那里来”,此处也是同理。“被驱赶”即被逼迫、被弄得心生厌烦。显示巴利原文
Kuto ca tvaṃ bhikkhu āgacchasīti ettha nisinno so bhikkhu na āgacchati vattamānasamīpe pana evaṃ vattuṃ labbhati. Tenāha – ‘‘kuto ca tvaṃ bhikkhu āgacchasī’’ti, kuto āgatosīti attho. Tato ahaṃ bhagavā āgacchāmīti etthāpi so eva nayo. Ubbāḷhoti pīḷito, ukkaṇṭhāpito hutvāti attho.
那群鸟说:“比丘在乞钵。”此处,那些鸟并不懂得比丘的话,但世尊以自身的神通力令它们得以了知。显示巴利原文
So sakuṇasaṅgho ‘‘bhikkhu pattaṃ yācatī’’ti ettha na te sakuṇā bhikkhuno vacanaṃ jānanti, bhagavā pana attano ānubhāvena yathā jānanti tathā akāsi.
346 “我也不认识他们”:我也不认识那些人,“他们是谁,属于谁?”“聚集而乞求”:他们会合后,成群结队地乞求。“乞求者不讨人喜爱”:凡是乞求的人都不讨人喜爱。“不给予所乞之物者不讨人喜爱”:所乞求的东西称为“乞求物”,不给予乞求物的人也不讨人喜爱。或者,“乞求”指乞求者的行为,“不给予者是不讨人喜爱的”指不给予的人不讨人喜爱。“愿我不被怨恨”:愿我没有不讨人喜爱之处,即我不成为你不喜爱的人,你也不成为我不喜爱的人。显示巴利原文
346.Apāhaṃ te na jānāmīti api ahaṃ te jane ‘‘ke vā ime, kassa vā ime’’ti na jānāmi. Saṅgamma yācantīti samāgantvā vaggavaggā hutvā yācanti. Yācako appiyo hotīti yo yācati so appiyo hoti. Yācaṃ adadamappiyoti yācanti yācitaṃ vuccati, yācitamatthaṃ adadantopi appiyo hoti. Atha vā yācanti yācantassa, adadamappiyoti adento appiyo hoti. Mā me videssanā ahūti mā me appiyabhāvo ahu, ahaṃ vā tava, tvaṃ vā mama videsso appiyo mā ahosīti attho.
347 “难以积聚”:指通过农耕、牧牛等方式辛苦积聚的财物。显示巴利原文
347.Dussaṃharānīti kasigorakkhādīhi upāyehi dukkhena saṃharaṇīyāni.
348-9 关于“比丘尼以自乞的方式”:此处,“自乞”是指自己主动发起的乞求,因此“以自乞的方式”是说以自己的乞求,意思是用自己乞求来的资具。然而,由于她是用自己乞求来的物品建造,也就是自己乞求后才建造,因此为了说明这个含义,而说“自己乞求后,由人……”这样的词句分解。显示巴利原文
348-9.Saññācikāya pana bhikkhunāti ettha saññācikā nāma sayaṃ pavattitayācanā vuccati, tasmā ‘‘saññācikāyā’’ti attano yācanāyāti vuttaṃ hoti, sayaṃ yācitakehi upakaraṇehīti attho. Yasmā pana sā sayaṃyācitakehi kayiramānā sayaṃ yācitvā kayiramānā hoti, tasmā taṃ atthapariyāyaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘sayaṃ yācitvā purisampī’’ti evamassa padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ.
“内部涂抹”:指内部涂抹。“外部涂抹”:指外部涂抹。“内外涂抹”:即说内部与外部俱涂抹。显示巴利原文
Ullittāti antolittā. Avalittāti bahilittā. Ullittāvalittāti antarabāhiralittāti vuttaṃ hoti.
关于“正在做”一词的分解,按理只应说“使做”,如此字面方合。但是,由于以自乞方式建造小屋时,无论是自己造还是令他人造,皆应依此处所说而行,故为显示“造者”与“令造者”都被“正在做”一词所含摄,才说“造者或令造者”。然而,若说“造者或令造者”,字面便不相符,因为令造者并不被称为造者,因此应知此处唯是显示其义。显示巴利原文
Kārayamānenāti imassa padabhājane ‘‘kārāpentenā’’ti ettakameva vattabbaṃ siyā, evañhi byañjanaṃ sameti. Yasmā pana saññācikāya kuṭiṃ karontenāpi idha vuttanayeneva paṭipajjitabbaṃ, tasmā karonto vā hotu kārāpento vā ubhopete ‘‘kārayamānenā’’ti imināva padena saṅgahitāti etamatthaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘karonto vā kārāpento vā’’ti vuttaṃ. Yadi pana karontena vā kārāpentena vāti vadeyya, byañjanaṃ vilomitaṃ bhaveyya, na hi kārāpento karonto nāma hoti, tasmā atthamattamevettha dassitanti veditabbaṃ.
“为自己而指定”:即“这是我的”,如此将自己作为指定对象,名为“为自己而指定”,即那为自己而指定者。又因凡是以自己为指定对象的,都是为了自己的利益,所以为显示其义理,而说“为自己而指定即为了自己的利益”。“应按标准建造”:应按符合标准的尺寸建造。此处的标准:即是那间小屋的尺寸。“以善逝的拃”:所谓善逝的拃,现今即中等身材者的三拃,依工匠尺则为一肘半。“以外部尺寸”:即按小屋外部丈量十二拃。然而丈量时,最初所铺的粗泥层边界不应计入,应依灰泥层的边界来量。灰泥层上面的白灰粉刷不计。倘若不需灰泥层,仅以粗泥层完工,则粗泥层即为界限。显示巴利原文
Attuddesanti ‘‘mayhaṃ esā’’ti evaṃ attā uddeso assāti attuddesā, taṃ attuddesaṃ. Yasmā pana yassā attā uddeso sā attano atthāya hoti, tasmā atthapariyāyaṃ dassento ‘‘attuddesanti attano atthāyā’’ti āha. Pamāṇikā kāretabbāti pamāṇayuttā kāretabbā. Tatridaṃ pamāṇanti tassā kuṭiyā idaṃ pamāṇaṃ. Sugatavidatthiyāti sugatavidatthi nāma idāni majjhimassa purisassa tisso vidatthiyo vaḍḍhakīhatthena diyaḍḍho hattho hoti. Bāhirimena mānenāti kuṭiyā bahikuṭṭamānena dvādasa vidatthiyo, minantena pana sabbapaṭhamaṃ dinno mahāmattikapariyanto na gahetabbo. Thusapiṇḍapariyantena minitabbaṃ. Thusapiṇḍassaupari setakammaṃ abbohārikaṃ. Sace thusapiṇḍena anatthiko mahāmattikāya eva niṭṭhāpeti, mahāmattikāva paricchedo.
“横向”即宽度。“七”为七善逝拃。“内部”:对此的说明是“以内部尺寸”,意即不取墙的外缘,而以内缘测量时,横向为七善逝拃的标准。显示巴利原文
Tiriyanti vitthārato. Sattāti satta sugatavidatthiyo. Antarāti imassa pana ayaṃ niddeso , ‘‘abbhantarimena mānenā’’ti, kuṭṭassa bahi antaṃ aggahetvā abbhantarimena antena miniyamāne tiriyaṃ satta sugatavidatthiyo pamāṇanti vuttaṃ hoti.
若有人为节省材料而意图造作如前所述的标准尺寸,做成纵长十一拃、横宽八拃,或纵长十三拃、横宽六拃,这是不如法的。即使只有一边超出,也已成为超出量度。莫说一拃,纵使从长度减少发梢之量而增于宽度,或从宽度减少而增于长度,亦不如法,更何况两边都增加?正如律中所说:“于长度或宽度,乃至超出仅如发梢之量,若自作或教人作,作业中犯恶作。”(《波罗夷》353)唯有符合前述标准尺寸者,方为如法。然而,若床座纵长六十肘,横宽仅三肘或不足四肘——如此尺寸合宜的床座不会左右翻转,这并不算作“小屋”,因此也是如法的。但《大护持》中说,以横宽四肘为最下限,低于此则非小屋。即使尺寸合宜,若未指示地基、或有障碍物、或无法绕行,亦不如法。唯尺寸合宜、已指示地基、无障碍物、可绕行者,方为如法。纵使建造小于标准尺寸的四肘或五肘之屋,也须先指示地基。若建造超出标准尺寸者,则在涂抹终了时犯重罪。显示巴利原文
Yo pana lesaṃ oḍḍento yathāvuttappamāṇameva karissāmīti dīghato ekādasa vidatthiyo tiriyaṃ aṭṭha vidatthiyo, dīghato vā terasa vidatthiyo tiriyaṃ cha vidatthiyo kareyya, na vaṭṭati. Ekatobhāgena atikkantampi hi pamāṇaṃ atikkantameva hoti. Tiṭṭhatu vidatthi, kesaggamattampi dīghato vā hāpetvā tiriyaṃ tiriyato vā hāpetvā dīghaṃ vaḍḍhetuṃ na vaṭṭati, ko pana vādo ubhato vaḍḍhane? Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘āyāmato vā vitthārato vā antamaso kesaggamattampi atikkamitvā karoti vā kārāpeti vā payoge dukkaṭa’’ntiādi (pārā. 353). Yathāvuttappamāṇā eva pana vaṭṭati. Yā pana dīghato saṭṭhihatthāpi hoti tiriyaṃ tihatthā vā ūnakacatuhatthā vā yattha pamāṇayutto mañco ito cito ca na parivattati, ayaṃ kuṭīti saṅkhyaṃ na gacchati, tasmā ayampi vaṭṭati. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana pacchimakoṭiyā catuhatthavitthārā vuttā, tato heṭṭhā akuṭi. Pamāṇikāpi pana adesitavatthukā vā sārambhā vā aparikkamanā vā na vaṭṭati. Pamāṇikā desitavatthukā anārambhā saparikkamanāva vaṭṭati. Pamāṇato ūnatarampi catuhatthaṃ pañcahatthampi karontena desitavatthukāva kāretabbā. Pamāṇātikkantañca pana karonto lepapariyosāne garukaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjati.
此中,应了知“涂抹”“非涂抹”“可涂抹处”及“非可涂抹处”。即:涂抹有二种——泥涂与石灰涂。除此二种涂抹外,其余如灰、牛粪等所作之涂,概为“非涂抹”;泥浆涂抹亦属“非涂抹”。“可涂抹处”指墙壁与屋顶;除墙壁与屋顶外,其余如柱、梁、脊檩、窗、烟孔等不适涂抹之处,皆应知为“非可涂抹处”。显示巴利原文
Tattha lepo ca alepo ca lepokāso ca alepokāso ca veditabbo. Seyyathidaṃ – lepoti dve lepā – mattikālepo ca sudhālepo ca. Ṭhapetvā pana ime dve lepe avaseso bhasmagomayādibhedo lepo, alepo. Sacepi kalalalepo hoti, alapo eva. Lepokāsoti bhittiyo ceva chadanañca, ṭhapetvā pana bhitticchadane avaseso thambhatulāpiṭṭhasaṅghāṭavātapānadhūmacchiddādi alepāraho okāso sabbopi alepokāsoti veditabbo.
“为指示地基应带领比丘们”:意思是,欲在何处建造小屋,即应带领比丘们前往该处,以便指示地基。而“由那位造屋者……”等语,则是为了说明应以何种方式带领那些比丘。其中,“清理小屋地基后”是说:不应带领比丘们进入崎岖不平的荒地,而应先清理小屋地基,使其平整如界场,然后前往僧团请求,获得允许后再带领前往。“应对他如是说”:即僧团应对他这样说。后文“应第二次请求”等,是针对比丘们而用的复数表达。“若全体僧团不乐意”:若全体僧团不愿意,那些比丘们可能正忙于诵经、作意等事。“有障碍、无障碍”:即有危难、无危难。“可绕行、不可绕行”:即有通路、无通路。显示巴利原文
Bhikkhū abhinetabbā vatthudesanāyāti yasmiṃ ṭhāne kuṭiṃ kāretukāmo hoti, tattha vatthudesanatthāya bhikkhū netabbā. Tena kuṭikārakenātiādi pana yena vidhinā te bhikkhū abhinetabbā, tassa dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Tattha kuṭivatthuṃ sodhetvāti na visamaṃ araññaṃ bhikkhū gahetvā gantabbaṃ , kuṭivatthuṃ pana paṭhamameva sodhetvā samatalaṃ sīmamaṇḍalasadisaṃ katvā pacchā saṅghaṃ upasaṅkamitvā yācitvā netabbāti dasseti. Evamassa vacanīyoti saṅgho evaṃ vattabbo assa. Parato pana ‘‘dutiyampi yācitabbā’’ti bhikkhū sandhāya bahuvacanaṃ vuttaṃ. No ce sabbo saṅgho ussahatīti sace sabbo saṅgho na icchati, sajjhāyamanasikārādīsu uyyuttā te te bhikkhū honti. Sārambhaṃ anārambhanti saupaddavaṃ anupaddavaṃ. Saparikkamanaṃ aparikkamananti saupacāraṃ anupacāraṃ.
“适时”:观察此事的时机已到,称为“适时”,“适时”即是“应时”。而这观察地基的羯磨,也可在观察后以白二甘马的方式举行。然而,后文的地基指示羯磨,则必须如前面所述,以动议与白二甘马行之,不得仅凭观察便举行。显示巴利原文
Pattakallanti patto kālo imassa olokanassāti pattakālaṃ, pattakālameva pattakallaṃ. Idañca vatthuṃolokanatthāya sammutikammaṃ anusāvanānayena oloketvāpi kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Parato pana vatthudesanākammaṃ yathāvuttāya eva ñattiyā ca anusāvanāya ca kātabbaṃ, oloketvā kātuṃ na vaṭṭati.
353 “蚁”:指红蚁、黑蚁、黄蚁等各类蚂蚁。亦作“kipīllakānaṃ”。“巢穴”:即常居之处。如同对于蚁一样,对于白蚁等而言,其常居之处也应知为巢穴。然而,它们为觅食而来往的区域,所有这类通行之处并不禁止,因此可在移除、清理后建造。以上六处,是出于慈悯众生而禁止。显示巴利原文
353.Kipillikānanti rattakāḷapiṅgalādibhedānaṃ yāsaṃ kāsañci kipillikānaṃ. Kipīllakānantipi pāṭho. Āsayoti nibaddhavasanaṭṭhānaṃ, yathā ca kipillikānaṃ evaṃ upacikādīnampi nibaddhavasanaṭṭhānaṃyeva āsayo veditabbo. Yattha pana te gocaratthāya āgantvā gacchanti, sabbesampi tādiso sañcaraṇappadeso avārito, tasmā tattha apanetvā sodhetvā kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Imāni tāva cha ṭhānānisattānuddayāya paṭikkhittāni.
“象的……”:象的常居处与常觅食处,皆不如法。狮子等猛兽的巢穴,以及它们离开去觅食时的常行路径,亦不如法。这些动物的觅食地未被许可。“任何……的”:指其他凶恶的畜生。此七处有危险,为护念比丘们的健康而禁止。其余各处,因种种灾患而有障碍。其中,“依附早田者”:即依附早田,位于七种谷物生长田地附近;“依附晚田者”等亦同此理。此处,“杀戮场”:即刑场或怨家宅,为杀害盗贼等而作之处,据《库伦达》等注释。显示巴利原文
Hatthīnaṃ vāti hatthīnaṃ pana nibaddhavasanaṭṭhānampi nibaddhagocaraṭṭhānampi na vaṭṭati, sīhādīnaṃ āsayo ca gocarāya pakkamantānaṃ nibaddhagamanamaggo ca na vaṭṭati. Etesaṃ gocarabhūmi na gahitā. Yesaṃ kesañcīti aññesampi vāḷānaṃ tiracchānagatānaṃ . Imāni satta ṭhānāni sappaṭibhayāni bhikkhūnaṃ ārogyatthāya paṭikkhittāni. Sesāni nānāupaddavehi saupaddavāni. Tattha pubbaṇṇanissitanti pubbaṇṇaṃ nissitaṃ sattannaṃ dhaññānaṃ viruhanakakhettasāmantā ṭhitaṃ. Eseva nayo aparaṇṇanissitādīsupi. Ettha pana abbhāghātanti kāraṇāgharaṃ verigharaṃ, corānaṃ māraṇatthāya katanti kurundiādīsu.
“杀戮场”:指刑场。“冢墓”:指大坟场。“穿行道”:指无法绕行、必须往返经过的道路。其余文义易解。显示巴利原文
Āghātananti dhammagandhikā vuccati. Susānanti mahāsusānaṃ. Saṃsaraṇanti anibbijjhagamanīyo gatapaccāgatamaggo vuccati. Sesaṃ uttānameva.
“无法以适当套轭之车”:即由两头公牛套轭的车,若一个轮子陷入塌陷处、另一个轮子在外面,便无法回转。《库伦达》中则说:“由四头(公牛)套轭者”也是如此。“无法以梯子绕行四周”:站在梯子上覆盖房屋时,无法用梯子绕行四周。因此,在有障碍、无法绕行之处,不应建造;在无障碍、可以绕行之处,则应建造。此义已依遮止之法在圣典中明示。显示巴利原文
Na sakkā hoti yathāyuttena sakaṭenāti dvīhi balibaddehi yuttena sakaṭena ekaṃ cakkaṃ nibbodakapatanaṭṭhāne ekaṃ bahi katvā āvijjituṃ na sakkā hoti. Kurundiyaṃ pana ‘‘catūhi yuttenā’’ti vuttaṃ. Samantā nisseṇiyā anuparigantunti nisseṇiyaṃ ṭhatvā gehaṃ chādentehi na sakkā hoti samantā nisseṇiyā āvijjituṃ. Iti evarūpe sārambhe ca aparikkamane ca ṭhāne na kāretabbā. Anārambhe pana saparikkamane kāretabbā, taṃ vuttapaṭipakkhanayena pāḷiyaṃ āgatameva.
再说“名为自乞者”等语,是为了阐明“若比丘在有障碍、不可绕行之处,以自乞方式建造小屋”等句中所说“自乞”等词的含义而说。显示巴利原文
Puna saññācikā nāmāti evamādi ‘‘sārambhe ce bhikkhu vatthusmiṃ aparikkamane saññācikāya kuṭiṃ kāreyyā’’ti evaṃ vuttasaṃyācikādīnaṃ atthappakāsanatthaṃ vuttaṃ.
在准备工作中犯恶作:若心想“我要建造未指定地点或超出规定尺寸的孤邸”,为了从森林搬运树木而磨利刀或斧,犯恶作;进入森林,犯恶作;在那里砍伐生草,犯恶作并同时犯波逸提;砍伐枯草,犯恶作。对于树木,方法亦然。平整地面、挖掘、挖出泥土、堆积;如此直到筑起墙壁为止,称为前准备工作。在那前准备工作中,凡在波逸提之处,犯恶作并同时犯波逸提;在恶作之处,犯恶作。此后,称为同时作业。在同时作业中,对于应以柱子建造的,竖立柱子,犯恶作;对于应以砖块堆砌的,堆砌砖块,犯恶作。如此,无论使用何种材料,在每一次作业中,皆犯恶作。对于砍削者,每一斧、每一凿,犯恶作;为彼事而前往者,每走一步,犯恶作。然而,如此建成的木墙屋、砖墙屋或石墙屋,乃至仅以树叶覆盖的屋舍,若心想“我要涂抹墙壁和屋顶”,以石灰或黏土涂抹,在每一次作业中,只要未达到粗罪,皆犯恶作。此恶作仅适用于大涂抹;若作白、红等颜色或彩绘,则无犯。显示巴利原文
Payoge dukkaṭanti evaṃ adesitavatthukaṃ vā pamāṇātikkantaṃ vā kuṭiṃ kāressāmīti araññato rukkhā haraṇatthāya vāsiṃ vā pharasuṃ vā niseti dukkaṭaṃ, araññaṃ pavisati dukkaṭaṃ, tattha allatiṇāni chindati dukkaṭena saddhiṃ pācittiyaṃ, sukkhāni chindati dukkaṭaṃ. Rukkhesupi eseva nayo. Bhūmiṃ sodheti khaṇati, paṃsuṃ uddharati, cināti; evaṃ yāva pācīraṃ bandhati tāva pubbapayogo nāma hoti. Tasmiṃ pubbapayoge sabbattha pācittiyaṭṭhāne dukkaṭena saddhiṃ pācittiyaṃ, dukkaṭaṭṭhāne dukkaṭaṃ, tato paṭṭhāya sahapayogo nāma. Tattha thambhehi kātabbāya thambhaṃ ussāpeti, dukkaṭaṃ. Iṭṭhakāhi cinitabbāya iṭṭhakaṃ ācināti, dukkaṭaṃ. Evaṃ yaṃ yaṃ upakaraṇaṃ yojeti, sabbattha payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Tacchantassa hatthavāre hatthavāre tadatthāya gacchantassa pade pade dukkaṭaṃ. Evaṃ kataṃ pana dārukuṭṭikaṃ vā iṭṭhakakuṭṭikaṃ vā silākuṭṭikaṃ vā antamaso paṇṇasālampi sabhitticchadanaṃ limpissāmīti sudhāya vā mattikāya vā limpantassa payoge payoge yāva thullaccayaṃ na hoti, tāva dukkaṭaṃ. Etaṃ pana dukkaṭaṃ mahālepeneva vaṭṭati, setarattavaṇṇakaraṇe vā cittakamme vā anāpatti.
“一团未至”是指:在孤邸工程中,那最后的一整团涂抹泥团——即那一团尚未施用时。这是所说之意:当仅凭两团泥团便将完成时,在施予第一团泥团时,犯粗罪。显示巴利原文
Ekaṃ piṇḍaṃ anāgateti yo sabbapacchimo eko lepapiṇḍo, taṃ ekaṃ piṇḍaṃ asampatte kuṭikamme. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti, idāni dvīhi piṇḍehi niṭṭhānaṃ gamissatīti tesu paṭhamapiṇḍadāne thullaccayanti.
“当那团已至”是指:在孤邸工程中,当那一团未至时犯粗罪;当那最后一团已至、已施予、已安放,由于涂抹的连接,便犯桑喀地谢沙罪。如此,对于涂抹者,在内涂抹或内涂抹与墙壁及屋顶连接成一体时,或在外涂抹与外涂抹连接成一体时,犯桑喀地谢沙。然而,如果留出门框或窗户的位置而用黏土涂抹,之后无论是否扩大该处而安放,只要涂抹未连接,便仍为无犯;但若再次涂抹而一旦连接,即犯桑喀地谢沙。如果那安放之物与先前所施的涂抹之间无间断地连成一片,则最初即犯桑喀地谢沙。为了防白蚁,留出约八指宽不涂抹屋顶的部分而只涂抹墙壁,无犯。若为了防白蚁,在下方砌石墙而不涂抹,在上方涂抹,则此涂抹不称为连接,实为无犯。显示巴利原文
Tasmiṃ piṇḍe āgateti yaṃ ekaṃ piṇḍaṃ anāgate kuṭikamme thullaccayaṃ hoti, tasmiṃ avasānapiṇḍe āgate dinne ṭhapite lepassa ghaṭitattā āpatti saṅghādisesassa. Evaṃ lempantassa ca antolepe vā antolepena saddhiṃ bhittiñca chadanañca ekābaddhaṃ katvā ghaṭite bahilepe vā bahilepena saddhiṃ ghaṭite saṅghādiseso. Sace pana dvārabaddhaṃ vā vātapānaṃ vā aṭṭhapetvāva mattikāya limpati, tasmiñca tassokāsaṃ puna vaḍḍhetvā vā avaḍḍhetvā vā ṭhapite lepo na ghaṭīyati rakkhati tāva, puna limpantassa pana ghaṭitamatte saṅghādiseso. Sace taṃ ṭhapiyamānaṃ paṭhamaṃ dinnalepena saddhiṃ nirantarameva hutvā tiṭṭhati, paṭhamameva saṅghādiseso. Upacikāmocanatthaṃ aṭṭhaṅgulamattena appattacchadanaṃ katvā bhittiṃ limpati, anāpatti. Upacikāmocanatthameva heṭṭhā pāsāṇakuṭṭaṃ katvā taṃ alimpitvā upari limpati, lepo na ghaṭiyati nāma, anāpattiyeva.
在砖墙屋中,若仅用砖块制作窗户和烟道,也同样因涂抹连接而犯戒。若涂抹树叶屋,亦因涂抹连接而犯戒。此中,若为了采光而留出约八指宽不涂抹,则涂抹不称为连接,实为无犯。若心想‘得到窗户后将安设于此’而作,当窗户安设后,因涂抹连接而犯戒。若用黏土筑墙,当与屋顶涂抹连接时,犯戒。一人留下一团未完成而搁置,另一人见此,心想‘这是恶作’,便依义务而涂抹,两者皆无犯。显示巴利原文
Iṭṭhakakuṭṭikāya iṭṭhakāhiyeva vātapāne ca dhūmanettāni ca karoti, lepaghaṭaneneva āpatti. Paṇṇasālaṃ limpati, lepaghaṭaneneva āpatti. Tattha ālokatthāya aṭṭhaṅgulamattaṃ ṭhapetvā limpati, lepo na ghaṭīyati nāma, anāpattiyeva. Sace ‘‘vātapānaṃ laddhā ettha ṭhapessāmī’’ti karoti, vātapāne ṭhapite lepaghaṭanena āpatti. Sace mattikāya kuṭṭaṃ karoti, chadanalepena saddhiṃ ghaṭane āpatti. Eko ekapiṇḍāvasesaṃ katvā ṭhapeti, añño taṃ disvā ‘‘dukkataṃ ida’’nti vattasīsena limpati ubhinnampi anāpatti.
354 354.‘比丘建造孤邸’等三十六组四句,是为了显示犯戒的差别而说。其中,有索取心者,犯恶作;无绕行处者,犯恶作;超出规定尺寸者,犯桑喀地谢沙;未指定地点者,犯桑喀地谢沙。对此应知:依这些而有混合犯戒的情况。显示巴利原文
354.Bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karotīti evamādīni chattiṃsa catukkāni āpattibhedadassanatthaṃ vuttāni, tattha sārambhāya dukkaṭaṃ, aparikkamanāya dukkaṭaṃ , pamāṇātikkantāya saṅghādiseso, adesitavatthukāya saṅghādiseso, etesaṃ vasena vomissakāpattiyo veditabbā.
355 于“犯戒:二桑喀地谢沙与二恶作”等句中,当知其义为:以二桑喀地谢沙与二恶作等。显示巴利原文
355.Āpatti dvinnaṃ saṅghādisesena dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānantiādīsu ca dvīhi saṅghādisesehi saddhiṃ dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānantiādinā nayena attho veditabbo.
361 于“若彼于未完成时返回”等句中,义理抉择如下:“彼”指那位嘱托后离去的比丘。“未完成”谓小屋工程尚未完成。“应施与他人”谓应舍弃后施与其他个人或僧团。“或拆毁后重建”:破坏至何等程度方名已破坏?若柱埋入地中,应拔出;若置于石上,应移开;若为砖砌,则应拆墙直至吉祥砖。简言之,将其夷为平地而毁坏,名为已破坏;若地上仍余约四指高,则未破坏。其余诸四句组中,意义皆明显。此处实无任何依巴利文而难解之处。显示巴利原文
361.So ce vippakate āgacchatītiādīsu pana ayaṃ atthavinicchayo. Soti samādisitvā pakkantabhikkhu. Vippakateti aniṭṭhite kuṭikamme. Aññassa vā dātabbāti aññassa puggalassa vā saṅghassa vā cajitvā dātabbā. Bhinditvā vā puna kātabbāti kittakena bhinnā hoti, sace thambhā bhūmiyaṃ nikhātā, uddharitabbā. Sace pāsāṇānaṃ upari ṭhapitā, apanetabbā. Iṭṭhakacitāya yāva maṅgaliṭṭhakā tāva kuṭṭā apacinitabbā. Saṅkhepato bhūmisamaṃ katvā vināsitā bhinnā hoti, bhūmito upari caturaṅgulamattepi ṭhite abhinnāva. Sesaṃ sabbacatukkesu pākaṭameva. Na hettha aññaṃ kiñci atthi, yaṃ pāḷianusāreneva dubbiññeyyaṃ siyā.
363 于“自己未完成”等句中:“自己未完成”谓自己开始建造的小屋。“自己完成”者:若有人欲以大黏土或谷壳黏土等使所造物达到完成状态,以此给予最后一团泥团,即称为完成。显示巴利原文
363.Attanā vippakatantiādīsu pana attanā āraddhaṃ kuṭiṃ. Attanā pariyosāpetīti mahāmattikāya vā thusamattikāya vā yāya kataṃ pariyositabhāvaṃ pāpetukāmo hoti, tāya avasānapiṇḍaṃ dento pariyosāpeti .
“由他人完成”是指:为了自己的利益而由他人完成。无论是自己未完成、他人未完成,或是两者共同未完成,只要为了自己的利益,或者自己完成,或者由他人完成,或者自己与他人共同完成——即所谓双运完成,都犯桑喀地谢沙。这是此处的判定。显示巴利原文
Parehi pariyosāpetīti attanova atthāya parehi pariyosāpeti. Attanā vā hi vippakatā hotu parehi vā ubhayehi vā, taṃ ce attano atthāya attanā vā pariyosāpeti, parehi vā pariyosāpeti, attanā ca parehi cāti yuganaddhaṃ vā pariyosāpeti, saṅghādisesoyevāti ayamettha vinicchayo.
在《古伦地》中又说:“若二、三位比丘心想‘我们将一同居住’而建造,只要未作分配,则无犯。若加以分配,心想‘此处是你的,此处是我的’而建造,则有犯。若沙弥与比丘一起建造,只要未作分配,则无犯。若依前述方式分配而建造,比丘有犯。”显示巴利原文
Kurundiyaṃpana vuttaṃ – ‘‘dve tayo bhikkhū ‘ekato vasissāmā’ti karonti, rakkhati tāva, avibhattattā anāpatti. ‘Idaṃ ṭhānaṃ tava, idaṃ mamā’ti vibhajitvā karonti āpatti. Sāmaṇero ca bhikkhu ca ekato karonti, yāva avibhattā tāva rakkhati. Purimanayena vibhajitvā karonti, bhikkhussa āpattī’’ti.
364 364. 在“无犯,山洞”等句中:即使建造大的山洞也无犯,因为在此处并不以涂抹相接。即使建造大的砖窟、石窟、木窟或地窟,也无犯。显示巴利原文
364.Anāpattileṇetiādīsu leṇaṃ mahantampi karontassa anāpatti. Na hettha lepo ghaṭīyati. Guhampi iṭṭhakāguhaṃ vā silāguhaṃ vā dāruguhaṃ vā bhūmiguhaṃ vā mahantampi karontassa anāpatti.
所谓“茅草屋”,即使是一座七层楼阁,若以茅草或树叶覆盖屋顶,也称为“茅草屋”。但在注疏中,所谓“鸡笼屋”,是指用木棍编成网状作屋顶,再以茅草或树叶覆盖的小屋,于此不犯。建造大的茅草顶房屋也是允许的,因为小屋的特征只在于涂抹等;而这里所说的涂抹等,是针对屋顶而言的,应如此理解。在经行堂中,茅草碎屑纷纷落下,“诸比丘,允许捆束后作涂抹”等语(《小品》260)在此可作为佐证。因此,无论是两面坡顶、尖顶、圆顶还是方顶,只要是以“这是此房屋的屋顶”这样的简略方式而成的屋顶,当它与墙壁的涂抹一同完成涂抹时,便犯。然而,若为了防护已涂抹的屋顶,而在其上覆盖茅草,仅此并不成为茅草屋。那么,在此处,是仅因未指定地基和未超过尺寸而不犯,还是也因有诤事和无回旋空间而不犯?一切情况都不犯。正如在《附随》中针对那样的屋舍所说:显示巴利原文
Tiṇakuṭikāyāti sattabhūmikopi pāsādo tiṇapaṇṇacchadano ‘‘tiṇakuṭikā’’ti vuccati. Aṭṭhakathāsu pana kukkuṭacchikagehanti chadanaṃ daṇḍakehi jālabaddhaṃ katvā tiṇehi vā paṇṇehi vā chāditakuṭikāva vuttā, tattha anāpatti. Mahantampi tiṇacchadanagehaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati, ullittādibhāvo eva hi kuṭiyā lakkhaṇaṃ, so ca chadanameva sandhāya vuttoti veditabbo. Caṅkamanasālāyaṃ tiṇacuṇṇaṃ paripatati ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ogumphetvā ullittāvalittaṃ kātu’’ntiādīni (cūḷava. 260) cettha sādhakāni, tasmā ubhato pakkhaṃ vā kūṭabaddhaṃ vā vaṭṭaṃ vā caturassaṃ vā yaṃ ‘‘imaṃ etassa gehassa chadana’’nti chadanasaṅkhepena kataṃ hoti, tassa bhittilepena saddhiṃ lepe ghaṭite āpatti. Sace pana ullittāvalittacchadanassa gehassa leparakkhaṇatthaṃ upari tiṇena chādenti, ettāvatā tiṇakuṭi nāma na hoti. Kiṃ panettha adesitavatthukappamāṇātikkantapaccayāva anāpatti, udāhu sārambhaaparikkamanapaccayāpīti sabbatthāpi anāpatti. Tathā hi tādisaṃ kuṭiṃ sandhāya parivāre vuttaṃ –
比丘建造由乞求而得的小屋;
未指定地基且超过尺寸;
有诤事、无回旋余地者,不犯。
这些问题,乃是善巧者们所思考的。”(《附随》479)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Bhikkhu saññācikāya kuṭiṃ karoti; Adesitavatthukaṃ pamāṇātikkantaṃ; Sārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ anāpatti; Pañhā mesā kusalehi cintitā’’ti. (pari. 479);
“为他人而作”者,即使小屋已具足小屋的相状,若是为他人——为戒师、为阿阇梨或为僧团而建造,则不犯。然而,圣典中所说“三位造作者犯恶作”等,是针对未按所嘱而作的情形而说的。显示巴利原文
Aññassatthāyāti kuṭilakkhaṇappattampi kuṭiṃ aññassa upajjhāyassa vā ācariyassa vā saṅghassa vā atthāya karontassa anāpatti. Yaṃ pana ‘‘āpatti kārukānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ dukkaṭāna’’ntiādi pāḷiyaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ yathāsamādiṭṭhāya akaraṇapaccayā vuttaṃ.
“除住处外,一切处”者,谓除了为自己居住所建的房屋之外,若建造其他如布萨堂、浴室、食堂或火堂等,心想“这将用作布萨堂”等而令人建造,一切处皆不犯。即使他心想“这既作为布萨堂,我也将居住其中;既作为浴室、食堂和火堂,我也将居住其中”而令人建造,亦不犯。然而,在《大筏》中,于说“不犯”之后,又说“唯为自住处的目的而建造者才犯”。对疯狂者、最初犯者以及阿拉威的比丘们,不犯。显示巴利原文
Vāsāgāraṃ ṭhapetvā sabbatthāti attano vasanatthāya agāraṃ ṭhapetvā aññaṃ uposathāgāraṃ vā jantāgharaṃ vā bhojanasālā vā aggisālā vā bhavissatīti kāreti, sabbattha anāpatti. Sacepissa hoti ‘‘uposathāgārañca bhavissati, ahañca vasissāmi jantāgharañca bhojanasālā ca aggisālā ca bhavissati, ahañca vasissāmī’’ti kāritepi ānāpattiyeva. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana ‘‘anāpattī’’ti vatvā ‘‘attano vāsāgāratthāya karontasseva āpattī’’ti vuttaṃ. Ummattakassa ādikammikānañca āḷavakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anāpatti.
在等起等之中,有六种等起,涵盖了行与非行非不行。因为,若令人指定地基后建造超过尺寸者,从行等起;若未令人指定地基而建造者,从非行非不行等起。此非想解脱,非有心,是制罪,属身业、语业,有三心,有三受。显示巴利原文
Samuṭṭhānādīsu chasamuṭṭhānaṃ kiriyañca kiriyākiriyañca, idañhi vatthuṃ desāpetvā pamāṇātikkantaṃ karoto kiriyato samuṭṭhāti, vatthuṃ adesāpetvā karoto kiriyākiriyato, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
七、造住处学处注释显示巴利原文
7. Vihārakārasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
365 “那时”等,为造住处学处。其中,“拘睒弥”是一座如此命名的城市。“瞿师多园”即瞿师多的园林。据说此园由一位名叫瞿师多的长者所建,故称“瞿师多园”。“阐那”指菩萨在世时的侍者阐那。“尊者,请知住处地基”意为“尊者,请知住处的建立之处”。此处的“住处”并非指整个寺院,而是一处单独的住所,因此他说:“我们将为尊者建造住处。”显示巴利原文
365.Tena samayenāti vihārakārasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha kosambiyanti evaṃnāmake nagare. Ghositārāmeti ghositassa ārāme. Ghositanāmakena kira seṭṭhinā so kārito, tasmā ‘‘ghositārāmo’’ti vuccati. Channassāti bodhisattakāle upaṭṭhākachannassa. Vihāravatthuṃ, bhante, jānāhīti vihārassa patiṭṭhānaṭṭhānaṃ, bhante, jānāhi. Ettha ca vihāroti na sakalavihāro, eko āvāso, tenevāha – ‘‘ayyassa vihāraṃ kārāpessāmī’’ti.
“塔树”者:此处,以恭敬之义而为“塔”,这是应受供养的诸天居处的异名。被认定为“塔”的树,称为塔树。被村落所供养的,或为村落而供养的,称为村供养树。其余诸词亦同此理。又,此处“国土”应知为一位国王领土内的各个分区。“国”应知为整个王国。显示巴利原文
Cetiyarukkhanti ettha cittīkataṭṭhena cetiyaṃ, pūjārahānaṃ devaṭṭhānānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ, ‘‘cetiya’’nti sammataṃ rukkhaṃ cetiyarukkhaṃ. Gāmena pūjitaṃ gāmassa vā pūjitanti gāmapūjitaṃ. Eseva nayo sesapadesupi. Apicettha janapadoti ekassa rañño rajje ekeko koṭṭhāso. Raṭṭhanti sakalarajjaṃ veditabbaṃ, sakalarajjampi hi kadāci kadāci tassa rukkhassa pūjaṃ karoti, tena vuttaṃ ‘‘raṭṭhapūjita’’nti. Ekindriyanti kāyindriyaṃ sandhāya vadanti. Jīvasaññinoti sattasaññino.
366 “大”者:由于有施主,故比起乞求而得的小屋,具有大的属性,因此称为大。或者,因为允许指定地基后,即使超过尺寸也可建造,故因尺寸大而称为大,此即大。然而,那种尺寸上的大,唯有施主方可获得,故为显示此义,在分别中说:“大住处者,谓有施主之住处”。其余一切,连同等起等,应依小屋学处中所说的方法而了知。因为此处仅在“有施主”这一点上,缺失行等起且无尺寸限制是其差别,又因无尺寸限制,故无四重失。显示巴利原文
366.Mahallakanti sassāmikabhāvena saṃyācikakuṭito mahantabhāvo etassa atthīti mahallako. Yasmā vā vatthuṃ desāpetvā pamāṇātikkamenapi kātuṃ vaṭṭati, tasmā pamāṇamahantatāyapi mahallako , taṃ mahallakaṃ. Yasmā panassa taṃ pamāṇamahattaṃ sassāmikattāva labbhati, tasmā tadatthadassanatthaṃ ‘‘mahallako nāma vihāro sassāmiko vuccatī’’ti padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ. Sesaṃ sabbaṃ kuṭikārasikkhāpade vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ saddhiṃ samuṭṭhānādīhi. Sassāmikabhāvamattameva hi ettha kiriyato samuṭṭhānābhāvo pamāṇaniyamābhāvo ca viseso, pamāṇaniyamābhāvā ca catukkapārihānīti.
八、第一恶意嗔害学处注释显示巴利原文
8. Paṭhamaduṭṭhadosasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
380 “那时,佛世尊”等,是恶意嗔害学处。其中,“在竹林迦兰陀迦园”者:“竹林”是那园林的名称。据说那园林以竹围绕,围墙高十八肘,配有门楼和望楼,呈蓝色光泽,令人愉悦,故称“竹林”。又因人们在那里为迦兰陀迦施食,故称“迦兰陀迦园”。显示巴利原文
380.Tena samayena buddho bhagavāti duṭṭhadosasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha veḷuvane kalandakanivāpeti veḷuvananti tassa uyyānassa nāmaṃ, taṃ kira veḷuhi ca parikkhittaṃ ahosi aṭṭhārasahatthena ca pākārena gopuraṭṭālakayuttaṃ nīlobhāsaṃ manoramaṃ tena ‘‘veḷuvana’’nti vuccati, kalandakānañcettha nivāpaṃ adaṃsu tena ‘‘kalandakanivāpa’’ti vuccati.
据传,从前有一位国王前往那里游赏园林。他因饮酒迷醉,于白昼躺卧入睡,随从们也一同睡去。随后,随从们被花果等所诱惑,纷纷向四处走散。那时,因酒气所引,从某个树洞中钻出一条黑蛇,朝着国王面前爬来。树神看见后,心想:“我要救国王一命。”便化作一只迦兰陀迦鸟飞来,在国王耳边发出声响。国王惊醒,那黑蛇便退了回去。国王见后,心想:“这只迦兰陀迦鸟救了我的命。”于是便在那里为迦兰陀迦鸟设立了施食处,并宣告此处一切生灵皆得无畏。从此以后,那地方便被称为迦兰陀迦园。所谓迦兰陀迦,就是迦兰陀迦鸟的名称。显示巴利原文
Pubbe kira aññataro rājā tattha uyyānakīḷanatthaṃ āgato, surāmadena matto divāseyyaṃ supi, parijanopissa sutto rājāti pupphaphalādīhi palobhiyamāno ito cito ca pakkami. Atha surāgandhena aññatarasmā susirarukkhā kaṇhasappo nikkhamitvā rañño abhimukho āgacchati, taṃ disvā rukkhadevatā ‘‘rañño jīvitaṃ dassāmī’’ti kāḷakavesena āgantvā kaṇṇamūle saddamakāsi, rājā paṭibujjhi, kaṇhasappo nivatto, so taṃ disvā ‘‘imāya kāḷakāya mama jīvitaṃ dinna’’nti kāḷakānaṃ tattha nivāpaṃ paṭṭhapesi, abhayaghosanañca ghosāpesi , tasmā taṃ tatopabhuti kalandakanivāpanti saṅkhyaṃ gataṃ. Kalandakāti hi kāḷakānaṃ etaṃ nāmaṃ.
达巴者,是该长老的名字。玛喇子者,是玛喇国王之子。以七岁之龄亲证阿拉汉果者,应知此长老据说在七岁时即生起悚惧感而出家,就在剃刀尖端(剃度之际)便证得阿拉汉果。凡任何弟子所应证得者,他皆已证得。所谓弟子所应证得者,即三明、四无碍解、六神通、九出世间法,这些功德种类,他皆已全部证得。且于他更无余事应作,因对四圣谛、以四道所作之十六种事已作故,如今于他更无余事应作。或已作之积累,即对那已作之事,亦无再增长,犹如已洗之衣无需再洗,已研磨之香无需再研磨,已开之花无需再开。独处者,即处于隐秘之处。宴坐者,即从各处回避而安住,达到独一状态,这是所说义。显示巴利原文
Dabboti tassa therassa nāmaṃ. Mallaputtoti mallarājassa putto. Jātiyā sattavassena arahattaṃ sacchikatanti thero kira sattavassikova saṃvegaṃ labhitvā pabbajito khuraggeyeva arahattaṃ pāpuṇīti veditabbo. Yaṃkiñci sāvakena pattabbaṃ sabbaṃ tena anuppattanti sāvakena pattabbaṃ nāma tisso vijjā, catasso paṭisambhidā, cha abhiññā, nava lokuttaradhammāti idaṃ guṇajātaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ tena anuppattaṃ hoti. Natthi cassa kiñci uttari karaṇīyanti catūsu saccesu, catūhi maggehi, soḷasavidhassa kiccassa katattā idānissa kiñci uttari karaṇīyaṃ natthi. Katassa vā paticayoti tasseva katassa kiccassa puna vaḍḍhanampi natthi, dhotassa viya vatthassa paṭidhovanaṃ pisitassa viya gandhassa paṭipisanaṃ, pupphitassa viya ca pupphassa paṭipupphananti. Rahogatassāti rahasi gatassa. Paṭisallīnassāti tato tato paṭikkamitvā sallīnassa, ekībhāvaṃ gatassāti vuttaṃ hoti.
那时,具寿达巴·玛喇子心生此念:'我何不为僧团铺设坐卧处并分配诸食呢?'据说长老见到自己已作应作之事的状态后,思惟:'我持此最后之身,而此身犹如置于风口之灯,立于无常之口,不久即具熄灭之法。在尚未熄灭之前,我何不为僧团作服务呢?'他如此思择:'诸外国中,众多善男子未见世尊便出家,他们从远方而来,为的是“我们将见到世尊并礼敬”。其中,若坐卧处不足,他们便卧于石板之上。而我,能以自己之神力,随那些善男子之所欲,化现出殿堂、楼阁、半圆屋等,以及床、椅、敷具等坐卧处而给予他们。又次日,其中有些人显得极为疲惫,他们因恭敬而在比丘们面前站着,连食物也不让人分配。而我,则能为他们分配食物。'当他如此思择时,'那时,具寿达巴·玛喇子心生此念:我何不为僧团铺设坐卧处并分配诸食呢?'显示巴利原文
Atha kho āyasmato dabbassa mallaputtassa etadahosi – ‘‘yannūnāhaṃ saṅghassa senāsanañca paññapeyyaṃ bhattāni ca uddiseyya’’nti thero kira attano katakiccabhāvaṃ disvā ‘‘ahaṃ imaṃ antimasarīraṃ dhāremi, tañca kho vātamukhe ṭhita padīpo viya aniccatāmukhe ṭhitaṃ, nacirasseva nibbāyanadhammaṃ yāva na nibbāyati tāva kinnu kho ahaṃ saṅghassa veyyāvaccaṃ kareyya’’nti cintento iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘‘tiroraṭṭhesu bahū kulaputtā bhagavantaṃ adisvāva pabbajanti, te bhagavantaṃ ‘passissāma ceva vandissāma cā’ti dūratopi āgacchanti, tatra yesaṃ senāsanaṃ nappahoti, te silāpaṭṭakepi seyyaṃ kappenti. Pahomi kho panāhaṃ attano ānubhāvena tesaṃ kulaputtānaṃ icchāvasena pāsādavihāraaḍḍhayogādīni mañcapīṭhakattharaṇādīni ca senāsenāni nimminitvā dātuṃ. Punadivase cettha ekacce ativiya kilantarūpā honti, te gāravena bhikkhūnaṃ purato ṭhatvā bhattānipi na uddisāpenti, ahaṃ kho pana nesaṃ bhattānipi uddisituṃ pahomī’’ti. Iti paṭisañcikkhantassa ‘‘atha kho āyasmato dabbassa mallaputtassa etadahosi – ‘yannūnāhaṃ saṅghassa senāsanañca paññapeyyaṃ bhattāni ca uddiseyya’’nti.
这两种职位岂不是适合那些喜好谈论等的人吗?而这位漏尽者却是乐于无戏论的人,为何这两种职位会浮现于他心中呢?因为被过去世的愿求所策动。据说,一切诸佛都有证得此职位的弟子。而这位尊者在胜莲华世尊时,生于某族,见到证得该职位比丘的神变后,便与六万八千比丘一同,邀请世尊作七日供养,行大布施,卧于世尊足下,发愿道:‘未来世中,当有如您一般的佛陀出现时,愿我也能像您那位弟子一样,成为卧具铺设者与食物分配者。’世尊运用未来分智观察照见后,便授记说:‘从此之后,经十万劫,将有名为乔达摩的佛陀出现。那时你将名为达巴,成为玛喇之子,七岁出家,亲证阿拉汉果,并获得这一职位。’从那时起,他圆满布施、持戒等功德,经历人天福报,于我等世尊时,正如彼世尊所授记,亲证了阿拉汉果。于是,当他独处宴坐,思惟‘我何不为僧团服务?’时,被那过去世的愿求所策动,这两种职位便在他心中浮现。显示巴利原文
Nanu ca imāni dve ṭhānāni bhassārāmatādimanuyuttassa yuttāni, ayañca khīṇāsavo nippapañcārāmo, imassa kasmā imāni paṭibhaṃsūti? Pubbapatthanāya coditattā. Sabbabuddhānaṃ kira imaṃ ṭhānantaraṃ pattā sāvakā hontiyeva. Ayañca padumuttarassa bhagavato kāle aññatarasmiṃ kule paccājāto imaṃ ṭhānantaraṃ pattassa bhikkhuno ānubhāvaṃ disvā aṭṭhasaṭṭhiyā bhikkhusatasahassehi saddhiṃ bhagavantaṃ satta divasāni nimantetvā mahādānaṃ datvā pādamūle nipajjitvā ‘‘anāgate tumhādisassa buddhassa uppannakāle ahampi itthannāmo tumhākaṃ sāvako viya senāsanapaññāpako ca bhattuddesako ca assa’’nti patthanaṃ akāsi. Bhagavā anāgataṃsañāṇaṃ pesetvā addasa, disvā ca ito kappasatasahassassa accayena gotamo nāma buddho uppajjissati, tadā tvaṃ dabbo nāma mallaputto hutvā jātiyā sattavasso nikkhamma pabbajitvā arahattaṃ sacchikarissasi, imañca ṭhānantaraṃ lacchasī’’ti byākāsi. So tatopabhuti dānasīlādīni pūrayamāno devamanussasampattiṃ anubhavitvā amhākaṃ bhagavato kāle tena bhagavatā byākatasadisameva arahattaṃ sacchākāsi. Athassa rahogatassa ‘‘kinnu kho ahaṃ saṅghassa veyyāvaccaṃ kareyya’’nti cintayato tāya pubbapatthanāya coditattā imāni dve ṭhānāni paṭibhaṃsūti.
于是,他心生此念:‘我于自身并无自主,与导师同住一处。若世尊允许,我便承担这二种职位。’于是前往世尊处。因此说:‘那时,尊者达巴·玛喇子……乃至……分配诸食。’世尊称赞他说:‘善哉,善哉,达巴!’因为如此不堕非道、远离非道的比丘,堪能处理这二种职位,故说:‘那么,达巴,你便为僧团铺设坐卧处、分配诸食吧。’他应允世尊者,即回应世尊之言,恭敬听受,表示接受。显示巴利原文
Athassa etadahosi – ‘‘ahaṃ kho anissarosmi attani, satthārā saddhiṃ ekaṭṭhāne vasāmi, sace maṃ bhagavā anujānissati , imāni dve ṭhānāni samādiyissāmī’’ti bhagavato santikaṃ agamāsi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘atha kho āyasmā dabbo mallaputto…pe… bhattāni ca uddisitu’’nti. Atha naṃ bhagavā ‘‘sādhu sādhu dabbā’’ti sampahaṃsetvā yasmā arahati evarūpo agatigamanaparibāhiro bhikkhu imāni dve ṭhānāni vicāretuṃ, tasmā ‘‘tena hi tvaṃ dabba saṅghassa senāsanañca paññapehi bhattāni ca uddisā’’ti āha. Bhagavato paccassosīti bhagavato vacanaṃ patiassosi abhimukho assosi, sampaṭicchīti vuttaṃ hoti.
首先,达巴应被请求——为何世尊要让人请求呢?是为了免于讥嫌。世尊确实见到:‘未来,因达巴此职位之故,将由慈地比丘与地比丘而生大祸患。那时,有些人会讥嫌说:“此人默然不语,不办己事,为何却处理如此职位?”于是,其他人会说:“此人何过之有?正是被这些人请求而任命的。”这样,他将免于讥嫌。’不仅为了如此免于讥嫌而让人请求,还因为:若未被认可的比丘在僧团中说话,便会生起非难:‘此人为何在僧团中高声显示权威?’然而,若已被认可者说话,则有辩护者说:‘诸位尊者,莫出此言,此人已被认可,让他随意说吧。’而且,以不实之事诽谤未被认可者,其罪较轻,仅为恶作;诽谤已被认可者,其罪更重,为波逸提罪。再者,已被认可的比丘,因罪较重之故,即使有怨敌也难以被破坏。因此,为了认可那位尊者,世尊说:‘应由贤能比丘……’等语。然而,两种认可可赋予同一人吗?不但两种,若其具备能力,十三种亦可赋予;若能力不足,则可赋予一种、两种或三种。显示巴利原文
Paṭhamaṃ dabbo yācitabboti kasmā bhagavā yācāpeti? Garahamocanatthaṃ. Passati hi bhagavā ‘‘anāgate dabbassa imaṃ ṭhānaṃ nissāya mettiyabhumajakānaṃ vasena mahāupaddavo uppajjissati, tatra keci garahissanti ‘ayaṃ tuṇhībhūto attano kammaṃ akatvā kasmā īdisaṃ ṭhānaṃ vicāretī’ti. Tato aññe vakkhanti ‘ko imassa doso eteheva yācitvā ṭhapito’ti evaṃ garahato muccissatī’’ti. Evaṃ garahamocanatthaṃ yācāpetvāpi puna yasmā asammate bhikkhusmiṃ saṅghamajjhe kiñci kathayamāne khiyyanadhammo uppajjati ‘‘ayaṃ kasmā saṅghamajjhe uccāsaddaṃ karoti, issariyaṃ dassetī’’ti. Sammate pana kathente ‘‘māyasmanto kiñci avacuttha, sammato ayaṃ, kathetu yathāsukha’’nti vattāro bhavanti. Asammatañca abhūtena abbhācikkhantassa lahukā āpatti hoti dukkaṭamattā. Sammataṃ pana abbhācikkhato garukatarā pācittiyāpatti hoti. Atha sammato bhikkhu āpattiyā garukabhāvena verīhipi duppadhaṃsiyataro hoti, tasmā taṃ āyasmantaṃ sammannāpetuṃ ‘‘byattena bhikkhunā’’tiādimāha. Kiṃ pana dve sammutiyo ekassa dātuṃ vaṭṭantīti? Na kevalaṃ dve, sace pahoti, terasāpi dātuṃ vaṭṭanti. Appahontānaṃ pana ekāpi dvinnaṃ vā tiṇṇaṃ vā dātuṃ vaṭṭati.
382 “Sabhāgānaṃ”是指德性相等者,而非仅凭朋友交情而相近者。因此他说:“那些精通经教的比丘,让他们聚集一处”等。也就是说,将凡是精通经教者都挑选出来,一起为他们安排合适的住所;对其余比丘也是如此。“Kāyadaḷhībahulā”是指多做令身体强壮之事者,即多做滋养身体之事者,这是其含义。这些尊者以此为欲乐——即沉溺于畜生论,这成了升往天道的障碍——“Acchissantī”的意思是他们将如此度过时光。显示巴利原文
382.Sabhāgānanti guṇasabhāgānaṃ, na mittasanthavasabhāgānaṃ. Tenevāha ‘‘ye te bhikkhū suttantikā tesaṃ ekajjha’’ntiādi . Yāvatikā hi suttantikā honti, te uccinitvā ekato tesaṃ anurūpameva senāsanaṃ paññapeti; evaṃ sesānaṃ. Kāyadaḷhībahulāti kāyassa daḷhībhāvakaraṇabahulā, kāyaposanabahulāti attho. Imāyapime āyasmanto ratiyāti imāya saggamaggassa tiracchānabhūtāya tiracchānakathāratiyā. Acchissantīti viharissanti.
“入火界后,以彼光而”的意思是:进入火遍第四禅后出定,以神通智决意手指发光,即以由火界入定所生起的手指光焰而行。这位尊者的神通威力,很快便传遍了整个瞻部洲。听闻此事后,渴望亲睹神变的比丘们也故意在非时前来。他们故意指往远处,即明知而指向远处。如何呢?以“贤友,我们去鹫峰”等方式。显示巴利原文
Tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā tenevālokenāti tejokasiṇacatutthajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya abhiññāñāṇena aṅgulijalanaṃ adhiṭṭhāya teneva tejodhātusamāpattijanitena aṅgulijālālokenāti attho. Ayaṃ pana therassa ānubhāvo nacirasseva sakalajambudīpe pākaṭo ahosi, taṃ sutvā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ daṭṭhukāmā apisu bhikkhū sañcicca vikāle āgacchanti. Te sañcicca dūre apadisantīti jānantāva dūre apadisanti. Kathaṃ? ‘‘Amhākaṃ āvuso dabba gijjhakūṭe’’ti iminā nayena.
“手指燃烧着在前引路”的意思是:如果只有一位比丘,他便独自前往。如果有多位,他便化现出许多个自己。所有化身都与他自身完全一样,一同安排住所。显示巴利原文
Aṅguliyā jalamānāya purato purato gacchatīti sace eko bhikkhu hoti, sayameva gacchati. Sace bahū honti, bahū attabhāve nimmināti. Sabbe attanā sadisā eva senāsanaṃ paññapenti.
诸如“这是床”等言说:当那位尊者说“这是床”时,诸化身也在各自所到之处说“这是床”;一切言说皆然。这正是化身的特性——显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ mañcotiādīsu pana there ‘‘ayaṃ mañco’’ti vadante nimmitāpi attano attano gatagataṭṭhāne ‘‘ayaṃ mañco’’ti vadanti; evaṃ sabbapadesu. Ayañhi nimmitānaṃ dhammatā –
当一人说话时,一切化身皆说话;
当一人默然时,他们悉皆静默。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ekasmiṃ bhāsamānasmiṃ, sabbe bhāsanti nimmitā; Ekasmiṃ tuṇhimāsīne, sabbe tuṇhī bhavanti te’’ti.
然而,对于床椅等不足的住所,他便以神通力令其充足。因此,这些化身所说并非无稽之谈。显示巴利原文
Yasmiṃ pana vihāre mañcapīṭhādīni na paripūranti, tasmiṃ attano ānubhāvena pūrenti. Tena nimmitānaṃ avatthukavacanaṃ na hoti.
他安排好住所后,便再返回竹林:他不与他们同坐谈论乡间俗事,而是径直回到自己的住处。显示巴利原文
Senāsanaṃpaññapetvā punadeva veḷuvanaṃ paccāgacchatīti tehi saddhiṃ janapadakathaṃ kathento na nisīdati, attano vasanaṭṭhānameva paccāgacchati.
383 “梅帝耶与普摩迦”即指梅帝耶与普摩迦二人,他们乃六群比丘之首。至于低劣的饮食:新比丘所得住处低劣,这尚不足为奇。然而,食物的分配,是将签条投入篮中或衣角中搅混后,一一抽取出而分发的;由于他们福薄,所得的食物亦属低劣,总是落在最后。即便有按日轮值的供食,轮到他们的日子,食物依然低劣;或者施主一见到他们,便故意只给粗劣之食,而不给精妙的。显示巴利原文
383.Mettiyabhūmajakāti mettiyo ceva bhūmajako ca, chabbaggiyānaṃ aggapurisā ete. Lāmakāni ca bhattānīti senāsanāni tāva navakānaṃ lāmakāni pāpuṇantīti anacchariyametaṃ. Bhattāni pana salākāyo pacchiyaṃ vā cīvarabhoge vā pakkhipitvā āloḷetvā ekamekaṃ uddharitvā paññāpenti, tānipi tesaṃ mandapuñatāya lāmakāni sabbapacchimāneva pāpuṇanti. Yampi ekacārikabhattaṃ hoti, tampi etesaṃ pattadivase lāmakaṃ vā hoti, ete vā disvāva paṇītaṃ adatvā lāmakameva denti.
“Abhisaṅkhārikaṃ”:以种种材料精心准备、妥善制作之意。“Kaṇājakaṃ”:指带糠的饭。“Bilaṅgadutiyaṃ”:指以酸粥为第二道食。显示巴利原文
Abhisaṅkhārikanti nānāsambhārehi abhisaṅkharitvā kataṃ susajjitaṃ, susampāditanti attho. Kaṇājakanti sakuṇḍakabhattaṃ. Bilaṅgadutiyanti kañjikadutiyaṃ.
“Kalyāṇabhattiko”:他有美好、极佳、非常精美的食物,故称善食者;因其布施精美食物,而以饮食闻名。“他施四种食物”:指他布施四种食物,依派生词的说法而称为“四食”。“站着服侍”:即放下一切事务,作大恭敬供养,站在近旁服侍。“他们以饭询问”:指他们手持饭食走近问:“尊者,我们来供饭好吗?”如此,是用作格来表示工具之义。此法亦适用于汤等。显示巴利原文
Kalyāṇabhattikoti kalyāṇaṃ sundaraṃ ativiya paṇītaṃ bhattamassāti kalyāṇabhattiko, paṇītadāyakattā bhatteneva paññāto. Catukkabhattaṃ detīti cattāri bhattāni deti, taddhitavohārena pana ‘‘catukkabhatta’’nti vuttaṃ. Upatiṭṭhitvā parivisatīti sabbakammante vissajjetvā mahantaṃ pūjāsakkāraṃ katvā samīpe ṭhatvā parivisati. Odanena pucchantīti odanahatthā upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘kiṃ bhante odanaṃ demā’’ti pucchanti, evaṃ karaṇattheyeva karaṇavacanaṃ hoti. Esa nayo sūpādīsu.
“Svātanāya”:意指明天的食物受用,即为了明天应作的食物受用而设。“已指定”:即已安排给予。尊者未加注意而说:“居士们,这是供给蔑提耶与普摩贾迦的。”他们的薄福之力竟如此强烈,纵然对正念具足者也不加注意。“Ye je”在此为呼唤女仆:“耶耶”。显示巴利原文
Svātanāyāti sve bhavo bhattaparibhogo svātano tassatthāya, svātanāya sve kattabbassa bhattaparibhogassatthāyāti vuttaṃ hoti. Uddiṭṭhaṃ hotīti pāpetvā dinnaṃ hoti. Mettiyabhūmajakānaṃ kho gahapatīti idaṃ thero asamannāharitvā āha. Evaṃbalavatī hi tesaṃ mandapuññatā, yaṃ sativepullappattānampi asamannāhāro hoti. Ye jeti ettha jeti dāsiṃ ālapati.
“贤友,昨天我们……”是指他们在夜间商议时,针对过去的那一天而说“昨天”。“不合心意”指不如心意,不像以前想睡多久就睡多久那样,他们没能那样入睡,只睡了很少,这是其中的含义。显示巴利原文
Hiyyo kho āvuso amhākanti rattiṃ sammantayamānā atītaṃ divasabhāgaṃ sandhāya ‘‘hiyyo’’ti vadanti. Na cittarūpanti na cittānurūpaṃ, yathā pubbe yattakaṃ icchanti, tattakaṃ supanti, na evaṃ supiṃsu, appakameva supiṃsūti vuttaṃ hoti.
“外园门楼”是指竹林精舍的外门楼。“垂肩”指肩部下垂,肩骨低弯地坐着。“郁闷”是指忧愁。显示巴利原文
Bahārāmakoṭṭhaketi veḷuvanavihārassa bahidvārakoṭṭhake. Pattakkhandhāti patitakkhandhā khandhaṭṭhikaṃ nāmetvā nisinnā. Pajjhāyantāti padhūpāyantā.
“从无风处到有风处”是指连一丝微风都没有的地方,却生起了大风,这是它的意思。“水仿佛燃烧”是指水像燃烧一般。显示巴利原文
Yato nivātaṃtato savātanti yattha nivātaṃ appakopi vāto natthi, tattha mahāvāto uṭṭhitoti adhippāyo. Udakaṃ maññe ādittanti udakaṃ viya ādittaṃ.
384 “善贤,你记得做过这样的事吗?”意思是:“善贤,你记得做过这样的事吗?”或者,“善贤,你记得吗?你是否如这位比丘尼所说,做了这样的事?”应如此连结后,理解此处的含义。至于那些读作“做了”的人,意义直接明了。显示巴利原文
384.Sarasi tvaṃ dabba evarūpaṃ kattāti tvaṃ dabba evarūpaṃ kattā sarasi. Atha vā sarasi tvaṃ dabba evarūpaṃ yathāyaṃ bhikkhunī āha, kattā dhāsi evarūpaṃ, yathāyaṃ bhikkhunī āhāti evaṃ yojetvāpettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Ye pana ‘‘katvā’’ti paṭhanti tesaṃ ujukameva.
“如世尊知我”——这位长老想表明什么?他说:“尊者,世尊是一切知者,我是漏尽者,未曾有过欲事。世尊如是知我,对此我还有什么可说的呢?我应如世尊所知的那样来看待自己。”显示巴利原文
Yathā maṃ bhante bhagavā jānātīti thero kiṃ dasseti. Bhagavā bhante sabbaññū, ahañca khīṇāsavo, natthi mayhaṃ vatthupaṭisevanā, taṃ maṃ bhagavā jānāti, tatrāhaṃ kiṃ vakkhāmi, yathā maṃ bhagavā jānāti tathevāhaṃ daṭṭhabboti.
“善贤啊,善贤们并非如此开脱”:此处应理解为:善贤啊,智者并非如你依他人之言而开脱那样开脱;而是以自己亲自了知的方式来开脱。若问“若你作了,就说‘作了’”这句话表明了什么?它表明:不可能凭藉群众的力量或党派的支援,使未作者成为作者,或使作者成为未作者;因此,自己作了或未作,就应如实说。然而,世尊虽然知道,为何不说“我知道,你是漏尽者;你没有过失,这位比丘尼是说妄语者”呢?出于对他人的悲悯。因为如果世尊把所知道的一一说出来,当有其他犯巴拉基咖者被问时,世尊就不得不说“我知道你是犯巴拉基咖者”,那样的话,那个人就会生起怨恨:“此人先前将达跋·摩罗子判为清净,现在却判我为不清净;我现在还能对谁说什么呢?连导师都对弟子依爱欲而行不公;他哪来的遍知智?”由此结恨,将堕入恶趣。因此,世尊出于对他人的悲悯,虽然知道也不说。显示巴利原文
Na kho dabba dabbā evaṃ nibbeṭhentīti ettha na kho dabba paṇḍitā yathā tvaṃ parappaccayena nibbeṭhesi, evaṃ nibbeṭhenti; api ca kho yadeva sāmaṃ ñātaṃ tena nibbeṭhentīti evamattho daṭṭhabbo. Sace tayā kataṃ katanti iminā kiṃ dasseti? Na hi sakkā parisabalena vā pakkhupatthambhena vā akārako kārako kātuṃ, kārako vā akārako kātuṃ, tasmā yaṃ sayaṃ kataṃ vā akataṃ vā tadeva vattabbanti dasseti. Kasmā pana bhagavā jānantopi ‘‘ahaṃ jānāmi, khīṇāsavo tvaṃ; natthi tuyhaṃ doso, ayaṃ bhikkhunī musāvādinī’’ti nāvocāti? Parānuddayatāya. Sace hi bhagavā yaṃ yaṃ jānāti taṃ taṃ vadeyya, aññena pārājikaṃ āpannena puṭṭhena ‘‘ahaṃ jānāmi tvaṃ pārājiko’’ti vattabbaṃ bhaveyya, tato so puggalo ‘‘ayaṃ pubbe dabbaṃ mallaputtaṃ suddhaṃ katvā idāni maṃ asuddhaṃ karoti; kassa dāni kiṃ vadāmi, yatra satthāpi sāvakesu chandāgatiṃ gacchati; kuto imassa sabbaññubhāvo’’ti āghātaṃ bandhitvā apāyūpago bhaveyya, tasmā bhagavā imāya parānuddayatāya jānantopi nāvoca.
再者,世尊也为了避免受到非难而不说。因为如果世尊那样说,就会招致这样的非难:“达跋·摩罗子的还俗之事确实重大,他竟依正自觉者作证人方才得以还俗。”而有些恶比丘会把这当作判定还俗的征相,心想:“即使在佛陀时代,依证人便可断清净或不清净,我们知道此人是不清净的。”如此一来,连有惭耻的比丘也会被他们毁谤。此外,世尊也是为了让未来比丘在对陷入事端的比丘举罪、令其忆念之后,能以“若你作了,就说作了”的方式,取得有惭耻者的承认而行羯磨,为了在律的相状中确立这一传统,所以世尊不说“我知道”,而说“若你作了,就说作了”。显示巴利原文
Kiñca bhiyyo upavādaparivajjanatopi nāvoca. Yadi hi bhagavā evaṃ vadeyya, evaṃ upavādo bhaveyya ‘‘dabbassa mallaputtassa vuṭṭhānaṃ nāma bhāriyaṃ, sammāsambuddhaṃ pana sakkhiṃ labhitvā vuṭṭhito’’ti. Idañca vuṭṭhānalakkhaṇaṃ maññamānā ‘‘buddhakālepi sakkhinā suddhi vā asuddhi vā hoti mayaṃ jānāma, ayaṃ puggalo asuddho’’ti evaṃ pāpabhikkhū lajjimpi vināseyyunti. Apica anāgatepi bhikkhū otiṇṇe vatthusmiṃ codetvā sāretvā ‘‘sace tayā kataṃ, ‘kata’nti vadehī’’ti lajjīnaṃ paṭiññaṃ gahetvā kammaṃ karissantīti vinayalakkhaṇe tantiṃ ṭhapento ‘‘ahaṃ jānāmī’’ti avatvāva ‘‘sace tayā kataṃ, ‘kata’nti vadehī’’ti āha.
“即使在梦中也未曾忆念行淫欲法”:即是说,即使在梦中,我也不曾忆念、未曾行过淫欲法。又或者说,即便曾行,在梦中也不曾知道行过淫欲法。至于那些读作“行已”的人,其意义则直截了当。“更不用说醒时”:醒着的时候,则更不必说,从一开始就不知道。显示巴利原文
Nābhijānāmi supinantenapi methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevitāti supinantenapi methunaṃ dhammaṃ na abhijānāmi, na paṭisevitā ahanti vuttaṃ hoti. Atha vā paṭisevitā hutvā supinantenapi methunaṃ dhammaṃ na jānāmīti vuttaṃ hoti. Ye pana ‘‘paṭisevitvā’’ti paṭhanti tesaṃ ujukameva. Pageva jāgaroti jāgaranto pana paṭhamaṃyeva na jānāmīti.
“那么,比丘们,你们就驱逐蔑提亚比丘尼吧”:因为达跋的话和这位比丘尼的话彼此矛盾,所以世尊说“你们就驱逐蔑提亚比丘尼吧”。显示巴利原文
Tena hi bhikkhave mettiyaṃ bhikkhuniṃ nāsethāti yasmā dabbassa ca imissā ca vacanaṃ na ghaṭīyati tasmā mettiyaṃ bhikkhuniṃ nāsethāti vuttaṃ hoti.
其中,有三种驱摈:形相驱摈、共住驱摈、罚羯磨驱摈。其中,“污染者应被驱摈”是“形相驱摈”。对不见罪、不忏罪或不舍恶见者,作举罪甘马,这是“共住驱摈”。作“去吧,灭亡吧”这样的罚羯磨,这是“罚羯磨驱摈”。此处就形相驱摈而说:“你们驱摈蔑提亚比丘尼吧。”显示巴利原文
Tattha tisso nāsanā – liṅganāsanā, saṃvāsanāsanā, daṇḍakammanāsanāti. Tāsu ‘‘dūsako nāsetabbo’’ti (pārā. 66) ayaṃ ‘‘liṅganāsanā’’. Āpattiyā adassane vā appaṭikamme vā pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge vā ukkhepanīyakammaṃ karonti, ayaṃ ‘‘saṃvāsanāsanā’’. ‘‘Cara pire vinassā’’ti (pāci. 429) daṇḍakammaṃ karonti, ayaṃ ‘‘daṇḍakammanāsanā’’. Idha pana liṅganāsanaṃ sandhāyāha – ‘‘mettiyaṃ bhikkhuniṃ nāsethā’’ti.
“你们就审问这些比丘吧”:这句话表明了这样的含义:“这位比丘尼依其本性是不会作恶的,必定是被他人唆使的;因此,你们应当审问、寻找、彻查那些唆使她的比丘。”显示巴利原文
Ime ca bhikkhū anuyuñjathāti iminā imaṃ dīpeti ‘‘ayaṃ bhikkhunī attano dhammatāya akārikā addhā aññehi uyyojitā, tasmā yehi uyyojitā ime bhikkhū anuyuñjatha gavesatha jānāthā’’ti.
然而,世尊是依蔑提亚比丘尼的承认而驱摈她,还是依不承认而驱摈她呢?对此,如果依承认而驱摈,那么长老就是有过失的肇事者吗?如果依不承认而驱摈,那么长老就是无过失的非肇事者吗?显示巴利原文
Kiṃ pana bhagavatā mettiyā bhikkhunī paṭiññāya nāsitā appaṭiññāya nāsitāti, kiñcettha yadi tāva paṭiññāya nāsitā, thero kārako hoti sadoso? Atha appaṭiññāya, thero akārako hoti niddoso.
在巴提亚王的时代,大寺住众与无畏山住众的长老们曾就同一文句产生争论。无畏山住众举出自己的经文,说:“在你们的观点中,长老正是造罪者。”大寺住众亦复举出己方经文,说:“在你们的观点中,长老正是造罪者。”争论悬而未决。国王听闻此事后,便将长老们召集一处,命令一位名叫迪加卡拉亚那的婆罗门种姓大臣说:“你去谛听长老们各自的说法。”相传这位大臣是智者,通达多种语言。他说道:“请长老们先出示经文。”于是,无畏山长老说出己方所据经文:“诸位比丘,既然如此,你们便依蔑提亚比丘尼自己的承认,将她驱逐吧。”大臣听后说:“尊者,在你们的观点中,长老是造罪的造罪者。”随后,大寺住众也说出己方所据经文:“诸位比丘,既然如此,你们便将蔑提亚比丘尼驱逐吧。”大臣听后说:“尊者,在你们的观点中,长老是无罪的,非造罪者。”那么,这两种说法中哪种是合理的呢?后来,注疏师们对此作了审察:若比丘以无根的最重罪诽谤比丘,犯桑喀地谢沙;若以此诽谤比丘尼,则犯恶作。而在《库伦达》中则说:“虚妄语者,犯波逸提。”显示巴利原文
Bhātiyarājakālepi mahāvihāravāsīnañca abhayagirivāsīnañca therānaṃ imasmiṃyeva pade vivādo ahosi. Abhayagirivāsinopi attano suttaṃ vatvā ‘‘tumhākaṃ vāde thero kārako hotī’’ti vadanti. Mahāvihāravāsinopi attano suttaṃ vatvā ‘‘tumhākaṃ vāde thero kārako hotī’’ti vadanti. Pañho na chijjati. Rājā sutvā there sannipātetvā dīghakārāyanaṃ nāma brāhmaṇajātiyaṃ amaccaṃ ‘‘therānaṃ kathaṃ suṇāhī’’ti āṇāpesi. Amacco kira paṇḍito bhāsantarakusalo so āha – ‘‘vadantu tāva therā sutta’’nti. Tato abhayagiritherā attano suttaṃ vadiṃsu – ‘‘tena hi, bhikkhave, mettiyaṃ bhikkhuniṃ sakāya paṭiññāya nāsethā’’ti. Amacco ‘‘bhante, tumhākaṃ vāde thero kārako hoti sadoso’’ti āha. Mahāvihāravāsinopi attano suttaṃ vadiṃsu – ‘‘tena hi, bhikkhave, mettiyaṃ bhikkhuniṃ nāsethā’’ti. Amacco ‘‘bhante, tumhākaṃ vāde thero akārako hoti niddoso’’ti āha. Kiṃ panettha yuttaṃ? Yaṃ pacchā vuttaṃ vicāritañhetaṃ aṭṭhakathācariyehi, bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ amūlakena antimavatthunā anuddhaṃseti, saṅghādiseso; bhikkhuniṃ anuddhaṃseti, dukkaṭaṃ. Kurundiyaṃ pana ‘‘musāvāde pācittiya’’nti vuttaṃ.
对此,审察如下:在前一种情形中,因其意图在于毁谤,故只适合判定为恶作。例如,尽管有妄语的行为,比丘对比丘犯下桑喀地谢沙罪;又如,即使有妄语,若出于辱骂的意图而对自视为清净者说不清净之语,则仅依粗恶语判犯波逸提,而非依故意妄语来判。同理,在此情形中,因其意图在于毁谤,故不适合以故意妄语判犯波逸提,只适合以恶作论处。在后一种情形中,由于其性质是妄语,故只适合判犯波逸提。何以故?根据圣教量的规定:若以毁谤为意图,比丘对比丘犯桑喀地谢沙;若以辱骂为意图,则犯粗恶语。然而,并没有比丘对比丘尼犯恶作的说法,却有故意妄语犯波逸提的说法,因此只适合以波逸提论处。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ vicāraṇā, purimanaye tāva anuddhaṃsanādhippāyattā dukkaṭameva yujjati. Yathā satipi musāvāde bhikkhuno bhikkhusmiṃ saṅghādiseso, satipi ca musāvāde asuddhaṃ suddhadiṭṭhino akkosādhippāyena vadantassa omasavādeneva pācittiyaṃ, na sampajānamusāvādena; evaṃ idhāpi anuddhaṃsanādhippāyattā sampajānamusāvāde pācittiyaṃ na yujjati, dukkaṭameva yuttaṃ. Pacchimanayepi musāvādattā pācittiyameva yujjati, vacanappamāṇato hi anuddhaṃsanādhippāyena bhikkhussa bhikkhusmiṃ saṅghādiseso. Akkosādhippāyassa ca omasavādo. Bhikkhussa pana bhikkhuniyā dukkaṭantivacanaṃ natthi, sampajānamusāvāde pācittiyanti vacanamatthi, tasmā pācittiyameva yujjati.
在此,还应对此点加以审察:“若无毁谤的意图,则犯波逸提;若有毁谤的意图,应得何罪?”就此处而言,虽然妄语者犯波逸提已成定论,但由于以无根的桑喀地谢沙罪进行毁谤时,另行规定了波逸提,因此当存在毁谤意图时,在故意妄语的范畴内便看不到适用波逸提的余地,且也不能说毁谤者无罪。由此可知,前一种解释在此处显得更为合理。同样的道理,比丘尼以无根的最重罪毁谤比丘尼,犯桑喀地谢沙;以此毁谤比丘,则犯恶作。这其中,桑喀地谢沙罪通过出罪羯磨得以灭除,恶作罪通过忏悔得以灭除,这些都不构成摈灭。然而,因为那位比丘尼本性就是恶行、不善的比丘尼,现在又自行承认“我是恶行比丘尼”,所以世尊正是因其不净而将她摈灭的。显示巴利原文
Tatra pana idaṃ upaparikkhitabbaṃ – ‘‘anuddhaṃsanādhippāye asati pācittiyaṃ, tasmiṃ sati kena bhavitabba’’nti? Tatra yasmā musā bhaṇantassa pācittiye siddhepi amūlakena saṅghādisesena anuddhaṃsane visuṃ pācittiyaṃ vuttaṃ, tasmā anuddhaṃsanādhippāye sati sampajānamusāvāde pācittiyassa okāso na dissati, na ca sakkā anuddhaṃsentassa anāpattiyā bhavitunti purimanayovettha parisuddhataro khāyati. Tathā bhikkhunī bhikkhuniṃ amūlakena antimavatthunā anuddhaṃseti saṅghādiseso, bhikkhuṃ anuddhaṃseti dukkaṭaṃ, tatra saṅghādiseso vuṭṭhānagāmī dukkaṭaṃ, desanāgāmī etehi nāsanā natthi. Yasmā pana sā pakatiyāva dussīlā pāpabhikkhunī idāni ca sayameva ‘‘dussīlāmhī’’ti vadati tasmā naṃ bhagavā asuddhattāyeva nāsesīti.
那时,世尊说了“你们驱摈慈比丘尼,并审问这些比丘”之后,从座起身,进入精舍。那些比丘见到那位比丘尼正被驱摈,说“现在给她白布”,为了解救她,便坦白了他们自己的过失。为了说明此义,所以说:“那时,慈地比丘……”等。显示巴利原文
Athakho mettiyabhūmajakāti evaṃ ‘‘mettiyaṃ bhikkhuniṃ nāsetha, ime ca bhikkhū anuyuñjathā’’ti vatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṃ paviṭṭhe bhagavati tehi bhikkhūhi ‘‘detha dāni imissā setakānī’’ti nāsiyamānaṃ taṃ bhikkhuniṃ disvā te bhikkhū taṃ mocetukāmatāya attano aparādhaṃ āvikariṃsu, etamatthaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘atha kho mettiyabhūmajakā’’tiādi vuttaṃ.
385-6 “Duṭṭho doso”意为被染污者与染污者。当嗔心生起时,那人便被该嗔心所染污,失去了本来的状态,因此称为“duṭṭho”(被染污者)。他又染污、破坏他人,因此称为“doso”(染污者)。如此,“duṭṭho doso”是对同一个人从不同角度所作的说明,故说“duṭṭho doso意为被染污者与染污者”,在此应寻求其语法特征。然而,由于那个被称为“duṭṭho doso”的具嗔恚之人,正是处于愤怒等状态,因此在它的分别中说“愤怒的”等。其中,“愤怒的”指达到了愤怒的状态,即偏离了本性的状态。“不悦意的”指心不自在,不能安住于自主之中;又或者,因喜悦与乐而心不悦意、不自在,故为“不悦意的”。“不欢喜的”指不快乐或不满意,故为“不欢喜的”。其心被嗔恚所击,故为“心被击者”。生起了称为心僵硬状态、心秽的嗔恚之桩,故为“生桩者”。“不欣喜的”指没有欣喜,被剥夺了喜悦与乐等,即不满足的意思。在分别中,为了显示他因哪些法而不欣喜,所以说“以彼忿怒”等。显示巴利原文
385-6.Duṭṭho dosoti dūsito ceva dūsako ca. Uppanne hi dose puggalo tena dosena dūsito hoti pakatibhāvaṃ jahāpito, tasmā ‘‘duṭṭho’’ti vuccati. Parañca dūseti vināseti, tasmā ‘‘doso’’ti vuccati. Iti ‘‘duṭṭho doso’’ti ekassevetaṃ puggalassa ākāranānattena nidassanaṃ, tena vuttaṃ ‘‘duṭṭho dosoti dūsito ceva dūsako cā’’ti tattha saddalakkhaṇaṃ pariyesitabbaṃ. Yasmā pana so ‘‘duṭṭho doso’’ti saṅkhyaṃ gato paṭighasamaṅgīpuggalo kupitādibhāve ṭhitova hoti, tenassa padabhājane ‘‘kupito’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha kupitoti kuppabhāvaṃ pakatito cavanabhāvaṃ patto. Anattamanoti na sakamano attano vase aṭṭhitacitto; apica pītisukhehi na attamano na attacittoti anattamano. Anabhiraddhoti na sukhito na vā pasāditoti anabhiraddho. Paṭighena āhataṃ cittamassāti āhatacitto. Cittathaddhabhāvacittakacavarasaṅkhātaṃ paṭighakhīlaṃ jātamassāti khilajāto. Appatītoti nappatīto pītisukhādīhi vajjito, na abhisaṭoti attho. Padabhājane pana yesaṃ dhammānaṃ vasena appatīto hoti, te dassetuṃ ‘‘tena ca kopenā’’tiādi vuttaṃ.
其中,“以彼忿怒”即因之而被称为“duṭṭho”和“kupito”的那种,这两者皆因失去了本来的状态,性质相同。“以彼嗔心”即因之而被称为“doso”的那种。以此两者,唯是显示行蕴。显示巴利原文
Tattha tena ca kopenāti yena duṭṭhoti ca kupitoti ca vutto ubhayampi hetaṃ pakatibhāvaṃ jahāpanato ekākāraṃ hoti. Tena ca dosenāti yena ‘‘doso’’ti vutto. Imehi dvīhi saṅkhārakkhandhameva dasseti.
“以此不悦意”,即因之而被称为“不悦意”者。“以此不欢喜”,即因之而被称为“不欢喜”者。由此二者,显示了受蕴。显示巴利原文
Tāya ca anattamanatāyāti yāya ‘‘anattamano’’ti vutto. Tāya ca anabhiraddhiyāti yāya ‘‘anabhiraddho’’ti vutto. Imehi dvīhi vedanākkhandhaṃ dasseti.
“以无根的波罗夷”中,因没有根,故为“无根”。然而,此处的“无根性”,是就举罪者而言,并非就被举罪者而言。因此,为显示此义,于分别中说:“无根,即未见到、未听到、未怀疑。”以此表明:“举罪者对于被举罪者,既未见到其犯波罗夷罪,也未听到,也未怀疑,由于这些名为见、闻、疑的根并不存在,故称为无根。至于他是否实际犯了罪,在此并非关键。”显示巴利原文
Amūlakena pārājikenāti ettha nāssa mūlanti amūlakaṃ, taṃ panassa amūlakattaṃ yasmā codakavasena adhippetaṃ, na cuditakavasena. Tasmā tamatthaṃ dassetuṃ padabhājane ‘‘amūlakaṃ nāma adiṭṭhaṃ asutaṃ aparisaṅkita’’nti āha. Tena imaṃ dīpeti ‘‘yaṃ pārājikaṃ codakena cuditakamhi puggale neva diṭṭhaṃ na sutaṃ na parisaṅkitaṃ idaṃ etesaṃ dassanasavanaparisaṅkāsaṅkhātānaṃ mūlānaṃ abhāvato amūlakaṃ nāma, taṃ pana so āpanno vā hotu anāpanno vā etaṃ idha appamāṇanti.
其中,“未见到”指未以自己清净眼或天眼而见到。“未听到”指同样地,未从任何人处听说。“未怀疑”指心中未曾生起怀疑。显示巴利原文
Tattha adiṭṭhaṃ nāma attano pasādacakkhunā vā dibbacakkhunā vā adiṭṭhaṃ. Asutaṃ nāma tatheva kenaci vuccamānaṃ na sutaṃ. Aparisaṅkitaṃ nāma cittena aparisaṅkitaṃ.
“见到”是指自己或他人以清净眼或天眼所见的;“听到”是指同样听来的;“怀疑”也是自己或他人的怀疑。其中,自己亲自所见即是见;而他人所见后自己听到、他人听到、他人怀疑——这一切都归入自己所听到的范畴。显示巴利原文
‘‘Diṭṭhaṃ’’ nāma attanā vā parena vā pasādacakkhunā vā dibbacakkhunā vā diṭṭhaṃ. ‘‘Sutaṃ’’ nāma tatheva sutaṃ. ‘‘Parisaṅkita’’mpi attanā vā parena vā parisaṅkitaṃ. Tattha attanā diṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhameva, parehi diṭṭhaṃ attanā sutaṃ, parehi sutaṃ, parehi parisaṅkitanti idaṃ pana sabbampi attanā sutaṭṭhāneyeva tiṭṭhati.
怀疑有三种:见疑、闻疑、思疑。其中,“见疑”的例子是:有一位比丘因解大小便而进入村边一处草丛,一位妇女也因故进入那处草丛后又返回;比丘没见到妇女,妇女也没见到比丘,两人未相看便各自离去。另一位比丘看到两人先后从那里出来,便怀疑:“他们必定已经做了或将要做(不净行)。”这即是见疑。显示巴利原文
Parisaṅkitaṃ pana tividhaṃ – diṭṭhaparisaṅkitaṃ, sutaparisaṅkitaṃ, mutaparisaṅkitanti. Tattha diṭṭhaparisaṅkitaṃ nāma eko bhikkhu uccārapassāvakammena gāmasamīpe ekaṃ gumbaṃ paviṭṭho, aññatarāpi itthī kenacideva karaṇīyena taṃ gumbaṃ pavisitvā nivattā, nāpi bhikkhu itthiṃ addasa; na itthī bhikkhuṃ, adisvāva ubhopi yathāruciṃ pakkantā, aññataro bhikkhu ubhinnaṃ tato nikkhamanaṃ sallakkhetvā ‘‘addhā imesaṃ kataṃ vā karissanti vā’’ti parisaṅkati, idaṃ diṭṭhaparisaṅkitaṃ nāma.
所谓“闻疑”,例如:有人在黑暗或隐蔽处,听到比丘与女人之间那样的寒暄话语,虽明知附近还有他人,却不知究竟有还是没有,于是生起怀疑:“他们必定已经做了或将要做(不净行)。”这即是闻疑。显示巴利原文
Sutaparisaṅkitaṃ nāma idhekacco andhakāre vā paṭicchanne vā okāse mātugāmena saddhiṃ bhikkhuno tādisaṃ paṭisanthāravacanaṃ suṇāti, samīpe aññaṃ vijjamānampi ‘‘atthi natthī’’ti na jānāti, so ‘‘addhā imesaṃ kataṃ vā karissanti vā’’ti parisaṅkati, idaṃ sutaparisaṅkitaṃ nāma.
所谓“因尿猜疑”,是指一群恶棍在夜间带着花香、肉、酒等物,与女人们一同前往一座边远寺院,在凉亭或斋堂等处恣意嬉戏之后,撒下花等物便即离去。次日,比丘们见到那片狼藉,便查问:“这是谁干的?”其中,有比丘清晨即起,依职责清扫凉亭或斋堂时,触碰了那些花等物;有比丘用施主家带来的花等物作了供养;有比丘为了药用的目的饮用了阿梨吒(一种药酒)。于是,那些正在查问“这是谁干的”的比丘们,嗅闻了这些比丘手上的气味和口中的气味后,便对他们起了猜疑。这便称为“因尿猜疑”。显示巴利原文
Mutaparisaṅkitaṃ nāma sambahulā dhuttā rattibhāge pupphagandhamaṃsasurādīni gahetvā itthīhi saddhiṃ ekaṃ paccantavihāraṃ gantvā maṇḍape vā bhojanasālādīsu vā yathāsukhaṃ kīḷitvā pupphādīni vikiritvā gatā, punadivase bhikkhū taṃ vippakāraṃ disvā ‘‘kassidaṃ kamma’’nti vicinanti. Tatra ca kenaci bhikkhunā pageva vuṭṭhahitvā vattasīsena maṇḍapaṃ vā bhojanasālaṃ vā paṭijaggantena pupphādīni āmaṭṭhāni honti, kenaci upaṭṭhākakulato ābhatehi pupphādīhi pūjā katā hoti, kenaci bhesajjatthaṃ ariṭṭhaṃ pītaṃ hoti, atha te ‘‘kassidaṃ kamma’’nti vicinantā bhikkhū tesaṃ hatthagandhañca mukhagandhañca ghāyitvā te bhikkhū parisaṅkanti, idaṃ mutaparisaṅkitaṃ nāma.
其中,所见可分为有根据的与无根据的;就所见本身,又可分为以想为根据的与以想为无根据的。所闻也是如此。在猜疑中,所见之猜疑有有根据的与无根据的;就所见之猜疑本身,也有以想为根据的与以想为无根据的。所闻之猜疑与因尿之猜疑也依此理类推。其中,有根据的所见,是指确实看见正在犯巴拉基卡罪而说“我看见了”;无根据的所见,是指看见从隐蔽处出来,但并未看见违犯行为,却说“我看见了”。以想为根据的所见本身,是指看见之后,以“看见”之想而举罪;以想为无根据的,是指先前曾见过犯巴拉基卡罪的行为,后来却生起“未看见”之想,他便基于无根据之想而举罪说“我看见了”。依此方法,所闻与因尿之猜疑也应详细了知。在此,无论哪种情况,依有根据或依想为根据而举罪者,无罪;而依无根据或依想为无根据而举罪者,才有罪。显示巴利原文
Tattha diṭṭhaṃ atthi samūlakaṃ, atthi amūlakaṃ; diṭṭhameva atthi saññāsamūlakaṃ, atthi saññāamūlakaṃ. Esa nayo sutepi. Parisaṅkite pana diṭṭhaparisaṅkitaṃ atthi samūlakaṃ, atthi amūlakaṃ; diṭṭhaparisaṅkitameva atthi saññāsamūlakaṃ , atthi saññāamūlakaṃ. Esa nayo sutamutaparisaṅkitesu. Tattha diṭṭhaṃ samūlakaṃ nāma pārājikaṃ āpajjantaṃ disvāva ‘‘diṭṭho mayā’’ti vadati, amūlakaṃ nāma paṭicchannokāsato nikkhamantaṃ disvā vītikkamaṃ adisvā ‘‘diṭṭho mayā’’ti vadati. Diṭṭhameva saññāsamūlakaṃ nāma disvāva diṭṭhasaññī hutvā codeti, saññāamūlakaṃ nāma pubbe pārājikavītikkamaṃ disvā pacchā adiṭṭhasaññī jāto, so saññāya amūlakaṃ katvā ‘‘diṭṭho mayā’’ti codeti. Etena nayena sutamutaparisaṅkitānipi vitthārato veditabbāni. Ettha ca sabbappakāreṇāpi samūlakena vā saññāsamūlakena vā codentassa anāpatti, amūlakena vā pana saññāamūlakena vā codentasseva āpatti.
所谓“咒骂”,意为毁坏、蹂躏、欺凌、打击、侮辱。然而,由于此毁骂的行为,无论是自己斥责还是指使他人斥责,都同样构成,因此在词语分解中说“斥责或使斥责”。显示巴利原文
Anuddhaṃseyyāti dhaṃseyya padhaṃseyya abhibhaveyya ajjhotthareyya. Taṃ pana anuddhaṃsanaṃ yasmā attanā codentopi parena codāpentopi karotiyeva, tasmāssa padabhājane ‘‘codeti vā codāpeti vā’’ti vuttaṃ.
其中,“自己举罪”是指以“你犯了波罗夷法”等言语亲自举罪,他每说一语即构成桑喀地谢沙。“令他人举罪”是指自己站在近处,命令另一位比丘,那位比丘依其言而举罪该人,只有令举罪者的每一句话构成桑喀地谢沙。如果那位比丘也说“我看见过、我听到过”,那么两个人的每一句话都构成桑喀地谢沙。显示巴利原文
Tattha codetīti ‘‘pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ āpannosī’’tiādīhi vacanehi sayaṃ codeti, tassa vācāya vācāya saṅghādiseso. Codāpetīti attanā samīpe ṭhatvā aññaṃ bhikkhu āṇāpeti, so tassa vacanena taṃ codeti, codāpakasseva vācāya vācāya saṅghādiseso. Atha sopi ‘‘mayā diṭṭhaṃ sutaṃ atthī’’ti codeti, dvinnampi janānaṃ vācāya vācāya saṅghādiseso.
为通达举罪之分类,于此首应了知一事一举罪者等四句分别。其中,一位比丘以一事举另一比丘,此中,事为一,举罪者为一。多位比丘以一事举一比丘,如以梅提耶与布摩迦为首的五百六群比丘举罪尊者达巴·末罗子,此中,事为一,举罪者为多。一位比丘以多事举一比丘,此中,事为多,举罪者为一。多位比丘以多事举多位比丘,此中,事为多,举罪者为多。显示巴利原文
Codanāppabhedakosallatthaṃ panettha ekavatthuekacodakādicatukkaṃ tāva veditabbaṃ. Tattha eko bhikkhu ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ ekena vatthunā codeti, imissā codanāya ekaṃ vatthu eko codako. Sambahulā ekaṃ ekavatthunā codenti, pañcasatā mettiyabhūmajakappamukhā chabbaggiyā bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ dabbaṃ mallaputtamiva, imissā codanāya ekaṃ vatthu nānācodakā. Eko bhikkhu ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ sambahulehi vatthūhi codeti, imissā codanāya nānāvatthūni eko codako. Sambahulā sambahule sambahulehi vatthūhi codenti, imissā codanāya nānāvatthūni nānācodakā.
然而,何人可举罪、何人不可?首先,若依软弱举罪者之言,则无人可举罪。所谓软弱举罪者,即当众多比丘会聚谈论时,有人不指名地叙述有关某人的波罗夷事,另一人听闻后,便前往告知彼人。彼人即前来质问:“据说你如此这般地说我?”此人回答:“我不知此事,仅是随谈话之缘,不指名地说过。若知会令你如此苦恼,我连这话也不会说。”此人即是软弱举罪者。若依此语,任何比丘不得举罪该比丘。然而,若不依此语,具戒比丘可举罪比丘或比丘尼,具戒比丘尼则唯可举罪比丘尼,此为大莲花长老所说。大须摩长老则说:“五位同法者皆可。”果达多长老说:“无人不可。”并引文:“比丘闻之而举罪,比丘尼闻之而举罪……乃至……外道弟子闻之而举罪。”于三位长老之说中,皆应依被举罪者自认而处断。显示巴利原文
Codetuṃ pana ko labhati, ko na labhatīti? Dubbalacodakavacanaṃ tāva gahetvā koci na labhati. Dubbalacodako nāma sambahulesu kathāsallāpena nisinnesu eko ekaṃ ārabbha anodissakaṃ katvā pārājikavatthuṃ katheti, añño taṃ sutvā itarassa gantvā āroceti. So taṃ upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘tvaṃ kira maṃ idañcidañca vadasī’’ti vadati. So ‘‘nāhaṃ evarūpaṃ jānāmi, kathāpavattiyaṃ pana mayā anodissakaṃ katvā vuttamatthi, sace ahaṃ tava imaṃ dukkhuppattiṃ jāneyyaṃ, ettakampi na katheyya’’nti ayaṃ dubbalacodako. Tassetaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ gahetvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ koci codetuṃ na labhati. Etaṃ pana aggahetvā sīlasampanno bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ vā bhikkhuniṃ vā sīlasampannā ca bhikkhunī bhikkhunīmeva codetuṃ labhatīti mahāpadumatthero āha. Mahāsumatthero pana ‘‘pañcapi sahadhammikā labhantī’’ti āha. Godattatthero pana ‘‘na koci na labhatī’’ti vatvā ‘‘bhikkhussa sutvā codeti, bhikkhuniyā sutvā codeti…pe… titthiyasāvakānaṃ sutvā codetī’’ti idaṃ suttamāhari. Tiṇṇampi therānaṃ vāde cuditakasseva paṭiññāya kāretabbo.
然而,这种举罪,若通过派遣使者、递送书信或传口信的方式进行,则不成立;唯有亲自站在那人面前,以手势或言语举罪,方得成立。因为唯有舍戒不单以手势成立,而这“不诋毁”与“说非真实”却是可以成立的。若有人在两人站立之处,指定其中一人而举罪,如那人自知(所指是自己),便成立;若另一人自知,则不成立。若指定两人而举罪,无论只有一人知道,还是两人皆知,均得成立。此理同样适用于多人。再者,当场即刻了知是困难的,但过后适时反思而得知,也属于知道;若事后方知,则不成立。舍戒、说不实语、粗恶语、自欲、嗔恨、说不实语学处——所有这些学处,其界限都是相同的。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ pana codanā nāma dūtaṃ vā paṇṇaṃ vā sāsanaṃ vā pesetvā codentassa sīsaṃ na eti, puggalassa pana samīpe ṭhatvāva hatthamuddāya vā vacībhedena vā codentasseva sīsaṃ eti. Sikkhāpaccakkhānameva hi hatthamuddāya sīsaṃ na eti, idaṃ pana anuddhaṃsanaṃ abhūtārocanañca etiyeva. Yo pana dvinnaṃ ṭhitaṭṭhāne ekaṃ niyametvā codeti, so ce jānāti, sīsaṃ eti. Itaro jānāti, sīsaṃ na eti. Dvepi niyametvā codeti, eko vā jānātu dve vā, sīsaṃ etiyeva. Esava nayo sambahulesu. Taṅkhaṇeyeva ca jānanaṃ nāma dukkaraṃ, samayena āvajjitvā ñāte pana ñātameva hoti. Pacchā ce jānāti, sīsaṃ na eti. Sikkhāpaccakkhānaṃ abhūtārocanaṃ duṭṭhullavācā-attakāma-duṭṭhadosabhūtārocanasikkhāpadānīti sabbāneva hi imāni ekaparicchedāni.
如此,依身与语,此举罪也有两种。又有三种举罪:见举罪、闻举罪、疑举罪。还有四种:戒坏举罪、行坏举罪、见坏举罪、命坏举罪。其中,依二种重罪聚,当知为戒坏举罪;依其余罪聚,当知为行坏举罪;依邪见与边执见,当知为见坏举罪;依因活命而制的六学处,当知为命坏举罪。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ kāyavācāvasena cāyaṃ duvidhāpi codanā. Puna diṭṭhacodanā, sutacodanā, parisaṅkitacodanāti tividhā hoti. Aparāpi catubbidhā hoti – sīlavipatticodanā, ācāravipatticodanā, diṭṭhivipatticodanā, ājīvavipatticodanāti. Tattha garukānaṃ dvinnaṃ āpattikkhandhānaṃ vasena sīlavipatticodanā veditabbā. Avasesānaṃ vasena ācāravipatticodanā, micchādiṭṭhiantaggāhikadiṭṭhivasena diṭṭhivipatticodanā, ājīvahetu paññattānaṃ channaṃ sikkhāpadānaṃ vasena ājīvavipatticodanā veditabbā.
还有四种:事指示、罪指示、拒绝共住、拒绝正仪。其中,“事指示”是说:“你行淫法、取不与物、杀人、说虚妄语”。“罪指示”是说:“你犯淫法波罗夷罪”等。“拒绝共住”是说:“与你不共布萨、不共自恣、不共僧羯磨”。仅这样说还不成头罪,必须与“你是非沙门、非释子”等语结合,方成头罪。“拒绝正仪”是指不行礼、不起迎、不合掌、不扇风等事。若在依次行礼等处,对一人不行而对其他人行,应知为拒绝正仪。至此只是举罪,尚未构成头罪。若被问“你为何不对我行礼仪等”,必须与“你是非沙门、非释子”等语结合,方成头罪。若以粥、食等随意请问,则不成为举罪。显示巴利原文
Aparāpi catubbidhā hoti – vatthusandassanā, āpattisandassanā, saṃvāsapaṭikkhepo, sāmīcipaṭikkhepoti. Tattha vatthusandassanā nāma ‘‘tvaṃ methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevittha, adinnaṃ ādiyittha, manussaṃ ghātayittha, abhūtaṃ ārocayitthā’’ti evaṃ pavattā. Āpattisandassanā nāma ‘‘tvaṃ methunadhammapārājikāpattiṃ āpanno’’ti evamādinayappavattā. Saṃvāsapaṭikkhepo nāma ‘‘natthi tayā saddhiṃ uposatho vā pavāraṇā vā saṅghakammaṃ vā’’ti evaṃ pavattā; ettāvatā pana sīsaṃ na eti, ‘‘assamaṇosi asakyaputtiyosī’’tiādivacanehi saddhiṃ ghaṭiteyeva sīsaṃ eti. Sāmīcipaṭikkhepo nāma abhivādana-paccuṭṭhāna-añjalikamma-bījanādikammānaṃ akaraṇaṃ. Taṃ paṭipāṭiyā vandanādīni karoto ekassa akatvā sesānaṃ karaṇakāle veditabbaṃ. Ettāvatā ca codanā nāma hoti, āpatti pana sīsaṃ na eti. ‘‘Kasmā mama vandanādīni na karosī’’ti pucchite pana ‘‘assamaṇosi asakyaputtiyosī’’tiādivacanehi saddhiṃ ghaṭiteyeva sīsaṃ eti. Yāgubhattādinā pana yaṃ icchati taṃ āpucchati, na tāvatā codanā hoti.
又在《遮说戒犍度》中,从“诸比丘,有一种非法遮说戒、一种合法遮说戒”始,至“乃至十种非法遮说戒、十种合法遮说戒”,如此开示了五十五种非法、五十五种合法,合计一百一十种责难。以所见责难者有一百一十种,以所闻责难者有一百一十种,以所疑责难者有一百一十种,总为三百三十种。以身行责难、以言语责难、以身语责难,各三倍之,即成九百九十种。自己直接责难与教他人责难数相等,总计一千九百八十种。又依所见等差别、有根本无根本等,应知责难有数千种之多。显示巴利原文
Aparāpi pātimokkhaṭṭhapanakkhandhake ‘‘ekaṃ, bhikkhave, adhammikaṃ pātimokkhaṭṭhapanaṃ ekaṃ dhammika’’nti ādiṃ ‘‘katvā yāva dasa adhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni dasa dhammikānī’’ti (cūḷava. 387) evaṃ adhammikā pañcapaññāsa dhammikā pañcapaññāsāti dasuttarasataṃ codanā vuttā. Tā diṭṭhena codentassa dasuttarasataṃ, sutena codentassa dasuttarasataṃ, parisaṅkitena codentassa dasuttarasatanti tiṃsāni tīṇi satāni honti. Tāni kāyena codentassa, vācāya codentassa, kāyavācāhi codentassāti tiguṇāni katāni navutāni nava satāni honti. Tāni attanā codentassāpi parena codāpentassāpi tattakānevāti vīsatiūnāni dve sahassāni honti, puna diṭṭhādibhede samūlakāmūlakavasena anekasahassā codanā hontīti veditabbā.
在此处,注释书引用了《优波离五法》等中所述的多部经典,如“优波离,欲作自举者,比丘应具足五支而自举”,“优波离,欲责难他人者,比丘应先内省五法而后责难他人”,详细阐述了自举的相状、责难者的义务、被责难者的义务、僧团应做之事以及审察者的义务等一切。我们将在各自出现之处予以解释。显示巴利原文
Imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne ṭhatvā aṭṭhakathāya ‘‘attādānaṃ ādātukāmena upāli bhikkhunā pañcaṅgasamannāgataṃ attādānaṃ ādātabba’’nti (cūḷava. 398) ca ‘‘codakena upāli bhikkhunā paraṃ codetukāmena pañca dhamme ajjhattaṃ paccavekkhitvā paro codetabbo’’ti (cūḷava. 399) ca evaṃ upālipañcakādīsu vuttāni bahūni suttāni āharitvā attādānalakkhaṇañca codakavattañca cuditakavattañca saṅghena kātabbakiccañca anuvijjakavattañca sabbaṃ vitthārena kathitaṃ, taṃ mayaṃ yathāāgataṭṭhāneyeva vaṇṇayissāma.
在上述种种责难中,若因某种责难而将事情提交到僧团中,应当对被责难者和责难者说:“你们是否满意我们的裁决?”若他们答“满意”,僧团便应受理此诤事。若他们答:“尊者们,请先裁决,若我们觉得可以接受,便接受。”此时应说“先礼敬塔庙”等语,拖延一段时间后予以搁置。待他们疲惫日久、大众散离、朋党断绝后,若再次请求,应拒绝到第三次;当他们不再傲慢时,才为他们裁决此诤事。裁决时,若大众中多有无惭者,应以转付小会的方式裁决此诤事。若大众中多有愚者,应令他们寻找与自己同分的持律师,然后依法、依律、依师教令此诤事平息。应当如此平息此诤事。显示巴利原文
Vuttappabhedāsu pana imāsu codanāsu yāya kāyaci codanāya vasena saṅghamajjhe osaṭe vatthusmiṃ cuditakacodakā vattabbā ‘‘tumhe amhākaṃ vinicchayena tuṭṭhā bhavissathā’’ti. Sace ‘‘bhavissāmā’’ti vadanti, saṅghena taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ sampaṭicchitabbaṃ. Atha pana ‘‘vinicchinatha tāva, bhante, sace amhākaṃ khamissati, gaṇhissāmā’’ti vadanti. ‘‘Cetiyaṃ tāva vandathā’’tiādīni vatvā dīghasuttaṃ katvā vissajjitabbaṃ. Te ce cirarattaṃ kilantā pakkantaparisā upacchinnapakkhā hutvā puna yācanti, yāvatatiyaṃ paṭikkhipitvā yadā nimmadā honti tadā nesaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vinicchinitabbaṃ. Vinicchinantehi ca sace alajjussannā hoti, parisā ubbāhikāya taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vinicchinitabbaṃ. Sace bālussannā hoti parisā ‘‘tumhākaṃ sabhāge vinayadhare pariyesathā’’ti vinayadhare pariyesāpetvā yena dhammena yena vinayena yena satthusāsanena taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamati, tathā taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasametabbaṃ.
此处,“法”指真实的事由;“律”指检举与提醒;“师教”指动议的成就与宣告的成就。因此,指责者陈述事由后,应询问被指责者:“此事是否属实?”如此审察事由后,以真实事由进行指责与提醒,再通过动议成就与宣告成就而平息此事。如果有无惭者指责有惭者,而此无惭者又愚钝、不聪敏,则不应当给他机会。应当这样对他说:“你依据什么指责他?”他必定会说:“尊者,以什么?以什么指责?”你连所依据的都不知晓,身为愚者,你并不适合指责他人;应呵斥此人,不予审问的机会。然而,若此无惭者是有智慧、聪敏之人,能以所见或所闻压倒对方而建立自说,则应当给予审问的机会,依有惭者的承认为依据而作羯磨。显示巴利原文
Tattha ca ‘‘dhammo’’ti bhūtaṃ vatthu. ‘‘Vinayo’’ti codanā sāraṇā ca. ‘‘Satthusāsana’’nti ñattisampadā ca anusāvanasampadā ca. Tasmā codakena vatthusmiṃ ārocite cuditako pucchitabbo ‘‘santametaṃ, no’’ti. Evaṃ vatthuṃ upaparikkhitvā bhūtena vatthunā codetvā sāretvā ca ñattisampadāya anusāvanasampadāya ca taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasametabbaṃ. Tatra ce alajjī lajjiṃ codeti, so ca alajjī bālo hoti abyatto nāssa nayo dātabbo. Evaṃ pana vattabbo – ‘‘kimhi naṃ codesī’’ti? Addhā so vakkhati – ‘‘kimidaṃ, bhante, kimhi naṃ nāmā’’ti. Tvaṃ kimhi nampi na jānāsi, na yuttaṃ tayā evarūpena bālena paraṃ codetunti uyyojetabbo nāssa anuyogo dātabbo. Sace pana so alajjī paṇḍito hoti byatto diṭṭhena vā sutena vā ajjhottharitvā sampādetuṃ sakkoti etassa anuyogaṃ datvā lajjisseva paṭiññāya kammaṃ kātabbaṃ.
若有惭者指责无惭者,而这位有惭者愚钝、不聪敏,无法进行质询,则应当引导他:“你是就戒坏或行坏等哪一方面指责他呢?”为何只对此人给予引导,而不对另一人?持律者行于非法,难道不恰当吗?确实不恰当。但这并非行于非法,这称为法的饶益。因为学处正是为了抑制无惭者、提升有惭者而施设的。在此,无惭者若获得方法,便会以“来吧”的气势强行压制;而有惭者获得方法后,则会依循所见、所闻的理据而站稳陈述,因此对他作法的饶益是适当的。若这位有惭者是智者、聪敏,能站稳陈述,而无惭者却以“这也无、那也无”的方式拒不承认,则应依无惭者的承认才作羯磨。显示巴利原文
Sace lajjī alajjiṃ codeti, so ca lajjī bālo hoti abyatto, na sakkoti anuyogaṃ dātuṃ. Tassa nayo dātabbo – ‘‘kimhi naṃ codesi sīlavipattiyā vā ācāravipattiādīsu vā ekissā’’ti. Kasmā pana imasseva evaṃ nayo dātabbo, na itarassa? Nanu na yuttaṃ vinayadharānaṃ agatigamananti? Na yuttameva. Idaṃ pana agatigamanaṃ na hoti, dhammānuggaho nāma eso alajjiniggahatthāya hi lajjipaggahatthāya ca sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ. Tatra alajjī nayaṃ labhitvā ajjhottharanto ehīti, lajjī pana nayaṃ labhitvā diṭṭhe diṭṭhasantānena, sute sutasantānena patiṭṭhāya kathessati, tasmā tassa dhammānuggaho vaṭṭati. Sace pana so lajjī paṇḍito hoti byatto, patiṭṭhāya katheti, alajjī ca ‘‘etampi natthi, etampi natthī’’ti paṭiññaṃ na deti, alajjissa paṭiññāya eva kātabbaṃ.
为了阐明其义,应知此本生故事。据说,三藏小无畏长老在铜殿下方为比丘们讲说戒律后,于傍晚时分起身。在他起身之时,两位互为怨敌者展开了对话。其中一人以‘这也没有,这也没有’的方式不承认。于是,在初夜时分,长老对那人产生了不清净的见解:‘此人站稳而说,另一人却不承认,且牵涉众多事由,必定是他做的。’随后,他用扇柄在脚凳上发出信号,说:‘贤友,我不适合裁决,请另找他人裁决。’‘为何,尊者?’长老说明了缘由。被指责者身上生起热恼,于是他礼敬长老,说:‘尊者,适合裁决的持律者,应当正是像您这样的人。而指责者也应当正是这样的人。’说完,他穿上白衣,说:‘我长久以来令您劳累了。’请求原谅后离去。显示巴利原文
Tadatthadīpanatthañca idaṃ vatthu veditabbaṃ. Tepiṭakacūḷābhayatthero kira lohapāsādassa heṭṭhā bhikkhūnaṃ vinayaṃ kathetvā sāyanhasamaye vuṭṭhāti, tassa vuṭṭhānasamaye dve attapaccatthikā kathaṃ pavattesuṃ. Eko ‘‘etampi natthi, etampi natthī’’ti paṭiññaṃ na deti. Atha appāvasese paṭhamayāme therassa tasmiṃ puggale ‘‘ayaṃ patiṭṭhāya katheti, ayaṃ pana paṭiññaṃ na deti, bahūni ca vatthūni osaṭāni addhā etaṃ kataṃ bhavissatī’’ti asuddhaladdhi uppannā. Tato bījanīdaṇḍakena pādakathalikāya saññaṃ datvā ‘‘ahaṃ āvuso vinicchinituṃ ananucchaviko aññena vinicchināpehī’’ti āha. Kasmā bhanteti? Thero tamatthaṃ ārocesi, cuditakapuggalassa kāye ḍāho uṭṭhito, tato so theraṃ vanditvā ‘‘bhante, vinicchinituṃ anurūpena vinayadharena nāma tumhādiseneva bhavituṃ vaṭṭati. Codakena ca īdiseneva bhavituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vatvā setakāni nivāsetvā ‘‘ciraṃ kilamitattha mayā’’ti khamāpetvā pakkāmi.
如此,有惭者指责无惭者,即使有众多事由生起,无惭者也不承认。他既不应被称为“清净”,也不应被称为“不清净”。此人名为“活死人”,也叫作“生腐者”。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ lajjinā codiyamāno alajjī bahūsupi vatthūsu uppannesu paṭiññaṃ na deti, so neva ‘‘suddho’’ti vattabbo na ‘‘asuddho’’ti. Jīvamatako nāma āmakapūtiko nāma cesa.
若他再有此类事由生起,便不应再作裁决。他将如同已被驱逐者一般。若无惭者指责无惭者,应对他说:“贤友,凭你的话又能说什么呢?”对另一人也这样说后,再对他们说:“你们就这样同一受用、同一共住地过活吧。”随后遣散他们。不应为守护戒律的缘故对他们作裁决。但若为了钵、衣、房舍等事,则应寻得合适的证人后作出裁决。显示巴利原文
Sace panassa aññampi tādisaṃ vatthuṃ uppajjati na vinicchinitabbaṃ . Tathā nāsitakova bhavissati. Sace pana alajjīyeva alajjiṃ codeti, so vattabbo ‘‘āvuso tava vacanenāyaṃ kiṃ sakkā vattu’’nti itarampi tatheva vatvā ubhopi ‘‘ekasambhogaparibhogā hutvā jīvathā’’ti vatvā uyyojetabbā, sīlatthāya tesaṃ vinicchayo na kātabbo. Pattacīvarapariveṇādiatthāya pana patirūpaṃ sakkhiṃ labhitvā kātabbo.
若有惭者指责有惭者,彼此只于某件小事上有些许微细争论,则应教导之后,对他们说:“不要这样做。”令其忏悔过失,随即遣散。若此时,被指责者只是一时失错,但从最初便非无惭者。他为了护持己方而不承认,众人起身说:“我们相信,我们相信。”依众人的认可,可一次、两次判定他清净。但若从失错之时起,他不能安住于正处,则不应再作裁决。显示巴利原文
Atha lajjī lajjiṃ codeti, vivādo ca nesaṃ kismiñcideva appamattako hoti, saññāpetvā ‘‘mā evaṃ karothā’’ti accayaṃ desāpetvā uyyojetabbā. Atha panettha cuditakena sahasā viraddhaṃ hoti, ādito paṭṭhāya alajjī nāma natthi. So ca pakkhānurakkhaṇatthāya paṭiññaṃ na deti, ‘‘mayaṃ saddahāma, mayaṃ saddahāmā’’ti bahū uṭṭhahanti. So tesaṃ paṭiññāya ekavāraṃ dvevāraṃ suddho hotu. Atha pana viraddhakālato paṭṭhāya ṭhāne na tiṭṭhati, vinicchayo na dātabbo.
如此,对于依任何举罪而提交僧团的事由,在了解被举罪者与举罪者的应对方式后,为知悉该举罪的成就与失败,应依初中后等来作裁决。即:举罪的初是什么?中是什么?后是什么?举罪的初是“我想对你说,请尊者给我机会”这样的邀请机会;中以所涉事由举罪、提醒后作裁决;后以确立有罪或无罪而平息为结束。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ yāya kāyaci codanāya vasena saṅghamajjhe osaṭe vatthusmiṃ cuditakacodakesu paṭipattiṃ ñatvā tassāyeva codanāya sampattivipattijānanatthaṃ ādimajjhapariyosānādīnaṃ vasena vinicchayo veditabbo. Seyyathidaṃ codanāya ko ādi, kiṃ majjhe, kiṃ pariyosānaṃ? Codanāya ‘‘ahaṃ taṃ vattukāmo, karotu me āyasmā okāsa’’nti evaṃ okāsakammaṃ ādi, otiṇṇena vatthunā codetvā sāretvā vinicchayo majjhe, āpattiyaṃ vā anāpattiyaṃ vā patiṭṭhāpanena samatho pariyosānaṃ.
举罪有多少根?多少事由?多少地?举罪有二根:有根或无根;三事由:所见、所闻、所疑;五地:适时而说,非不适时;真实而说,非不真实;柔和而说,非粗恶;有益而说,非无益;怀慈心而说,非怀嗔心。依此举罪,举罪者应立于《优波离五品》中所说的十五法中,如“我是否身行清净”等;被举罪者应立于二法中:真实与不动。显示巴利原文
Codanāya kati mūlāni, kati vatthūni, kati bhūmiyo? Codanāya dve mūlāni – samūlikā vā amūlikā vā; tīṇi vatthūni – diṭṭhaṃ, sutaṃ, parisaṅkitaṃ; pañca bhūmiyo – kālena vakkhāmi no akālena, bhūtena vakkhāmi no abhūtena, saṇhena vakkhāmi no pharusena, atthasaṃhitena vakkhāmi no anatthasaṃhitena, mettacitto vakkhāmi no dosantaroti. Imāya ca pana codanāya codakena puggalena ‘‘parisuddhakāyasamācāro nu khomhī’’tiādinā (cūḷava. 399) nayena upālipañcake vuttesu pannarasasu dhammesu patiṭṭhātabbaṃ, cuditakena dvīsu dhammesu patiṭṭhātabbaṃ sacce ca akuppe cāti.
“或许能使他从此梵行退堕”:意即“或许我能使此人从此最胜行退堕”。“善哉,若我能使此人从此梵行退堕”:以这样的意图而欲毁坏他,这就是此处所说的意思。在《分别句》中,为显示“从梵行退堕”的同义语,而说“从比丘性退堕”等。显示巴利原文
Appevanāma naṃ imamhā brahmacariyā cāveyyanti api eva nāma naṃ puggalaṃ imamhā seṭṭhacariyā cāveyyaṃ, ‘‘sādhu vatassa sacāhaṃ imaṃ puggalaṃ imamhā brahmacariyā cāveyya’’nti iminā adhippāyena anuddhaṃseyyāti vuttaṃhoti. Padabhājane pana ‘‘brahmacariyā cāveyya’’nti imasseva pariyāyamatthaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘bhikkhubhāvā cāveyya’’ntiādi vuttaṃ.
“刹那”等是时间的同义词。“越过彼刹那、彼时、彼须臾”,意即在那刹那、那时、那须臾过去之后。这是以处格的意义而用业格。显示巴利原文
Khaṇādīni samayavevacanāni. Taṃ khaṇaṃ taṃ layaṃ taṃ muhuttaṃ vītivatteti tasmiṃ khaṇe tasmiṃ laye tasmiṃ muhutte vītivatte. Bhummappattiyā hi idaṃ upayogavacanaṃ.
在“被审问”的解说中,“以何事由而毁坏”,即指在四波罗夷事上,被举罪者因举罪者以该事由而被毁坏、被压制、被覆没。“于该事由被审问”,即指在举罪者所说的事由上,该举罪者被审查者以“你见到了什么?你如何见?”等方式审问、探究、检校。显示巴利原文
Samanuggāhiyamānaniddese yena vatthunā anuddhaṃsito hotīti catūsu pārājikavatthūsu yena vatthunā codakena cuditako anuddhaṃsito abhibhūto ajjhotthaṭo hoti. Tasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ samanuggāhiyamānoti tasmiṃ codakena vuttavatthusmiṃ so codako anuvijjakena ‘‘kiṃ te diṭṭhaṃ, kinti te diṭṭha’’ntiādinā nayena anuvijjiyamāno vīmaṃsiyamāno upaparikkhiyamāno.
在“未被审问”的解说中,“不被任何人说”是指不被审查者或其他任何人所说,或是指在所见、所闻等事由上不被任何人所说。又,应知这两项纲目与后文“比丘坚持过失”有这样的关联。即如此说:“如此,在被审问或未被审问时,比丘坚持过失,即执取、安住、承认,为桑喀地谢沙罪。”而这只是为了显示无根的性质变得明显的时间而说。然而,犯戒是在未予宽恕的当下即犯。显示巴利原文
Asamanuggāhiyamānaniddese na kenaci vuccamānoti anuvijjakena vā aññena vā kenaci, atha vā diṭṭhādīsu vatthūsu kenaci avuccamāno. Etesañca dvinnaṃ mātikāpadānaṃ parato ‘‘bhikkhu ca dosaṃ patiṭṭhātī’’tiiminā sambandho veditabbo. Idañhi vuttaṃ hoti – ‘‘evaṃ samanuggāhiyamāno vā asamanuggāhiyamāno vā bhikkhu ca dosaṃ patiṭṭhāti paṭicca tiṭṭhati paṭijānāti saṅghādiseso’’ti. Idañca amūlakabhāvassa pākaṭakāladassanatthameva vuttaṃ. Āpattiṃ pana anuddhaṃsitakkhaṇeyeva āpajjati.
这里提到“若此案由系属无根”,因为先前已说过无根本罪行的特征,所以此处不再重述,为显示前所未说的内容而说“案由者”等。其中,由于案由就其作为案由的意义而言虽是一,却可依据事由而分为多种,因而为了显示其多样性,才说“案由有四种:争议案由……”等。那么,此处所说的唯一案由又是什么呢?是指以应作平息处理的方法而言。由此,依于这个因缘而作开显,所以说“以平息之事为案由者,应当知此为案由”。显示巴利原文
Idāni ‘‘amūlakañceva taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ hotī’’ti ettha yasmā amūlakalakkhaṇaṃ pubbe vuttaṃ, tasmā taṃ avatvā apubbameva dassetuṃ ‘‘adhikaraṇaṃ nāmā’’tiādimāha. Tattha yasmā adhikaraṇaṃ adhikaraṇaṭṭhena ekampi vatthuvasena nānā hoti, tenassa taṃ nānattaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘cattāri adhikaraṇāni vivādādhikaraṇa’’ntiādimāha. Ko pana so adhikaraṇaṭṭho, yenetaṃ ekaṃ hotīti? Samathehi adhikaraṇīyatā. Tasmā yaṃ adhikicca ārabbha paṭicca sandhāya samathā vattanti, taṃ ‘‘adhikaraṇa’’nti veditabbaṃ.
又于注疏中说:“有些人称‘执取’为案由,有些人称‘思’为案由,有些人称‘语言’为案由,有些人称‘言说’为案由,有些人称‘施设’为案由。”又如此思量道:“如果执取就是案由,那么有人持某执取后,与同分比丘一起商议,在此过程中见到过患又舍弃了它,他的这个案由便已平息。如果思就是案由,那么‘我要执取此’的念头生起后又灭去。如果语言就是案由,那么用语言执取一部分而生起执取,对另一部分则不舍或不放弃。如果言说就是案由,那么言说结束后,在其他地方便归于无声,因此这个案由得以平息,故而称为施设案由。”显示巴利原文
Aṭṭhakathāsu pana vuttaṃ – ‘‘adhikaraṇanti keci gāhaṃ vadanti, keci cetanaṃ, keci akkhantiṃ keci vohāraṃ, keci paṇṇatti’’nti. Puna evaṃ vicāritaṃ ‘‘yadi gāho adhikaraṇaṃ nāma, eko attādānaṃ gahetvā sabhāgena bhikkhunā saddhiṃ mantayamāno tattha ādīnavaṃ disvā puna cajati, tassa taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ samathappattaṃ bhavissati. Yadi cetanā adhikaraṇaṃ, ‘‘idaṃ attādānaṃ gaṇhāmī’’ti uppannā cetanā nirujjhati. Yadi akkhanti adhikaraṇaṃ, akkhantiyā attādānaṃ gahetvāpi aparabhāge vinicchayaṃ alabhamāno vā khamāpito vā cajati. Yadi vohāro adhikaraṇaṃ, kathento āhiṇḍitvā aparabhāge tuṇhī hoti niravo, evamassa taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ samathappattaṃ bhavissati, tasmā paṇṇatti adhikaraṇanti.
然而,这样的说法与“淫欲法巴拉基咖罪,为淫欲法巴拉基咖罪的同类分……如是,犯事案由,犯事案由的同类分;争议案由,要么是善的,要么是不善的,要么是无记的”等文义相违。因为,那些施设论者并不认可施设有善等性,而且对于“以无根巴拉基咖……”此处的巴拉基咖业事,他们也不称之为施设。何以故?因其体性全然不善之故。又有说:“犯事案由可以是善,可以是不善,可以是无记。”显示巴利原文
Taṃ panetaṃ ‘‘methunadhammapārājikāpatti methunadhammapārājikāpattiyā tabbhāgiyā…pe… evaṃ āpattādhikaraṇaṃ āpattādhikaraṇassa tabbhāgiyanti ca vivādādhikaraṇaṃ siyā kusalaṃ siyā akusalaṃ siyā abyākata’’nti ca evamādīhi virujjhati. Na hi te paṇṇattiyā kusalādibhāvaṃ icchanti, na ca ‘‘amūlakena pārājikena dhammenā’’ti ettha āgato pārājikadhammo paṇṇatti nāma hoti. Kasmā? Accantaakusalattā. Vuttampi hetaṃ – ‘‘āpattādhikaraṇaṃ siyā akusalaṃ siyā abyākata’’nti (pari. 303).
此处所谓“以无根的波罗夷”云云,其中“无根的波罗夷”已被指出,故说“此诤事即是无根的”,这是对此的解释,并非对制戒的解释,因为不会指此而言彼。然而,依某制戒、以某种名目,由举罪者称某比丘犯波罗夷法,此波罗夷诤事即由无根而生,此诤事依其事理而成,故称诤事。因此,这里“诤事”一词是从事理角度而言,因为无根的波罗夷无有实体,唯是名目。所以,此种诤事亦当称为诤事。但这并非普遍适用,因为争论等诤事并非波罗夷诤事。诤事所在之处,即如前文所说,是通过平息而得治理之处。由此,以诤事为基,若有某种争论,它既是争论,也是诤事中的诤事由,故名争论诤事。此为结论。显示巴利原文
Yañcetaṃ ‘‘amūlakena pārājikenā’’ti ettha amūlakaṃ pārājikaṃ niddiṭṭhaṃ, tassevāyaṃ ‘‘amūlakañceva taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ hotī’’ti paṭiniddeso, na paṇṇattiyā na hi aññaṃ niddisitvā aññaṃ paṭiniddisati. Yasmā pana yāya paṇṇattiyā yena abhilāpena codakena so puggalo pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpannoti paññatto, pārājikasaṅkhātassa adhikaraṇassa amūlakattā sāpi paññatti amūlikā hoti, adhikaraṇe pavattattā ca adhikaraṇaṃ. Tasmā iminā pariyāyena paṇṇatti ‘‘adhikaraṇa’’nti yujjeyya, yasmā vā yaṃ amūlakaṃ nāma adhikaraṇaṃ taṃ sabhāvato natthi, paññattimattameva atthi. Tasmāpi paṇṇatti adhikaraṇanti yujjeyya. Tañca kho idheva na sabbattha. Na hi vivādādīnaṃ paṇṇatti adhikaraṇaṃ. Adhikaraṇaṭṭho pana tesaṃ pubbe vuttasamathehi adhikaraṇīyatā. Iti iminā adhikaraṇaṭṭhena idhekacco vivādo vivādo ceva adhikaraṇañcāti vivādādhikaraṇaṃ. Esa nayo sesesu .
且彼处谓:「此处比丘于法事或非法事中争论」依此可得十八种异说起由而成争议案由。又谓:「此处比丘因戒律过失相劝」此趣产生基于四种过失之相劝,名为劝责案由。又五种过失聚集点判为犯事案由,七种过失谓为犯事案由。又谓曰:「该僧团之任务责当行者为默察、登记、二次登记、四次登记」诸任务繁分故是则为四种僧事任务案由。显示巴利原文
Tattha ‘‘idha bhikkhū vivadanti dhammoti vā adhammoti vā’’ti evaṃ aṭṭhārasa bhedakaravatthūni nissāya uppanno vivādo vivādādhikaraṇaṃ. ‘‘Idha bhikkhū bhikkhuṃ anuvadanti sīlavipattiyā vā’’ti evaṃ catasso vipattiyo nissāya uppanno anuvādo anuvādādhikaraṇaṃ. ‘‘Pañcapi āpattikkhandhā āpattādhikaraṇaṃ, sattapi āpattikkhandhā āpattādhikaraṇa’’nti evaṃ āpattiyeva āpattādhikaraṇaṃ. ‘‘Yā saṅghassa kiccayatā karaṇīyatā apalokanakammaṃ ñattikammaṃ ñattidutiyakammaṃ ñatticatutthakamma’’nti (cūḷava. 215) evaṃ catubbidhaṃ saṅghakiccaṃ kiccādhikaraṇanti veditabbaṃ.
在此事上,仅以『犯有重戒过失』作为适用的过失处理法门。其余的都是为阐明意义而说,在此即为处理法门名称的意义。由此说,『犯重戒过失』在这里是唯一被适用的法门。以见解等根基而言,处理法门若无根基则为无根本处理法门。此外,比丘一旦承认罪过,即承认自己犯过,说“我说的是无足轻重的事情”等语,由此自招罪责。对于这位比丘,当下未加宽恕即为犯有『僧团中等罪』。这是此处逐步依照律藏条文所述学习戒法的意义所在。显示巴利原文
Imasmiṃ panatthe pārājikāpattisaṅkhātaṃ āpattādhikaraṇameva adhippetaṃ. Sesāni atthuddhāravasena vuttāni, ettakā hi adhikaraṇasaddassa atthā. Tesu pārājikameva idha adhippetaṃ. Taṃ diṭṭhādīhi mūlehi amūlakañceva adhikaraṇaṃ hoti. Ayañca bhikkhu dosaṃ patiṭṭhāti, paṭicca tiṭṭhati ‘‘tucchakaṃ mayā bhaṇita’’ntiādīni vadanto paṭijānāti. Tassa bhikkhuno anuddhaṃsitakkhaṇeyeva saṅghādisesoti ayaṃ tāvassa sapadānukkamaniddesassa sikkhāpadassa attho.
387 现在,对于那些之前略说的以见、闻、疑等为因缘的举罪事,依此详细举罪并作开示,而说“对于未见者……”等语。其中,“对于未见者”的意思是“对他而言是未见的”。意即:以此举罪者并未亲眼得见,而该比丘正在违犯波罗夷法。此理同样适用于“对于未闻者”等的说法。显示巴利原文
387. Idāni yāni tāni saṅkhepato diṭṭhādīni codanāvatthūni vuttāni, tesaṃ vasena vitthārato āpattiṃ ropetvā dassento ‘‘adiṭṭhassa hotī’’tiādimāha. Tattha adiṭṭhassa hotīti adiṭṭho assa hoti. Etena codakena adiṭṭho hoti, so puggalo pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpajjantoti attho. Esa nayo asutassa hotītiādīsupi.
“被我见到”即“你被我见到了”的意思。此理同样适用于“被我听到”等。其余以“未见”为根据处,意义显而易见。至于以“见”为根据时,如果以此举罪说“我听到”等,由于缺乏经教等依据,应知其为无根。显示巴利原文
Diṭṭho mayāti diṭṭhosi mayāti vuttaṃ hoti. Esa nayo suto mayātiādīsupi. Sesaṃ adiṭṭhamūlake uttānatthameva. Diṭṭhamūlake pana tañce codeti ‘‘suto mayā’’ti evaṃ vuttānaṃ suttādīnaṃ ābhāvena amūlakattaṃ veditabbaṃ.
在整个此劝戒事中,正如这里所说——“你犯了波罗夷法,你不是沙门,你不是释子”——依每一句,每说一语即犯桑喀地谢沙;同样,在其他地方所说——“恶戒者、恶法者、行迹不净可疑者、覆藏己行者、非沙门而自称沙门者、非梵行者而自称梵行者、内心腐败者、漏泄者、垢秽所生”——依每一句,每说一语也犯桑喀地谢沙。显示巴利原文
Sabbasmiṃyeva ca imasmiṃ codakavāre yathā idhāgatesu ‘‘pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpannosi, assamaṇosi, asakyaputtiyosī’’ti imesu vacanesu ekekassa vasena vācāya vācāya saṅghādiseso hoti, evaṃ aññatra āgatesu ‘‘dussīlo, pāpadhammo, asucisaṅkassarasamācāro, paṭicchannakammanto , assamaṇo samaṇapaṭiñño, abrahmacārī brahmacāripaṭiñño, antopūti, avassuto, kasambujāto’’ti imesupi vacanesu ekekassa vasena vācāya vācāya saṅghādiseso hotiyeva.
然而,“没有与你一起的布萨、或自恣、或僧团行事”这些语句,若单独说,则不构成根本;但在“恶戒者,没有与你一起的布萨”等与恶戒等词结合,或与“你犯了波罗夷法”等词结合时,只要与任何一词相结合,便构成根本,成为犯桑喀地谢沙罪之因。显示巴利原文
‘‘Natthi tayā saddhiṃ uposatho vā pavāraṇā vā saṅghakammaṃ vā’’ti imāni pana suddhāni sīsaṃ na enti, ‘‘dussīlosi natthi tayā saddhiṃ uposatho vā’’ti evaṃ dussīlādipadesu pana ‘‘pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpannosī’’tiādipadesu vā yena kenaci saddhiṃ ghaṭitāneva sīsaṃ enti, saṅghādisesakarāni honti.
然而,大莲花长老说:“不仅在此处《巴利》中未提及的‘恶戒者、恶法者’等语句构成根本,‘你是残废者、你是大沙弥、你是大优婆塞、你是最上戒行者、你是尼乾陀、你是邪命外道、你是苦行者、你是游方者、你是般荼迦、你是贼住者、你是投靠外道者、你是畜生、你是杀母者、你是杀父者、你是杀阿罗汉者、你是破僧者、你是出佛身血者、你是污辱比丘尼者、你是二根者’这些语句也构成根本。”而且,正是大莲花长老说:“在‘于所见有疑’等情形中,从何时起有疑,从那时起便不认可;从何时起不认可,从那时起便不忆念;从何时起不忆念,从那时起便忘失。”显示巴利原文
Mahāpadumatthero panāha – ‘‘na kevalaṃ idha pāḷiyaṃ anāgatāni ‘dussīlo pāpadhammo’tiādipadāneva sīsaṃ enti, ‘koṇṭhosi mahāsāmaṇerosi, mahāupāsakosi, jeṭṭhabbatikosi, nigaṇṭhosi, ājīvakosi, tāpasosi, paribbājakosi, paṇḍakosi, theyyasaṃvāsakosi, titthiyapakkantakosi, tiracchānagatosi, mātughātakosi, pitughātakosi, arahantaghātakosi, saṅghabhedakosi, lohituppādakosi, bhikkhunīdūsakosi, ubhatobyañjanakaosī’ti imānipi sīsaṃ entiyevā’’ti. Mahāpadumattheroyeva ca ‘‘diṭṭhe vematikotiādīsu yadaggena vematiko tadaggena no kappeti, yadaggena no kappeti tadaggena nassarati, yadaggena nassarati tadaggena pamuṭṭho hotī’’ti vadati.
然而,大善慧长老则将每一句各分为二,对四者各别显示方法。如何显示?“于所见有疑”——此中,首先,或于所见有疑,或于人有疑。其中,“此究竟是我所见,还是非我所见?”如此于所见有疑。“此究竟是我所见之人,还是另一人?”如此于人有疑。同样,或不认可所见或人,或不忆念所见或人,或忘失所见或人。此中,“有疑”即生起疑惑。“不认可”即不信受。“不忆念”即不被提醒时便不忆念。然而,当他人提醒“尊者,在某处、某时”时,那时便忆念。“忘失”即虽以种种方便被提醒,也仍然不忆念。以此方法,劝告者之事也应知,只是其中省略了“我所”一词,其余与劝告者之事相同。显示巴利原文
Mahāsumatthero pana ekekaṃ dvidhā bhinditvā catunnampi pāṭekkaṃ nayaṃ dasseti. Kathaṃ? Diṭṭhe vematikoti ayaṃ tāva dassane vā vematiko hoti puggale vā, tattha ‘‘diṭṭho nukho mayā na diṭṭho’’ti evaṃ dassane vematiko hoti. ‘‘Ayaṃ nukho mayā diṭṭho añño’’ti evaṃ puggale vematiko hoti. Evaṃ dassanaṃ vā no kappeti puggalaṃ vā, dassanaṃ vā nassarati puggalaṃ vā, dassanaṃ vā pamuṭṭho hoti puggalaṃ vā. Ettha ca vematikoti vimatijāto. No kappetīti na saddahati. Nassaratīti asāriyamāno nassarati. Yadā pana taṃ ‘‘asukasmiṃ nāma bhante ṭhāne asukasmiṃ nāma kāle’’ti sārenti tadā sarati. Pamuṭṭhoti yo tehi tehi upāyehi sāriyamānopi nassaratiyevāti . Etenevupāyena codāpakavāropi veditabbo, kevalañhi tattha ‘‘mayā’’ti parihīnaṃ, sesaṃ codakavārasadisameva.
389 此后,为显示犯戒与不犯戒的差别,设立“于不净者有净见”等四句,每一句各以四种方式加以说明。这一切依经藏之法即可了知,唯此处应明了意图的差别。所谓意图,有令还俗的意图、辱骂的意图、羯磨的意图、令出罪的意图、停止布萨自恣的意图、审查的意图、说法开示的意图等种种。于前四种——令还俗、辱骂、羯磨、令出罪的意图中,若未请求许可而说,犯恶作。即使请求了许可,若当面以无根的波罗夷法诽谤,犯桑喀地谢沙;以无根的桑喀地谢沙法诽谤,犯波逸提;以威仪过失诽谤,犯恶作。以辱骂的意图说,犯波逸提。若非当面,以七种犯聚而说,犯恶作;若非当面,作七种羯磨,也犯恶作。显示巴利原文
389. Tato paraṃ āpattibhedaṃ anāpattibhedañca dassetuṃ ‘‘asuddhe suddhadiṭṭhī’’tiādikaṃ catukkaṃ ṭhapetvā ekamekaṃ padaṃ catūhi catūhi bhedehi niddiṭṭhaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ pāḷinayeneva sakkā jānituṃ. Kevalaṃ hetthādhippāyabhedo veditabbo. Ayañhi adhippāyo nāma – cāvanādhippāyo, akkosādhippāyo, kammādhippāyo, vuṭṭhānādhippāyo, uposathapavāraṇaṭṭhapanādhippāyo, anuvijjanādhippāyo, dhammakathādhippāyoti anekavidho. Tattha purimesu catūsu adhippāyesu okāsaṃ akārāpentassa dukkaṭaṃ. Okāsaṃ kārāpetvāpi ca sammukhā amūlakena pārājikena anuddhaṃsentassa saṅghādiseso. Amūlakena saṅghādisesena anuddhaṃsentassa pācittiyaṃ. Ācāravipattiyā anuddhaṃsentassa dukkaṭaṃ. Akkosādhippāyena vadantassa pācittiyaṃ. Asammukhā pana sattahipi āpattikkhandhehi vadantassa dukkaṭaṃ. Asammukhā eva sattavidhampi kammaṃ karontassa dukkaṭameva.
然而,《库伦迪》中说:“以令出罪的意图说‘你犯了此某罪,你应忏悔它’,则无需请求许可之事。”在一切处都说:“停止布萨、自恣者,无需请求许可之事。”然而,应知停止的界限。即,当开始念诵“尊者,请僧团听我,今日是十五日布萨,若僧团已到适时,僧团应行布萨”时,在“re”音节尚未越过之际,可以停止;此后,当“yya”音节来临时,便不可停止。此法也适用于自恣。至于审查者,对所提出的罪事,若以审查的意图说“此罪你有”,也无需请求许可之事。显示巴利原文
Kurundiyaṃ pana ‘‘vuṭṭhānādhippāyena ‘tvaṃ imaṃ nāma āpattiṃ āpanno taṃ paṭikarohī’ti vadantassa okāsakiccaṃ natthī’’ti vuttaṃ. Sabbattheva pana ‘‘uposathapavāraṇaṃ ṭhapentassa okāsakammaṃ natthī’’ti vuttaṃ. Ṭhapanakkhettaṃ pana jānitabbaṃ. ‘‘Suṇātu me bhante saṅgho ajjuposatho pannaraso yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ saṅgho uposathaṃ kareyya’’ti etasmiñhi re-kāre anatikkanteyeva ṭhapetuṃ labbhati. Tato paraṃ pana yya-kāre patte na labbhati. Esa nayo pavāraṇāya. Anuvijjakassāpi osaṭe vatthusmiṃ ‘‘atthetaṃ tavā’’ti anuvijjanādhippāyena vadantassa okāsakammaṃ natthi.
说法者坐于法座,以“凡做此事者,此比丘非沙门”等方式不特定地说法时,无需请求许可之事。然而,若特定指名说“某甲与某甲非沙门、非优婆塞”,则应从法座下来,忏悔罪过而后离去。又,各处所言“未请求许可”,应知意为“未令请求许可”,因为并不存在所谓的“无许可”之事物——请求许可而犯戒,或不请求许可而犯戒,一样犯戒。其余内容已很清楚。显示巴利原文
Dhammakathikassāpi dhammāsane nisīditvā ‘‘yo idañcidañca karoti, ayaṃ bhikkhu assamaṇo’’tiādinā nayena anodissa dhammaṃ kathentassa okāsakammaṃ natthi. Sace pana odissa niyametvā ‘‘asuko ca asuko ca assamaṇo anupāsako’’ti katheti, dhammāsanato orohitvā āpattiṃ desetvā gantabbaṃ. Yaṃ pana tattha tattha ‘‘anokāsaṃ kārāpetvā’’ti vuttaṃ tassa okāsaṃ akārāpetvāti evamattho veditabbo, na hi koci anokāso nāma atthi, yamokāsaṃ kārāpetvā āpattiṃ āpajjati, okāsaṃ pana akārāpetvā āpajjatīti. Sesaṃ uttānameva.
于等起等中,有三等起:从身与意、从语与意、从身语与意生起。为作业、知觉解脱、有知觉、世间罪,是身业、语业,属不善心,伴随苦受。显示巴利原文
Samuṭṭhānādīsu tisamuṭṭhānaṃ – kāyacittato, vācācittato, kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhāti. Kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, dukkhavedananti.
九、第二恶意嗔害学处注释显示巴利原文
9. Dutiyaduṭṭhadosasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
391 当时,世尊佛陀制定了这第二条关于恶意毁谤的学处。其中,“来吧,贤友们,我们来给这只山羊起名叫‘达巴·马喇子’吧”——据说,那些比丘在第一个故事中,因无法满足自己的心愿而受到呵责、心生懊恼,便想着“现在要让他尝尝厉害”,于是四处搜寻那样的把柄。后来有一天,他们看见了那只山羊,高兴地互相使眼色,说道:“来吧,贤友们,我们来给这只山羊起名叫‘达巴·马喇子’吧。”意为“这只山羊名叫达巴·马喇子”,他们就这样给它起了名。同样的解释也适用于“名为美提亚的比丘尼”这一句。显示巴利原文
391.Tena samayena buddho bhagavāti dutiyaduṭṭhadosasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha handa mayaṃ āvuso imaṃ chagalakaṃ dabbaṃ mallaputtaṃ nāma karomāti te kira paṭhamavatthusmiṃ attano manorathaṃ sampādetuṃ asakkontā laddhaniggahā vighātappattā ‘‘idāni jānissāmā’’ti tādisaṃ vatthuṃ pariyesamānā vicaranti. Athekadivasaṃ disvā tuṭṭhā aññamaññaṃ oloketvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘handa mayaṃ, āvuso, imaṃ chagalakaṃ dabbaṃ mallaputtaṃ nāma karomā’’ti, ‘‘dabbo mallaputto nāmāya’’nti evamassa nāmaṃ karomāti vuttaṃ hoti. Esa nayo mettiyaṃ nāma bhikkhuninti etthāpi.
那些比丘便盘问美提亚和布玛迦二位比丘,这样问道:“贤友,你们在哪里看见达巴·马喇子与美提亚比丘尼在一起?”“在鹫峰山脚。”“什么时候?”“在前往乞食的时候。”“贤友达巴,他们这样说——你那时在哪里?”“我在竹林分配食物。”“那时你在竹林,有谁知道?”“比丘僧团,尊者。”他们便问僧团:“你们知道他那时在竹林吗?”“是的,贤友,我们知道,长老自从受任命那天起,就一直在竹林。”于是他们对美提亚和布玛迦说:“贤友,你们的话不一致,莫非是抓住一点把柄而在妄语?”在被那些比丘这样盘问时,他们承认说:“是的,贤友。”并说出了那件事。显示巴利原文
Te bhikkhū mettiyabhumajake bhikkhū anuyuñjiṃsūti evaṃ anuyuñjiṃsu –‘‘āvuso, kuhiṃ tumhehi dabbo mallaputto mettiyāya bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ diṭṭho’’ti? ‘‘Gijjhakūṭapabbatapāde’’ti. ‘‘Kāya velāya’’ti? ‘‘Bhikkhācāragamanavelāyā’’ti. Āvuso dabba ime evaṃ vadanti – ‘‘tvaṃ tadā kuhi’’nti? ‘‘Veḷuvane bhattāni uddisāmī’’ti. ‘‘Tava tāya velāya veḷuvane atthibhāvaṃ ko jānātī’’ti? ‘‘Bhikkhusaṅgho, bhante’’ti. Te saṅghaṃ pucchiṃsu – ‘‘jānātha tumhe tāya velāya imassa veḷuvane atthibhāva’’nti. ‘‘Āma, āvuso, jānāma, thero sammutiladdhadivasato paṭṭhāya veḷuvaneyevā’’ti. Tato mettiyabhumajake āhaṃsu – ‘‘āvuso, tumhākaṃ kathā na sameti, kacci no lesaṃ oḍḍetvā vadathā’’ti. Evaṃ te tehi bhikkhūhi anuyuñjiyamānā āma āvusoti vatvā etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
“贤友,你们为何以属其他种类之事由……”在此,“属其他种类”是指属于其他种类,或它有其他种类。“事由”应理解为依据、所依、事由。因为那只被称为“达巴·马喇子”的山羊,属于与尊者达巴·马喇子的种类、部分、派别——即人类与比丘身份——不同的种类、部分、派别,即畜生类和山羊身份,或它有其他种类,因此被称为“属其他种类”。又因那些比丘说“我们来给这只山羊起名叫达巴·马喇子”时,那个起名的想法是以它为依据、所依、事由,故知它被称为“事由”。正是针对这一点,他们说“那些比丘以属其他种类之事由……”,而非指四类诤事中的任何一种。何以故?因为不可能。那些比丘并未抓住四类诤事中任何属其他种类事由的一丝一毫、任何把柄,而且四类诤事并无所谓的把柄。因为族姓等把柄仅针对个人而言,不针对诤论事等。而这个“达巴·马喇子”的名称,正是那只属其他种类事由的山羊的一个把柄,是为了以无根的波罗夷罪诽谤长老而抓住的一点把柄。显示巴利原文
Kiṃpana tumhe, āvuso, āyasmantaṃ dabbaṃ mallaputtaṃ aññabhāgiyassa adhikaraṇassāti ettha aññabhāgassa idaṃ, aññabhāgo vā assa atthīti aññabhāgiyaṃ. Adhikaraṇanti ādhāro veditabbo, vatthu adhiṭṭhānanti vuttaṃ hoti. Yo hi so ‘‘dabbo mallaputto nāmā’’ti chagalako vutto, so yvāyaṃ āyasmato dabbassa mallaputtassa bhāgo koṭṭhāso pakkho manussajāti ceva bhikkhubhāvo ca tato aññassa bhāgassa koṭṭhāsassa pakkhassa hoti tiracchānajātiyā ceva chagalakabhāvassa ca so vā aññabhāgo assa atthīti tasmā aññabhāgiyasaṅkhyaṃ labhati. Yasmā ca tesaṃ ‘‘imaṃ mayaṃ dabbaṃ mallaputtaṃ nāma karomā’’ti vadantānaṃ tassā nāmakaraṇasaññāya ādhāro vatthu adhiṭṭhānaṃ, tasmā adhikaraṇanti veditabbo. Tañhi sandhāya ‘‘te bhikkhū aññabhāgiyassa adhikaraṇassā’’ti āhaṃsu, na vivādādhikaraṇādīsu aññataraṃ. Kasmā? Asambhavato. Na hi te catunnaṃ adhikaraṇānaṃ kassaci aññabhāgiyassa adhikaraṇassa kañcidesaṃ lesamattaṃ upādiyiṃsu. Na ca catunnaṃ adhikaraṇānaṃ leso nāma atthi. Jātilesādayo hi puggalānaṃyeva lesā vuttā, na vivādādhikaraṇādīnaṃ. Idañca ‘‘dabbo mallaputto’’ti nāmaṃ tassa aññabhāgiyādhikaraṇabhāve ṭhitassa chagalakassa koci deso hoti theraṃ amūlakena pārājikena anuddhaṃsetuṃ lesamatto.
此处,“把柄”是指被看见、被指出、据此而称呼,这是对族姓等中某一方面的称谓。“借口”是指依附、黏着于另一件事,仅凭称呼便稍沾边,这也是对族姓等中某一方面的称谓。此后的文义显明。学处的制定也是此义。而在分别句中,若有人以属其他种类事由的某一点、某一借口,以波罗夷法毁谤,因此事依事发因缘而显明,故知不再分别解释。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca dissati apadissati assa ayanti voharīyatīti deso. Jātiādīsu aññatarakoṭṭhāsassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Aññampi vatthuṃ lissati silissati vohāramatteneva īsakaṃ allīyatīti leso. Jātiādīnaṃyeva aññatarakoṭṭhāsassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tato paraṃ uttānatthameva. Sikkhāpadapaññattiyampi ayamevattho. Padabhājane pana yassa aññabhāgiyassa adhikaraṇassa kiñcidesaṃ lesamattaṃ upādāya pārājikena dhammena anuddhaṃseyya , taṃ yasmā aṭṭhuppattivaseneva āvibhūtaṃ, tasmā na vibhattanti veditabbaṃ.
393 然而,那些被称为“事由”的,从名称共通性上,以举义的方式成立的四类诤事,其“属其他种类”与“属同类”并不明显,应为持律者所知。因此,依名称共通性所得的事由,为显示此义而说:“属其他种类之事由,是指属其他种类的罪,或属其他种类的诤事”等。而在末尾所说依属其他种类罪的事由而举罪,为显示这一点,应知此处汇集了一切诤事属同类和属其他种类的情况。显示巴利原文
393. Yāni pana adhikaraṇanti vacanasāmaññato atthuddhāravasena pavattāni cattāri adhikaraṇāni, tesaṃ aññabhāgiyatā ca tabbhāgiyatā ca yasmā apākaṭā jānitabbā ca vinayadharehi, tasmā vacanasāmaññato laddhaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ nissāya taṃ āvikaronto ‘‘aññabhāgiyassa adhikaraṇassāti āpattaññabhāgiyaṃ vā hoti adhikaraṇaññabhāgiyaṃ vā’’tiādimāha. Yā ca sā avasāne āpattaññabhāgiyassa adhikaraṇassa vasena codanā vuttā, tampi dassetuṃ ayaṃ sabbādhikaraṇānaṃ tabbhāgiyaaññabhāgiyatā samāhaṭāti veditabbā.
其中,‘罪的其他种类’一项率先列出,故在应当展开解释‘罪如何为罪的其他种类’时,由于这一道理在罪的诤事之同类考察中自然呈现,因此不以此开头,而仅取后句——‘诤事如何为诤事的其他种类’——来开始解释。应如此理解。显示巴利原文
Tattha ca āpattaññabhāgiyaṃ vāti paṭhamaṃ uddiṭṭhattā ‘‘kathañca āpatti āpattiyā aññabhāgiyā hotī’’ti niddese ārabhitabbe yasmā āpattādhikaraṇassa tabbhāgiyavicāraṇāyaṃyeva ayamattho āgamissati, tasmā evaṃ anārabhitvā ‘‘kathañca adhikaraṇaṃ adhikaraṇassa aññabhāgiya’’nti pacchimapadaṃyeva gahetvā niddeso āraddhoti veditabbo.
其中,‘其他种类’一章文义明显。每一种诤事,相对其余三种来说,皆为其他种类、其他派别、其他部分,因为事由不同类。而在‘同类’一章中,诤论诤事对于诤论诤事,是同类、同派别、同部分,以事由同类故;同样,举罪诤事对于举罪诤事也是如此。何以故?从佛陀时代以来,依十八种破僧事由所生的争论,与现今所生的争论,因事由同类,是同一个诤论诤事;同样,从佛陀时代以来,依四种过失所生的举罪,与现今所生的举罪,因事由同类,是同一个举罪诤事。然而,罪的诤事对于罪的诤事,从事由的同异、相似与不相似来看,并非绝对同类,因此说罪的诤事对于罪的诤事,可能是同类,也可能是其他种类。其中,由于从一开始即先解释了‘其他种类’,此处亦然,故先说明其他种类。其中的‘其他种类性’和后面的‘同类性’,应依所述之法来理解。显示巴利原文
Tattha aññabhāgiyavāro uttānatthoyeva. Ekamekañhi adhikaraṇaṃ itaresaṃ tiṇṇaṃ tiṇṇaṃ aññabhāgiyaṃ aññapakkhiyaṃ aññakoṭṭhāsiyaṃ hoti, vatthuvisabhāgattā, tabbhāgiyavāre pana vivādādhikaraṇaṃ vivādādhikaraṇassa tabbhāgiyaṃ tappakkhiyaṃ taṃkoṭṭhāsiyaṃ vatthusabhāgattā, tathā anuvādādhikaraṇaṃ anuvādādhikaraṇassa. Kathaṃ? Buddhakālato paṭṭhāya hi aṭṭhārasa bhedakaravatthūni nissāya uppannavivādo ca idāni uppajjanakavivādo ca vatthusabhāgatāya ekaṃ vivādādhikaraṇameva hoti, tathā buddhakālato paṭṭhāya catasso vipattiyo nissāya uppannaanuvādo ca idāni uppajjanakaanuvādo ca vatthusabhāgatāya ekaṃ anuvādādhikaraṇameva hoti. Yasmā pana āpattādhikaraṇaṃ āpattādhikaraṇassa sabhāgavisabhāgavatthuto sabhāgasarikkhāsarikkhato ca ekaṃsena tabbhāgiyaṃ na hoti, tasmā āpattādhikaraṇaṃ āpattādhikaraṇassa siyā tabbhāgiyaṃ siyā aññabhāgiyanti vuttaṃ. Tattha ādito paṭṭhāya aññabhāgiyassa paṭhamaṃ niddiṭṭhattā idhāpi aññabhāgiyameva paṭhamaṃ niddiṭṭhaṃ, tattha aññabhāgiyattañca parato tabbhāgiyattañca vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
在‘义利诤事对于义利诤事是同类’这一项中,从佛陀时代以来,依四种僧伽羯磨而生的诤事,与现在依四种僧伽羯磨将生的诤事,由于性质相同、相似,皆同为一个义利诤事。那么,是依僧伽羯磨而生的诤事称为义利诤事,还是这本身就是僧伽羯磨的名称?这本身就是僧伽羯磨的名称。虽然如此,但因为所谓的僧伽羯磨,是由‘应如此这般行’的羯磨相而作意生起,亦依前前之僧伽羯磨而生,故说‘依僧伽羯磨而生的诤事,称为义利诤事’。显示巴利原文
Kiccādhikaraṇaṃkiccādhikaraṇassa tabbhāgiyanti ettha pana buddhakālato paṭṭhāya cattāri saṅghakammāni nissāya uppannaṃ adhikaraṇañca idāni cattāri saṅghakammāni nissāya uppajjanakaṃ adhikaraṇañca sabhāgatāya sarikkhatāya ca ekaṃ kiccādhikaraṇameva hoti. Kiṃ pana saṅghakammāni nissāya uppannaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ kiccādhikaraṇaṃ, udāhu saṅghakammānamevetaṃ adhivacananti? Saṅghakammānamevetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Evaṃ santepi saṅghakammaṃ nāma ‘‘idañcidañca evaṃ kattabba’’nti yaṃ kammalakkhaṇaṃ manasikaroti taṃ nissāya uppajjanato purimaṃ purimaṃ saṅghakammaṃ nissāya uppajjanato ca saṅghakammāni nissāya uppannaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ kiccādhikaraṇanti vuttaṃ.
394 “取任何一部分、少许相似处”一句中,因为“部分”与“少许相似处”如前所述,仅是文辞有异而意义相同,所以他便说:“相似处有十种相似处:出身相似处、名称相似处”等。其中,出身本身就是出身相似处。其余各项同理。显示巴利原文
394.Kiñci desaṃ lesamattaṃ upādāyāti ettha pana yasmā desoti vā lesamattoti vā pubbe vuttanayeneva byañjanato nānaṃ atthato ekaṃ, tasmā ‘‘leso nāma dasa lesā jātileso nāmaleso’’tiādimāha. Tattha jātiyeva jātileso. Esa nayo sesesu.
395 现在,为了详细显示该相似处,并说明如何依此而令不构成诽谤,便结合实例来开示:“出身相似处,即曾见有刹帝利”等。其中,“曾见有刹帝利”是指此指控者曾见过其他某个刹帝利种姓者。“犯波罗夷法”是指在行淫欲法等中犯任何一条。“见到其他刹帝利后而指控”:即他见到其他与自己有怨的刹帝利种姓比丘后,执取该刹帝利出身相似处,而作如此指控:“我曾见刹帝利犯波罗夷法,你是刹帝利,你犯了波罗夷法”;或者说:“你就是那个刹帝利,不是别人,你犯了波罗夷法,你不是沙门,不是释迦子,不得与你共行布萨、自恣或作僧伽羯磨”。如此每说一语即犯桑喀地谢沙罪。在此之中,应知那些刹帝利之间由于各自高矮、所见等差异而成为所取的“部分”,以及依刹帝利种姓所施设的所依而成为“事由”。以此方法,当知适用于一切场合。显示巴利原文
395. Idāni tameva lesaṃ vitthārato dassetuṃ yathā taṃ upādāya anuddhaṃsanā hoti tathā savatthukaṃ katvā dassento ‘‘jātileso nāma khattiyo diṭṭho hotī’’tiādimāha. Tattha khattiyo diṭṭho hotīti añño koci khattiyajātiyo iminā codakena diṭṭho hoti. Pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpajjantoti methunadhammādīsu aññataraṃ āpajjanto. Aññaṃ khattiyaṃ passitvācodetīti atha so aññaṃ attano veriṃ khattiyajātiyaṃ bhikkhuṃ passitvā taṃ khattiyajātilesaṃ gahetvā evaṃ codeti ‘‘khattiyo mayā diṭṭho pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpajjanto, tvaṃ khattiyo, pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpannosī’’ atha vā ‘‘tvaṃ so khattiyo, na añño, pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpannosi, assamaṇosi asakyaputtiyosi natthi tayā saddhiṃ uposatho vā pavāraṇā vā saṅghakammaṃ vā’’ti, āpatti vācāya vācāya saṅghādisesassa. Ettha ca tesaṃ khattiyānaṃ aññamaññaṃ asadisassa tassa tassa dīghādino vā diṭṭhādino vā vasena aññabhāgiyatā khattiyajātipaññattiyā ādhāravasena adhikaraṇatā ca veditabbā, etenupāyena sabbapadesu yojanā veditabbā.
400 在钵相似处的解说中,“衣钵”是指一种陶钵,形状优美、表面光滑、富有光泽、呈蜂色,犹如铜钵。“苏巴迦钵”是指普通的陶钵。显示巴利原文
400. Pattalesaniddese ca sāṭakapattoti lohapattasadiso susaṇṭhāno succhavi siniddho bhamaravaṇṇo mattikāpatto vuccati. Sumbhakapattoti pakatimattikāpatto.
406 然而,罪相似处仅用一句略说,故为详细显示而说:“比丘犯桑喀地谢沙时被见到”等。为何不于此处解说,却另作别说?因为与其他解说的性质不同。其他解说是见到一人,而以指控另一人的方式所说;而此解说是见到同一人犯某一罪,却以另一罪指控的方式所说。若如此,如何成为不同部分的事由?依罪而成为。因此说:“如此,罪也成为不同部分,且相似处被执取”。因为他所犯的桑喀地谢沙,是波罗夷的不同部分事由。该不同部分事由的相似处,即如一切刹帝利共通的刹帝利性,是一切罪共通的罪性。以此方法,应知其余以罪为根本的方法,以及指控者品。显示巴利原文
406. Yasmā pana āpattilesassa ekapadeneva saṅkhepato niddeso vutto, tasmā vitthāratopi taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘bhikkhu saṅghādisesaṃ ajjhāpajjanto diṭṭho hotī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Kasmā panassa tattheva niddesaṃ avatvā idha visuṃ vuttoti? Sesaniddesehi asabhāgattā. Sesaniddesā hi aññaṃ disvā aññassa codanāvasena vuttā. Ayaṃ pana ekameva aññaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjantaṃ disvā aññāya āpattiyā codanāvasena vutto. Yadi evaṃ kathaṃ aññabhāgiyaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ hotīti? Āpattiyā. Teneva vuttaṃ – ‘‘evampi āpattaññabhāgiyañca hoti leso ca upādinno’’ti. Yañhi so saṅghādisesaṃ āpanno taṃ pārājikassa aññabhāgiyaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ. Tassa pana aññabhāgiyassa adhikaraṇassa leso nāma yo so sabbakhattiyānaṃ sādhāraṇo khattiyabhāvo viya sabbāpattīnaṃ sādhāraṇo āpattibhāvo. Etenupāyena sesāpattimūlakanayo codāpakavāro ca veditabbo.
408 “若如是想者指控或令指控,无犯”:即认为“此人确实犯了波罗夷”,若有人如此如实地想而指控或令指控,则无犯。其余各处文义明显易解。起源等也与第一恶意嗔害学处相似。显示巴利原文
408.Anāpatti tathāsaññī codeti vā codāpeti vāti ‘‘pārājikaṃyeva ayaṃ āpanno’’ti yo evaṃ tathāsaññī codeti vā codāpeti vā tassa anāpatti. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānameva. Samuṭṭhānādīnipi paṭhamaduṭṭhadosasadisānevāti.
十、第一僧团破裂学处释义显示巴利原文
10. Paṭhamasaṅghabhedasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
409 “那时,佛陀、世尊”:此为破僧学处。其中,“那时,提婆达多”等——提婆达多是谁,如何出家,以何因缘前往拘迦利迦等处说:“诸贤,我们来分裂沙门乔达摩的僧团,破其法轮。”这一切在《破僧犍度》中已有记载。至于乞求五事,虽然在那里也会出现,但此处也已提及,故凡应在此说的,说完后再续。显示巴利原文
409.Tenasamayena buddho bhagavāti saṅghabhedasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha atha kho devadattotiādīsu yo ca devadatto, yathā ca pabbajito, yena ca kāraṇena kokālikādayo upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘etha mayaṃ āvuso samaṇassa gotamassa saṅghabhedaṃ karissāma cakkabheda’’nti āha. Taṃ sabbaṃ saṅghabhedakkhandhake (cūḷava. 343) āgatameva. Pañcavatthuyācanā pana kiñcāpi tattheva āgamissati. Atha kho idhāpi āgatattā yadettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ vatvāva gamissāma.
“善哉,尊者”——这是请求。“愿比丘终生为阿兰若者”:即受持阿兰若头陀支后,一切比丘只要活着就应成为阿兰若者,唯住于阿兰若中。若有人进入村落附近,罪应触犯他:这是说,若有任何一位比丘舍弃阿兰若,为了居住而进入村落附近,罪过便会触犯他——罪过触及该比丘,世尊将以犯戒处罚他。他以这样的意图而说。其余诸事同理。显示巴利原文
Sādhu bhanteti āyācanā. Bhikkhū yāvajīvaṃ āraññikā assūti āraññikadhutaṅgaṃ samādāya sabbepi bhikkhū yāva jīvanti tāva āraññikā hontu , araññeyeva vasantu. Yo gāmantaṃ osareyya vajjaṃ naṃ phuseyyāti yo ekabhikkhupi araññaṃ pahāya nivāsatthāya gāmantaṃ osareyya, vajjaṃ taṃ phuseyya naṃ bhikkhuṃ doso phusatu, āpattiyā naṃ bhagavā kāretū’’ti adhippāyena vadati. Esa nayo sesavatthūsupi.
410 410. “我们将使众人知晓”:意思是,我们将让众人了解我们少欲等品德,或者说,我们将使众人满意、令生净信。这是所说之意。显示巴利原文
410.Janaṃ saññāpessāmāti janaṃ amhākaṃ appicchatādibhāvaṃ jānāpessāma, atha vā paritosessāma pasādessāmāti vuttaṃ hoti.
然而,当提婆达多乞求这五事时,世尊一听其言便知:“此人是为了破僧而乞求。”然而,因为若允许这些事,会导致许多善男子在修行上产生障碍,所以世尊拒绝说:“够了,提婆达多!”然后说:“凡愿意者,可成为阿兰若者”等。显示巴利原文
Imāni pana pañca vatthūni yācato devadattassa vacanaṃ sutvāva aññāsi bhagavā ‘‘saṅghabhedatthiko hutvā ayaṃ yācatī’’ti. Yasmā pana tāni anujāniyamānāni bahūnaṃ kulaputtānaṃ maggantarāyāya saṃvattanti, tasmā bhagavā ‘‘alaṃ devadattā’’ti paṭikkhipitvā ‘‘yo icchati āraññiko hotū’’tiādimāha.
在此,善男子应了知世尊的意趣,进而了知何种方式对自己是适当的。因为在此,世尊的意趣是这样的:‘有一种比丘志向广大、精进勇猛,能舍弃村落边的住处,住于森林而尽苦边际;有一种比丘羸弱少力,在森林中不能,唯在村落边才能;有一种比丘有大力量,诸界平衡,具足忍辱安忍,于可意不可意境中心平等,无论在森林还是村落边皆能;有一种比丘于二处皆不能,唯是句之最者。’显示巴利原文
Ettha pana bhagavato adhippāyaṃ viditvā kulaputtena attano patirūpaṃ veditabbaṃ. Ayañhettha bhagavato adhippāyo – ‘‘eko bhikkhu mahajjhāsayo hoti mahussāho, sakkoti gāmantasenāsanaṃ paṭikkhipitvā araññe viharanto dukkhassantaṃ kātuṃ. Eko dubbalo hoti appathāmo araññe na sakkoti, gāmanteyeva sakkoti. Eko mahabbalo samappavattadhātuko adhivāsanakhantisampanno iṭṭhāniṭṭhesu samacitto araññepi gāmantepi sakkotiyeva. Eko neva gāmante na araññe sakkoti padaparamo hoti.
其中,那位志向广大、精进勇猛,能舍弃村落边住处,住于森林而尽苦边际的比丘,他应唯住于森林,这对他才是适当的。他的共住弟子等随学者,也会认为唯应住于森林。显示巴利原文
Tatra yvāyaṃ mahajjhāsayo hoti mahussāho, sakkoti gāmantasenāsanaṃ paṭikkhipitvā araññe viharanto dukkhassantaṃ kātuṃ, so araññeyeva vasatu, idamassa patirūpaṃ. Saddhivihārikādayopi cassa anusikkhamānā araññe vihātabbameva maññissanti.
然而,那位羸弱少力、唯在村落边才能尽苦边际、在森林中不能的比丘,他应唯住于村落边。而那位有大力量、诸界平衡、具足忍辱安忍、于可意不可意境中心平等,无论在森林还是村落边皆能胜任的比丘,他也应舍弃村落边的住处而住于森林,这对他才是适当的。因为他的共住弟子等随学者,也会认为应住于森林。显示巴利原文
Yo pana dubbalo hoti appathāmo gāmanteyeva sakkoti dukkhassantaṃ kātuṃ, na araññe so gāmanteyeva vasatu, yvāyaṃ mahabbalo samappavattadhātuko adhivāsanakhantisampanno iṭṭhāniṭṭhesu samacitto araññepi gāmantepi sakkotiyeva, ayampi gāmantasenāsanaṃ pahāya araññe viharatu, idamassa patirūpaṃ saddhivihārikāpi hissa anusikkhamānā araññe vihātabbaṃ maññissanti.
然而,那位句最上者比丘,既不能在村落边安住,也无法在森林中成就,他也应当唯住于森林。因为对他而言,奉行此头陀支与修习业处,将成为未来道果的亲依止缘;而他的共住弟子等随学者,也会随之认为应当住于森林。显示巴利原文
Yo panāyaṃ neva gāmante na araññe sakkoti padaparamo hoti. Ayampi araññeyeva vasatu. Ayaṃ hissa dhutaṅgasevanā kammaṭṭhānabhāvanā ca āyatiṃ maggaphalānaṃ upanissayo bhavissati. Saddhivihārikādayo cassa anusikkhamānā araññe vihātabbaṃ maññissantīti.
如此,针对那位羸弱少力、唯有住在村落边才能尽苦边际、在森林中则不能的人,世尊说:‘谁若愿意,就让他住在村落边吧。’并且,通过此人,也为其他人开了方便之门。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ yvāyaṃ dubbalo hoti appathāmo gāmanteyeva viharanto sakkoti dukkhassantaṃ kātuṃ na araññe, imaṃ puggalaṃ sandhāya bhagavā ‘‘yo icchati gāmante viharatū’’ti āha. Iminā ca puggalena aññesampi dvāraṃ dinnaṃ.
然而,如果世尊接受了提婆达多的言论,那么,那位本性羸弱少力的人,以及那位在幼年时尚能胜任森林住、到了老年或因风、胆等界扰动现起便不能胜任,唯有住在村落边才能尽苦边际的人——对他们而言,圣道将被阻断,阿罗汉果的证得也将不可能;大师的教法将成为非法、非律、相违、非出离;大师对他们也将不再是一切知者,反而会成为应受谴责者:‘他抛弃了自己的言教,却住立于提婆达多的言教。’因此,世尊在摄受这类人的同时,拒绝了提婆达多的言论。以此方法,在常乞食者事、粪扫衣者事中,也是如此,为八个月;在树下住者事中,也应当了知这样的判决。然而,树下住处四个月是被拒绝的。显示巴利原文
Yadi pana bhagavā devadattassa vādaṃ sampaṭiccheyya, yvāyaṃ puggalo pakatiyā dubbalo hoti appathāmo, yopi daharakāle araññavāsaṃ abhisambhuṇitvā jiṇṇakāle vā vātapittādīhi samuppannadhātukkhobhakāle vā nābhisambhuṇāti, gāmanteyeva pana viharanto sakkoti dukkhassantaṃ kātuṃ, tesaṃ ariyamaggupacchedo bhaveyya, arahattaphalādhigamo na bhaveyya, uddhammaṃ ubbinayaṃ vilomaṃ aniyyānikaṃ satthu sāsanaṃ bhaveyya, satthā ca tesaṃ asabbaññū assa ‘‘sakavādaṃ chaḍḍetvā devadattavāde patiṭṭhito’’ti gārayho ca bhaveyya. Tasmā bhagavā evarūpe puggale saṅgaṇhanto devadattassa vādaṃ paṭikkhipi. Etenevūpāyena piṇḍapātikavatthusmimpi paṃsukūlikavatthusmimpi aṭṭha māse rukkhamūlikavatthusmimpi vinicchayo veditabbo. Cattāro pana māse rukkhamūlasenāsanaṃ paṭikkhittameva.
在鱼肉一事中,“三净”即依三种边际而清净,指远离见、闻、疑诸不净之义。因此说:“不见、不闻、不疑”。其中,“不见”是说,为比丘们而捕杀的鹿、鱼等,在被拿取之时,并未亲眼看见。“不闻”是说,为比丘们而捕杀的鹿、鱼等,虽已被拿取,却未曾听说。而“不疑”,则是在了知因见生疑、因闻生疑,以及离此二者而生的疑之后,从其相反的方面来理解。具体如何呢?在此,比丘们看见有人手持网、笼等从村落中走出,或在森林中行进;次日,当比丘们进入该村落乞食时,人们便供养混杂了鱼肉的钵食。比丘们由于先前所见而心生怀疑:“这莫非是为比丘们特意准备的吧?”这便是“见疑”,此种食物不可接受。如此,不生疑的才可接受。然而,若那些人们询问:“尊者,为何不接受呢?”在听到事情缘由后说明:“尊者,这并不是专为比丘们做的,而是为我们自己,或是为国王、官员等做的。”如此则可接受。显示巴利原文
Macchamaṃsavatthusmiṃ tikoṭiparisuddhanti tīhi koṭīhi parisuddhaṃ, diṭṭhādīhi aparisuddhīhi virahitanti attho. Tenevāha – ‘‘adiṭṭhaṃ, asutaṃ, aparisaṅkita’’nti. Tattha ‘‘adiṭṭhaṃ’’ nāma bhikkhūnaṃ atthāya migamacche vadhitvā gayhamānaṃ adiṭṭhaṃ. ‘‘Asutaṃ’’ nāma bhikkhūnaṃ atthāya migamacche vadhitvā gahitanti asutaṃ. ‘‘Aparisaṅkitaṃ’’ pana diṭṭhaparisaṅkitaṃ sutaparisaṅkitaṃ tadubhayavimuttaparisaṅkitañca ñatvā tabbipakkhato jānitabbaṃ. Kathaṃ? Idha bhikkhū passanti manusse jālavāgurādihatthe gāmato va nikkhamante araññe vā vicarante, dutiyadivase ca nesaṃ taṃ gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭhānaṃ samacchamaṃsaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ abhiharanti. Te tena diṭṭhena parisaṅkanti ‘‘bhikkhūnaṃ nukho atthāya kata’’nti idaṃ diṭṭhaparisaṅkitaṃ, nāma etaṃ gahetuṃ na vaṭṭati. Yaṃ evaṃ aparisaṅkitaṃ taṃ vaṭṭati. Sace pana te manussā ‘‘kasmā bhante na gaṇhathā’’ti pucchitvā tamatthaṃ sutvā ‘‘nayidaṃ bhante bhikkhūnaṃ atthāya kataṃ, amhehi attano atthāya vā rājayuttādīnaṃ atthāya vā kata’’nti vadanti kappati.
再者,虽然比丘们并没有亲眼看见,却听到了传闻:“听说有人手持网、笼等从村落中走出,或在森林中行进。”次日,当比丘们进入该村落乞食时,便心生怀疑:“这莫非是为比丘们特意准备的吧?”这便是“闻疑”。此种食物不可接受。如此,不生疑的才可接受。然而,若那些人们询问:“尊者,为何不接受呢?”在听到事情缘由后说明:“尊者,这并不是专为比丘们做的,而是为我们自己,或是为国王、官员等做的。”如此则可接受。显示巴利原文
Naheva kho bhikkhū passanti; apica suṇanti, manussā kira jālavāgurādihatthā gāmato vā nikkhamanti, araññe vā vicarantī’’ti. Dutiyadivase ca nesaṃ taṃ gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭhānaṃ ‘‘bhikkhūnaṃ nukho atthāya kata’’nti idaṃ ‘‘sutaparisaṅkitaṃ’’ nāma. Etaṃ gahetuṃ na vaṭṭati, yaṃ evaṃ aparisaṅkitaṃ taṃ vaṭṭati. Sace pana te manussā ‘‘kasmā, bhante, na gaṇhathā’’ti pucchitvā tamatthaṃ sutvā ‘‘nayidaṃ, bhante, bhikkhūnaṃ atthāya kataṃ, amhehi attano atthāya vā rājayuttādīnaṃ atthāya vā kata’’nti vadanti kappati.
另外,比丘们既没有亲眼看见,也没有听闻什么。但进入该村落乞食时,人们取过钵来,备好混杂了鱼肉的钵食前来供养。比丘们便心生怀疑:“这莫非是为比丘们特意准备的吧?”这便是“离此二者之疑”。此种食物不可接受。如此,不生疑的才可接受。然而,若那些人们询问:“尊者,为何不接受呢?”在听到事情缘由后说明:“尊者,这并不是专为比丘们做的,而是为我们自己,或是为国王、官员等做的,又或是得到了现成之肉、如法之肉后,才为比丘们准备的。”如此则可接受。为亡者所做的祭祀,或是为庆典等所准备的食物,道理也是相同的。凡确实并非专为比丘们所做,且对此心中无疑的,一切均可接受。显示巴利原文
Naheva kho pana bhikkhū passanti, na suṇanti; apica kho tesaṃ gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭhānaṃ pattaṃ gahetvā samacchamaṃsaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ abhisaṅkharitvā abhiharanti, te parisaṅkanti ‘‘bhikkhūnaṃ nukho atthāya kata’’nti idaṃ ‘‘tadubhayavimuttaparisaṅkitaṃ’’ nāma. Etaṃ gahetuṃ na vaṭṭati. Yaṃ evaṃ aparisaṅkitaṃ taṃ vaṭṭati. Sace pana te manussā ‘‘kasmā, bhante, na gaṇhathā’’ti pucchitvā tamatthaṃ sutvā ‘‘nayidaṃ, bhante, bhikkhūnaṃ atthāya kataṃ amhehi attano atthāya vā rājayuttādīnaṃ atthāya vā kataṃ pavattamaṃsaṃ vā kappiyameva labhitvā bhikkhūnaṃ atthāya sampādita’’nti vadanti kappati. Matānaṃ petakiccatthāya maṅgalādīnaṃ vā atthāya katepi eseva nayo. Yaṃ yañhi bhikkhūnaṃyeva atthāya akataṃ, yattha ca nibbematiko hoti, taṃ sabbaṃ kappati.
若在一寺院中,有指定施予比丘们的施物,那些比丘并不知道那是为他们而作,而其他人知道。知道者不可受用,不知道者可受用。若其他人不知道,只有那些比丘自己知道,则只有那些比丘不可受用,其他人可受用。若那些比丘也了知“这是为我们而作”,其他人也了知“这是为他们而作”,则所有人都不可受用。若所有人都不知道,则所有人都可受用。因为对于五位同法比丘,凡是为其中任何一位而作的施物,对所有人都不可受用。显示巴利原文
Sace pana ekasmiṃ vihāre bhikkhū uddissa kataṃ hoti, te ca attano atthāya katabhāvaṃ na jānanti, aññe jānanti. Ye jānanti, tesaṃ na vaṭṭati , itaresaṃ vaṭṭati. Aññe na jānanti, teyeva jānanti, tesaṃyeva na vaṭṭati, aññesaṃ vaṭṭati. Tepi amhākaṃ atthāya katanti jānanti, aññepi etesaṃ atthāya katanti jānanti, sabbesampi na vaṭṭati, sabbe na jānanti, sabbesampi vaṭṭati. Pañcasu hi sahadhammikesu yassa vā tassa vā atthāya uddissa kataṃ, sabbesaṃ na kappati.
然而,若有人为某位比丘杀生后,将他的钵装满肉给他,而该比丘明知那是为自己而作却接受了,然后给另一位比丘,那位比丘出于对他的信任而食用,这是谁的罪过?两人都无罪。因为对于被指定而作的那位比丘,由于他未食用,所以无罪;对于另一位,则由于不知情而无罪。因为接受如法肉食并无罪过。而且,若不知是‘为指定而作’而食用了,事后才知道,并不存在所谓的‘忏悔罪过之事’;但若不知是不如法肉而食用了,事后才知道,则须忏悔罪过。因为明知是‘为指定而作’而食用,才有罪过。若不知是不如法肉而食用,也有罪过。因此,畏惧罪过的比丘,即使通过观察形色,也应询问后再接受肉食。或者在受用时,应心想‘我将在受用时询问’而接受,然后询问后再受用。为什么?因为难以辨别。熊肉像猪肉,豹肉等像鹿肉等,因此诸长老说,询问后再接受才是正确做法。显示巴利原文
Sace pana koci ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ uddissa pāṇaṃ vadhitvā tassa pattaṃ pūretvā deti, so ca attano atthāya katabhāvaṃ jānaṃyeva gahetvā aññassa bhikkhuno deti, so tassa saddhāya paribhuñjati, kassa āpattīti? Dvinnampi anāpatti. Yañhi uddissa kataṃ tassa abhuttatāya anāpatti, itarassa ajānanatāya. Kappiyamaṃsassa hi paṭiggahaṇe āpatti natthi. Uddissa katañca ajānitvā bhuttassa pacchā ñatvā āpattidesanākiccaṃ nāma natthi, akappiyamaṃsaṃ pana ajānitvā bhuttena pacchā ñatvāpi āpatti desetabbā, uddissa katañhi ñatvā bhuñjatova āpatti. Akappiyamaṃsaṃ ajānitvā bhuñjantassāpi āpattiyeva. Tasmā āpattibhīrukena rūpaṃ sallakkhentenapi pucchitvāva maṃsaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ. Paribhogakāle pucchitvā paribhuñjissāmīti vā gahetvā pucchitvāva paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Kasmā? Duviññeyyattā. Acchamaṃsaṃ hi sūkaramaṃsasadisaṃ hoti, dīpimaṃsādīnipi migamaṃsādisadisāni, tasmā pucchitvā gahaṇameva vattanti vadanti.
‘欢喜踊跃’即成为满足且身心昂扬。据说,他心想:‘世尊不允许这五种物品,现在我能制造僧团分裂了。’向瞿迦梨示以暗示之相后,犹如一个想死的人,或吃了毒药,或用绳索上吊,或拿刀自杀,在得到毒药等其中之一时,由于那种缘故,不知道临近的死亡之苦而欢喜踊跃;同样,由于僧团分裂的因缘,不知道即将投生无间地狱后所应感受的临近之苦,心想‘我现在得到了分裂僧团的方法’,便欢喜踊跃,与随从一起从座而起,就以那种欢喜的状态,礼敬世尊后,右绕而行,离去了。显示巴利原文
Haṭṭho udaggoti tuṭṭho ceva unnatakāyacitto ca hutvā. So kira ‘‘na bhagavā imāni pañca vatthūni anujānāti, idāni sakkhissāmi saṅghabhedaṃ kātu’’nti kokālikassa iṅgitākāraṃ dassetvā yathā visaṃ vā khāditvā rajjuyā vā ubbandhitvā satthaṃ vā āharitvā maritukāmo puriso visādīsu aññataraṃ labhitvā tappaccayā āsannampi maraṇadukkhaṃ ajānanto haṭṭho udaggo hoti; evameva saṅghabhedapaccayā āsannampi avīcimhi nibbattitvā paṭisaṃvedanīyaṃ dukkhaṃ ajānanto ‘‘laddho dāni me saṅghabhedassa upāyo’’ti haṭṭho udaggo sapariso uṭṭhāyāsanā teneva haṭṭhabhāvena bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.
‘我们受持这五种物品而遵行’——此处,本来应当说‘这五种物品’,但他因为反复思虑‘我们要用这五种物品让人们信服’,没有注意到格位颠倒,就顺着反复思虑的样子说成了‘我们以这五种物品’,如同一个心有旁骛的人一样。显示巴利原文
Te mayaṃ imehi pañcahi vatthūhi samādāya vattāmāti ettha pana ‘‘imāni pañca vatthūnī’’ti vattabbepi te mayaṃ imehi pañcahi vatthūhi janaṃ saññāpessāmāti abhiṇhaṃ parivitakkavasena vibhattivipallāsaṃ asallakkhetvā abhiṇhaṃ parivitakkānurūpameva ‘‘te mayaṃ imehi pañcahi vatthūhī’’ti āha, yathā taṃ vikkhittacitto.
‘头陀、严苛行者’:那能抖落烦恼的修行,因为具足它,故为‘头陀’;而那能削减烦恼的修行是他们的生活方式,故为‘严苛行者’。显示巴利原文
Dhutāsallekhavuttinoti yā paṭipadā kilese dhunāti, tāya samannāgatattā dhutā. Yā ca kilese sallikhati, sā etesaṃ vuttīti sallekhavuttino.
‘多求者’:衣等资具的众多性称为‘多求’;他有此多求,或者系着、住立于那种多求当中,故为‘多求者’。‘他思惟多求’意思是,他思虑、筹划、计谋多求。意思是:他如此生起精勤:‘如何才能使我和弟子们的衣等资具变得众多呢?’‘为破轮’就是破坏教令。显示巴利原文
Bāhulikoti cīvarādīnaṃ paccayānaṃ bahulabhāvo bāhullaṃ, taṃ bāhullamassa atthi, tasmiṃ vā bāhulle niyutto ṭhitoti bāhuliko. Bāhullāya cetetīti bāhulattāya ceteti kappeti pakappeti. Kathañhi nāma mayhañca sāvakānañca cīvarādīnaṃ paccayānaṃ bahulabhāvo bhaveyyāti evaṃ ussukkamāpannoti adhippāyo. Cakkabhedāyāti āṇābhedāya.
“作了法谈”——依照《犍度》中所说的方法:“够了,提婆达多,莫让僧团分裂令你欢喜。提婆达多,僧团分裂是重罪。提婆达多,破坏和合僧团者,将招致持续一劫的恶业,在地狱中烧煮一劫;提婆达多,使已分裂之僧团重归和合者,则感得梵福,在天界享乐一劫。”作了这些与提婆达多及比丘们相应、相契的种种法谈后。显示巴利原文
Dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvāti khandhake vuttanayena ‘‘alaṃ, devadatta, mā te rucci saṅghabhedo. Garuko kho, devadatta, saṅghabhedo. Yo kho, devadatta, samaggaṃ saṅghaṃ bhindati, kappaṭṭhikaṃ kibbisaṃ pasavati, kappaṃ nirayamhi paccati, yo ca kho, devadatta, bhinnaṃ saṅghaṃ samaggaṃ karoti, brahmaṃ puññaṃ pasavati, kappaṃ saggamhi modatī’’ti (cūḷava. 343) evamādikaṃ anekappakāraṃ devadattassa ca bhikkhūnañca tadanucchavikaṃ tadanulomikaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā.
411 “和合者”——指心意与身体结合而不相离。词语分别中也开示了这一含义:说“同一共住者”,即显示心意不相离;说“立于同一界内者”,即显示身体不相离。何以故?“同一共住者”脱离了见解不同共住与业不同共住,由心平等而心意不相离;“立于同一界内者”由成就身和合而身体不相离。显示巴利原文
411.Samaggassāti sahitassa cittena ca sarīrena ca aviyuttassāti attho. Padabhājanepi hi ayameva attho dassito. Samānasaṃvāsakoti hi vadatā cittena aviyogo dassito hoti. Samānasīmāyaṃ ṭhitoti vadatā sarīrena. Kathaṃ? Samānasaṃvāsako hi laddhinānāsaṃvāsakena vā kammanānāsaṃvāsakena vā virahito samacittatāya cittena aviyutto hoti. Samānasīmāyaṃ ṭhito kāyasāmaggidānato sarīrena aviyutto.
“或能导致分裂的诤事”——即为了分裂、为了僧团分裂而足以导致的原因。在此处,如“以欲为因、以欲为源、以欲为诤事”等句中,因即是诤事。由于此因有十八种,故词语分别中说“十八种破僧事”。那些在《犍度》中,依“优波离,于此有比丘将非法说为法”等次第而来的事,我们将在彼处解释其义。而依这些事,由其他五种原因——业、诵出、称呼、唱说、取筹——亦能令僧团分裂,我们也将在其出处阐明。简言之,“执取能导致分裂的诤事”——此处应知为:执取了为僧团分裂而能招致、能成就僧团分裂的原因。“高举”即执取、高举、使之彰显;“坚持”即依所执取、所高举之相而延续。然而,当如此高举、坚持之时,此事既被彰显又未被舍弃,故词语分别中说“应彰显”及“不应舍弃”。显示巴利原文
Bhedanasaṃvattanikaṃ vā adhikaraṇanti bhedanassa saṅghabhedassa atthāya saṃvattanikaṃ kāraṇaṃ. Imasmiñhi okāse ‘‘kāmahetu kāmanidānaṃ kāmādhikaraṇa’’ntiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.168) viya kāraṇaṃ adhikaraṇanti adhippetaṃ. Tañca yasmā aṭṭhārasavidhaṃ hoti, tasmā padabhājane ‘‘aṭṭhārasa bhedakaravatthūnī’’ti vuttaṃ. Tāni pana ‘‘idhūpāli, bhikkhu adhammaṃ dhammoti dīpetī’’tiādinā (cūḷava. 352) nayena khandhake āgatāni, tasmā tatreva nesaṃ atthaṃ vaṇṇayissāma. Yopi cāyaṃ imāni vatthūni nissāya aparehipi kammena, uddesena, vohārena, anusāvanāya, salākaggāhenāti pañcahi kāraṇehi saṅghabhedo hoti, tampi āgataṭṭhāneyeva pakāsayissāma. Saṅkhepato pana bhedanasaṃvattanikaṃ vā adhikaraṇaṃ samādāyāti ettha saṅghabhedassa atthāya saṃvattanikaṃ saṅghabhedanipphattisamatthaṃ kāraṇaṃ gahetvāti evamattho veditabbo. Paggayhāti paggahitaṃ abbhussitaṃ pākaṭaṃ katvā. Tiṭṭheyyāti yathāsamādinnaṃ yathāpaggahitameva ca katvā accheyya . Yasmā pana evaṃ paggaṇhatā tiṭṭhatā ca taṃ dīpitañceva appaṭinissaṭṭhañca hoti, tasmā padabhājane ‘‘dīpeyyā’’ti ca ‘‘nappaṭinissajjeyyā’’ti ca vuttaṃ.
“比丘们应当如此对他说”是指应由其他具惭耻的比丘这样对他说。在词语分解中,“那些看见的人”是指当面见到他固执己见的人。“那些听到的人”是指听到说“在某寺院中,比丘们执持导致分裂的诤事而坚持”的人。显示巴利原文
Bhikkhūhi evamassa vacanīyoti aññehi lajjīhi bhikkhūhi evaṃ vattabbo bhaveyya. Padabhājane cassa ye passantīti ye sammukhā paggayha tiṭṭhantaṃ passanti. Ye suṇantīti yepi ‘‘asukasmiṃ nāma vihāre bhikkhū bhedanasaṃvattanikaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ samādāya paggayha tiṭṭhantī’’ti suṇanti.
“愿尊者与僧团和合”意为:愿尊者与僧团和合、达成一致,成为同一见解者。是什么原因呢?因为和合的僧团彼此欢喜、无诤、同一诵戒,安乐而住。显示巴利原文
Sametāyasmā saṅghenāti āyasmā saṅghena saddhiṃ sametu samāgacchatu ekaladdhiko hotūti attho. Kiṃ kāraṇā? Samaggo hi saṅgho sammodamāno avivadamāno ekuddeso phāsu viharatīti.
其中,“彼此欢喜”是指因彼此的成就而十分欢喜。“无诤”是指不如是争论“这是法,这不是法”。“同一诵戒”是指具有同一诵戒,即共同进行的巴帝摩卡诵戒,意为不分离。“安乐而住”是指安乐地安住。显示巴利原文
Tattha sammodamānoti aññamaññaṃ sampattiyā saṭṭhu modamāno. Avivadamānoti ‘‘ayaṃ dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo’’ti evaṃ na vivadamāno. Eko uddeso assāti ekuddeso, ekato pavattapātimokkhuddeso, na visunti attho. Phāsu viharatīti sukhaṃ viharati.
“这是善的”——对于那位比丘而言,这种舍弃是善的、安稳的、吉祥的状态。若不舍弃,则犯恶作:即被劝诫三次仍不舍弃者,犯恶作。听闻之后不说的比丘们也犯恶作:凡是听到后却不说的比丘,同样犯恶作。听到后,在多大范围内不说者犯恶作?若在同一寺院内,则无此责任。然而注释书中说:“周围半由旬内的比丘们皆有责任。即使差遣信使或寄送书信去说,也不能免除罪过。应当亲自前往,劝阻说:‘贤友,破僧之事极为严重,切勿为破僧而努力。’”有能力者甚至应前往更远之处,因为对于无病者,即便远方也是有责任的。显示巴利原文
Iccetaṃ kusalanti etaṃ paṭinissajjanaṃ kusalaṃ khemaṃ sotthibhāvo tassa bhikkhuno. No ce paṭinissajjati āpatti dukkaṭassāti tikkhattuṃ vuttassa appaṭinissajjato dukkaṭaṃ. Sutvā na vadanti āpatti dukkaṭassāti ye sutvā na vadanti, tesampi dukkaṭaṃ. Kīvadūre sutvā avadantānaṃ dukkaṭaṃ? Ekavihāre tāva vattabbaṃ natthi. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana vuttaṃ ‘‘samantā addhayojane bhikkhūnaṃ bhāro. Dūtaṃ vā paṇṇaṃ vā pesetvā vadatopi āpattimokkho natthi. Sayameva gantvā ‘garuko kho, āvuso, saṅghabhedo , mā saṅghabhedāya, parakkamī’ti nivāretabbo’’ti. Pahontena pana dūrampi gantabbaṃ agilānānañhi dūrepi bhāroyeva.
现在,为显示“当那位比丘被比丘们如此劝诫时”等语句的义理,便说“即使将那位比丘拉到僧团中间,也应被劝诫”等。其中,“即使被拉到僧团中间”是指:如果以先前的方式劝诫时他仍不舍弃,那么即使捉住他的手脚将他拉到僧团中间,也应当再次以“愿尊者不要……”等方式劝诫三次。显示巴利原文
Idāni ‘‘evañca so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi vuccamāno’’tiādīsu atthamattameva dassetuṃ ‘‘so bhikkhu saṅghamajjhampi ākaḍḍhitvā vattabbo’’tiādimāha. Tattha saṅghamajjhampi ākaḍḍhitvāti sace purimanayena vuccamāno na paṭinissajjati hatthesu ca pādesu ca gahetvāpi saṅghamajjhaṃ ākaḍḍhitvā punapi ‘‘mā āyasmā’’tiādinā nayena tikkhattuṃ vattabbo.
“应被劝诫到第三次为止”,意思是应当劝诫直到第三次劝诫为止。也就是说,应以三次劝诫甘马语作羯磨。而在词语分解中,为取其义并显示劝诫的方法,遂说:“那位比丘应被劝诫。再者,比丘们,应这样劝诫”等。显示巴利原文
Yāvatatiyaṃ samanubhāsitabboti yāva tatiyaṃ samanubhāsanaṃ tāva samanubhāsitabbo. Tīhi samanubhāsanakammavācāhi kammaṃ kātabbanti vuttaṃ hoti. Padabhājane panassa atthameva gahetvā samanubhāsanavidhiṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘so bhikkhu samanubhāsitabbo. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, samanubhāsitabbo’’tiādi vuttaṃ.
414 其中,由白而犯恶作,由两次甘马语而犯偷兰遮,这些罪皆得平息——白结束时犯的恶作,与两次甘马语所犯的偷兰遮,这三项罪在第三次甘马语仅进行到“不同意者请说”的阶段时即告平息,唯独桑喀地谢沙罪存留。然而,是已犯的罪得以平息,还是原本无犯?大善见长老首先说:“最后才舍弃的人,并不犯那些罪过,因此无犯之罪得以平息。”大莲花长老则说:“如同因变性而导致的非共通罪,已犯之罪得以平息,未犯者又何须平息?”显示巴利原文
414. Tattha ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ dvīhi kammavācāhi thullaccayā paṭippassambhantīti yañca ñattipariyosāne dukkaṭaṃ āpanno, ye ca dvīhi kammavācāhi thullaccaye, tā tissopi āpattiyo ‘‘yassa nakkhamati so bhāseyyā’’ti evaṃ yya-kārappattamattāya tatiyakammavācāya paṭippassambhanti saṅghādisesoyeva tiṭṭhati. Kiṃ pana āpannāpattiyo paṭippassambhanti anāpannāti? Mahāsumatthero tāva vadati ‘‘yo avasāne paṭinissajjissati, so tā āpattiyo na āpajjati, tasmā anāpannā paṭippassambhantī’’ti. Mahāpadumatthero pana liṅgaparivattena asādhāraṇāpattiyo viya āpannā paṭippassambhanti, anāpannānaṃ kiṃ paṭippassaddhiyā’’ti āha.
415 “对如法羯磨起如法羯磨想”,意为:若那劝诫羯磨是如法的,他便对该羯磨起“这是如法羯磨”想。其余一切处同理。在此,想不能提供保护,因羯磨本身如法,若不舍弃,便犯戒。显示巴利原文
415.Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññīti tañce samanubhāsanakammaṃ dhammakammaṃ hoti, tasmiṃ dhammakammasaññīti attho. Esa nayo sabbattha. Idha saññā na rakkhati, kammassa dhammikattā eva appaṭinissajjanto āpajjati.
416 “对未被劝诫者”:对于未被劝诫的人,即使不舍弃,亦不犯桑喀地谢沙罪。显示巴利原文
416.Asamanubhāsantassāti asamanubhāsiyamānassa appaṭinissajjantassāpi saṅghādisesena anāpatti.
“对舍弃者”是指:在动议之前、动议的刹那、动议结束时,或在第一次宣告、第二次宣告、第三次宣告时,只要尚未至“不同意者请说”之言,在此期间舍弃者,不犯桑喀地谢沙罪。显示巴利原文
Paṭinissajjantassāti ñattito pubbe vā ñattikkhaṇe vā ñattipariyosāne vā paṭhamāya vā anusāvanāya dutiyāya vā tatiyāya vā yāva yya-kāraṃ na sampāpuṇāti, tāva paṭinissajjantassa saṅghādisesena anāpatti.
“对最初犯者”:此处,因《附随》中记载:“提婆达多为分裂和合僧团而作努力,以此事为缘”,故提婆达多是最初犯者。然而,此仅就为破僧而努力而言,非就不舍弃而言,因为并未对他作彼羯磨。若问如何得知?依经得知。正如《附随》中记载:“阿梨陀比丘,原为捕雕者,劝诫至第三次仍不舍弃,以此事为缘”,由此可知,对阿梨陀作了羯磨,而对提婆达多则未作。即使有人凭己意说应对他作羯磨,但在不舍弃的情况下,最初犯者亦无“不犯”之说。因为违犯所制学处者,除了特别开许之外,未见有不犯戒的情况。在阿梨陀学处的不犯条款中,某些写本有“对最初犯者”一语,此为误写。其误写情形,可从《小品》犍度中关于令忆念犯戒的语句得知:“首先应举发阿梨陀比丘,举发后令其忆念,忆念后令其承认犯戒。”显示巴利原文
Ādikammikassāti. Ettha pana ‘‘devadatto samaggassa saṅghassa bhedāya parakkami, tasmiṃ vatthusmi’’nti parivāre (pari. 17) āgatattā devadatto ādikammiko. So ca kho saṅghabhedāya parakkamanasseva, na appaṭinissajjanassa. Na hi tassa taṃ kammaṃ kataṃ. Kathamidaṃ jānitabbanti ce? Suttato. Yathā hi ‘‘ariṭṭho bhikkhu gaddhabādhipubbo yāvatatiyaṃ samanubhāsanāya na paṭinissajji, tasmiṃ vatthusmi’’nti parivāre (pari. 121) āgatattā ariṭṭhassa kammaṃ katanti paññāyati, na tathā devadattassa. Athāpissa katena bhavitabbanti koci attano rucimattena vadeyya, tathāpi appaṭinissajjane ādikammikassa anāpatti nāma natthi. Na hi paññattaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ vītikkamantassa aññatra uddissa anuññātato anāpatti nāma dissati. Yampi ariṭṭhasikkhāpadassa anāpattiyaṃ ‘‘ādikammikassā’’ti potthakesu likhitaṃ, taṃ pamādalikhitaṃ. Pamādalikhitabhāvo cassa ‘‘paṭhamaṃ ariṭṭho bhikkhu codetabbo, codetvā sāretabbo, sāretvā āpattiṃ ropetabbo’’ti (cūḷava. 65) evaṃ kammakkhandhake āpattiropanavacanato veditabbo.
因此,提婆达多虽为分裂而作努力者,但因未对他作彼羯磨,故他实无犯戒。然此学处正是缘彼而制,故称其为“最初犯者”。如是,以无犯戒故,说彼不犯。此义虽由“对未被劝诫者”一句已得成立,然“未被劝诫者”仅指全然未被劝诫者,而非最初犯者,而提婆达多正是最初犯者,故更说“对最初犯者”。依此方式,除阿梨陀学处外,于一切劝诫之抉择应予了知。余处一切明了。显示巴利原文
Iti bhedāya parakkamane ādikammikassa devadattassa yasmā taṃ kammaṃ na kataṃ, tasmāssa āpattiyeva na jātā. Sikkhāpadaṃ pana taṃ ārabbha paññattanti katvā ‘‘ādikammiko’’ti vutto. Iti āpattiyā abhāvatoyevassa anāpatti vuttā. Sā panesā kiñcāpi asamanubhāsantassāti imināva siddhā, yasmā pana asamanubhāsanto nāma yassa kevalaṃ samanubhāsanaṃ na karonti, so vuccati, na ādikammiko. Ayañca devadatto ādikammikoyeva, tasmā ‘‘ādikammikassā’’ti vuttaṃ. Etenupāyena ṭhapetvā ariṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ sabbasamanubhāsanāsu vinicchayo veditabbo. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānameva.
在起源等方面,此学处为三支、单一起源,名为“劝告起源”,由身、语、意生起。然而,即使未作出“我放弃”的身表或语表也会违犯,故为“非行作”;是有想解脱、有思心的世间罪,属身业与语业,生起于不善心,伴有苦受。显示巴利原文
Samuṭṭhānādīsu tivaṅgikaṃ ekasamuṭṭhānaṃ, samanubhāsanasamuṭṭhānaṃ nāmametaṃ, kāyavācācittato samuṭṭhāti. Paṭinissajjāmīti kāyavikāraṃ vā vacībhedaṃ vā akarontasseva pana āpajjanato akiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, dukkhavedananti.
十一、第二僧团破裂学处释义显示巴利原文
11. Dutiyasaṅghabhedasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
417-8 “那时,佛陀、世尊……”此为第二僧团分裂学处。其中,“随顺者”是指通过执取其邪见、认可、喜好而追随的人。说导致别众、属于不和合之语者,称为“说别众语者”。而在分别句中则说“他们为他的称赞、为他的朋党而住立”,意思是:为那致力于分裂僧团者的称赞与朋党增长而住立。因为那些说别众语者必定如此,故这样说。然而,由于超过三人便不能作羯磨,因为僧团不能对僧团作羯磨,故说“一人,或二人,或三人”。显示巴利原文
417-8.Tena samayena buddho bhagavāti dutiyasaṅghabhedasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha anuvattakāti tassa diṭṭhikhantiruciggahaṇena anupaṭipajjanakā. Vaggaṃ asāmaggipakkhiyavacanaṃ vadantīti vaggavādakā. Padabhājane pana ‘‘tassa vaṇṇāya pakkhāya ṭhitā hontī’’ti vuttaṃ, tassa saṅghabhedāya parakkamantassa vaṇṇatthāya ca pakkhavuḍḍhiatthāya ca ṭhitāti attho. Ye hi vaggavādakā, te niyamena īdisā honti, tasmā evaṃ vuttaṃ. Yasmā pana tiṇṇaṃ uddhaṃ kammārahā na honti, na hi saṅgho saṅghassa kammaṃ karoti, tasmā eko vā dve vā tayo vāti vuttaṃ.
“知”:他知道我们的意欲等。“说”:他与我们一起说:“我们这样做。”“我们也认可此事”:凡他所做的,我们也认可。显示巴利原文
Jānātinoti amhākaṃ chandādīni jānāti. Bhāsatīti ‘‘evaṃ karomā’’ti amhehi saddhiṃ bhāsati. Amhākampetaṃ khamatīti yaṃ so karoti, etaṃ amhākampi ruccati.
“愿具寿们的心与僧团和合”,意为:愿具寿们的心与僧团一同和合、会合,达至合一。此处其余内容,因与第一学处中所说方法相同,且意义显明,故不赘述。显示巴利原文
Sametāyasmantānaṃ saṅghenāti āyasmantānaṃ cittaṃ saṅghena saddhiṃ sametu samāgacchatu, ekībhāvaṃ yātūti vuttaṃ hoti. Sesamettha paṭhamasikkhāpade vuttanayattā uttānatthattā ca pākaṭameva.
起源等情况,也与第一学处相同。显示巴利原文
Samuṭṭhānādīnipi paṭhamasikkhāpadasadisānevāti.
十二、难劝学处释义显示巴利原文
12. Dubbacasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
424 424.“那时,世尊佛陀……”此为难劝学处。其中,“行非正行”是指作出种种身门、语门的违犯。“这算什么呢”是轻蔑之语。“我算什么呢”是抬高自己之语。“我可以教诫你们”则表示“你们应做这个,不应做那个,我有资格教诫你们”。何以故?因为他意在表明:“我们的世尊佛陀登上荆棘丛,与我一同出离、出家”等等。在说“我们的法”之后,为了显示自己拥有此法,他又说:“我们的圣子所证悟的法”。意思是:因为我们的圣子证悟了四谛法,所以法也是我们的。然而,他将僧团视为处于自己对立一方,故不说“我们的僧团”。为了作譬喻贬低僧团,他便说“正如所谓的……”等等。“草、木、落叶堆”是指散落各处的草、木、落叶。或者,“草”与无实质的轻木合称“草木”,“落叶堆”是指枯叶,“聚集”是指堆成一堆。显示巴利原文
424.Tena samayena buddho bhagavāti dubbacasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha anācāraṃ ācaratīti anekappakāraṃ kāyavacīdvāravītikkamaṃ karoti. Kiṃ nu kho nāmāti vambhanavacanametaṃ. Ahaṃ kho nāmāti ukkaṃsavacanaṃ. Tumhe vadeyyanti ‘‘idaṃ karotha, idaṃ mā karothā’’ti ahaṃ tumhe vattuṃ arahāmīti dasseti. Kasmāti ce? Yasmā amhākaṃ buddho bhagavā kaṇṭakaṃ āruyha mayā saddhiṃ nikkhamitvā pabbajitotievamādimatthaṃ sandhāyāha. ‘‘Amhākaṃ dhammo’’ti vatvā pana attano santakabhāve yuttiṃ dassento ‘‘amhākaṃ ayyaputtena dhammo abhisamito’’ti āha. Yasmā amhākaṃ ayyaputtena catusaccadhammo paṭividdho, tasmā dhammopi amhākanti vuttaṃ hoti. Saṅghaṃ pana attano veripakkhe ṭhitaṃ maññamāno amhākaṃ saṅghoti na vadati. Upamaṃ pana vatvā saṅghaṃ apasādetukāmo ‘‘seyyathāpi nāmā’’tiādimāha. Tiṇakaṭṭhapaṇṇasaṭanti tattha tattha patitaṃ tiṇakaṭṭhapaṇṇaṃ. Atha vā tiṇañca nissārakaṃ lahukaṃ kaṭṭhañca tiṇakaṭṭhaṃ. Paṇṇasaṭanti purāṇapaṇṇaṃ. Ussāreyyāti rāsiṃ kareyya.
“山流”,即源于山中的河流。因它水流湍急,故唯取此义。“螺、苔、浮萍”中,“螺”指长根的叶状苔;“苔”指青苔,其余如水苔、芝麻籽等,皆属“浮萍”一类。“被冲到一处”,是表明被某些东西汇聚、堆积于一处。显示巴利原文
Pabbateyyāti pabbatappabhavā, sā hi sīghasotā hoti, tasmā tameva gaṇhāti. Saṅkhasevālapaṇakanti ettha saṅkhoti dīghamūlako paṇṇasevālo vuccati. Sevāloti nīlasevālo, avaseso udakapappaṭakatilabījakādi sabbopi paṇakoti saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Ekato ussāritāti ekaṭṭhāne kenāpi sampiṇḍitā rāsīkatāti dasseti.
425-6 “难劝之性”,指具有难劝的本性,意为难以被教导。在其分别句中,“难劝”是说须以苦、以难方能教导,不能轻易教导。“导致难劝之法”,即造成难劝本性的法,以具足那些令人成为难劝者的法。那些法应知为:依《随念经》中所说“贤友,何等是导致难劝之法?贤友,此处比丘有恶欲……”等次第而来的十九种法:恶欲、自赞毁他、忿怒、因忿怒而怀恨、因忿怒而执著、因忿怒而发出忿怒之语、对呵责者反诘、对呵责者贬低、对呵责者反责、以其他事回避此事、不以正行作答、覆藏与悭嫉、嫉妒与悭吝、诡诈与谄曲、刚强与傲慢、执著己见与固执不舍。显示巴利原文
425-6.Dubbacajātikoti dubbacasabhāvo vattuṃ asakkuṇeyyoti attho. Padabhājanepissa dubbacoti dukkhena kicchena vaditabbo, na sakkā sukhena vattunti attho. Dovacassakaraṇehīti dubbacabhāvakaraṇīyehi, ye dhammā dubbacaṃ puggalaṃ karonti, tehi samannāgatoti attho. Te pana ‘‘katame ca, āvuso, dovacassakaraṇā dhammā? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu pāpiccho hotī’’tiādinā nayena paṭipāṭiyā anumānasutte (ma. ni. 1.181) āgatā pāpicchatā, attukkaṃsakaparavambhakatā, kodhanatā, kodhahetu upanāhitā, kodhahetuabhisaṅgitā, kodhahetukodhasāmantavācānicchāraṇatā, codakaṃ paṭippharaṇatā, codakaṃ apasādanatā, codakassa paccāropanatā, aññena aññaṃpaṭicaraṇatā , apadānena na sampāyanatā, makkhipaḷāsitā, issukīmaccharitā, saṭhamāyāvitā, thaddhātimānitā, sandiṭṭhiparāmāsiādhānaggahiduppaṭinissaggitāti ekūnavīsati dhammā veditabbā.
不能忍受、不能接受教诫,故为“不堪忍”。由不依所教而行,不以恭敬领受教导,故为“不恭敬领受教导者”。显示巴利原文
Ovādaṃ nakkhamati na sahatīti akkhamo. Yathānusiṭṭhaṃ appaṭipajjanato padakkhiṇena anusāsaniṃ na gaṇhātīti appadakkhiṇaggāhī anusāsaniṃ.
“包摄于诵出中”即被诵出所包摄、所含纳。意思是:由于被“若有罪者,应发露”一语所统摄,故处于巴帝摩卡的范围之内。“以同法而说”即被同法所说,此处用宾格表具格义——以五种同法者应学、或属他们所有的同法学处而说。显示巴利原文
Uddesapariyāpannesūti uddese pariyāpannesu antogadhesu. ‘‘Yassa siyā āpatti, so āvikareyyā’’ti evaṃ saṅgahitattā anto pātimokkhassa vattamānesūti attho. Sahadhammikaṃ vuccamānoti sahadhammikena vuccamāno karaṇatthe upayogavacanaṃ, pañcahi sahadhammikehi sikkhitabbattā tesaṃ vā santakattā sahadhammikanti laddhanāmena buddhapaññattena sikkhāpadena vuccamānoti attho.
“贤友们,请停止对我说的话”意思是:你们用来对我说的那些话,请停止那样对我说。即“不要对我说那些话”的意思。显示巴利原文
Viramathāyasmanto mama vacanāyāti yena vacanena maṃ vadatha, tato mama vacanato viramatha. Mā maṃ taṃ vacanaṃ vadathāti vuttaṃ hoti.
“请以同法而说”是指:以同法学处,或以其他能令人净信的同法之语而说。“此即”是不变词,用以指出增长的原因。由此显示了众会增长的原因:“此即相互间的利益语与令出罪,依此相互之语与相互的出罪,众会得以增长”。其余一切处意义明显。显示巴利原文
Vadatu sahadhammenāti sahadhammikena sikkhāpadena sahadhammena vā aññenapi pāsādikabhāvasaṃvattanikena vacanena vadatu. Yadidanti vuḍḍhikāraṇanidassanatthe nipāto. Tena ‘‘yaṃ idaṃ aññamaññassa hitavacanaṃ āpattito vuṭṭhāpanañca tena aññamaññavacanena aññamaññavuṭṭhāpanena ca saṃvaḍḍhā parisā’’ti evaṃ parisāya vuḍḍhikāraṇaṃ dassitaṃ hoti. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānameva.
其起因等,与第一僧团分裂学处相同。显示巴利原文
Samuṭṭhānādīni paṭhamasaṅghabhedasadisānevāti.
十三、污家学处解释显示巴利原文
13. Kuladūsakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
431 431.那时,世尊制定了“败坏家族者学处”。其中,“阿沙基与布那巴苏迦”即指阿沙基和布那巴苏迦。“在基塔吉利地区”是指名为基塔吉利的地方。“是住持者”:在此处,拥有住所者称为住持者。“住所”即指寺院。凡是因承担新建、修缮等而负责寺院者,便是住持者;仅住在寺院里的人,则称为居住者。这些比丘是住持者。“无惭耻的恶比丘”指无耻的卑劣比丘,他们即是六群比丘中的为首者。显示巴利原文
431.Tenasamayena buddho bhagavāti kuladūsakasikkhāpadaṃ. Tattha assajipunabbasukā nāmāti assaji ceva punabbasuko ca. Kīṭāgirisminti evaṃnāmake janapade. Āvāsikā hontīti ettha āvāso etesaṃ atthīti āvāsikā. ‘‘Āvāso’’ti vihāro vuccati. So yesaṃ āyatto navakammakaraṇapurāṇapaṭisaṅkharaṇādibhārahāratāya, te āvāsikā. Ye pana kevalaṃ vihāre vasanti, te nevāsikāti vuccanti. Ime āvāsikā ahesuṃ. Alajjino pāpabhikkhūti nillajjā lāmakabhikkhū, te hi chabbaggiyānaṃ jeṭṭhakachabbaggiyā.
据说在舍卫城,有六位同伴商议道:“耕作等事务实在艰难,我们应当如法出家吧!而出家后,若有事需要处理,便应选择能解决事务的地方出家。”如此商议后,他们便在两位上首弟子座下出家。满五年后,他们精通了根本戒经,又商议道:“地方有时食物丰足,有时遭遇饥馑,我们不要只住一处,应当分住三处。”于是他们对般度迦罗希达迦说:“贤友,舍卫城有七十五万户人家,是迦尸国和拘萨罗国的门户,这两国各长三百由旬,遍布八万个村庄。你们就在那中心地带建造精舍,种植芒果树、菠萝蜜树、椰子树等,以花果摄受诸家,度化族中少年出家,令僧众增长。”显示巴利原文
Sāvatthiyaṃ kira cha janā sahāyakā ‘‘kasikammādīni dukkarāni, handa mayaṃ sammā pabbajāma! Pabbajantehi ca uppanne kicce nittharaṇakaṭṭhāne pabbajituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti sammantayitvā dvinnaṃ aggasāvakānaṃ santike pabbajiṃsu. Te pañcavassā hutvā mātikaṃ paguṇaṃ katvā mantayiṃsu ‘‘janapado nāma kadāci subhikkho hoti kadāci dubbhikkho, mayaṃ mā ekaṭṭhāne vasimha, tīsu ṭhānesu vasāmā’’ti. Tato paṇḍukalohitake āhaṃsu – ‘‘āvuso, sāvatthi nāma sattapaññāsāya kulasatasahassehi ajjhāvutthā, asītigāmasahassapaṭimaṇḍitānaṃ tiyojanasatikānaṃ dvinnaṃ kāsikosalaraṭṭhānaṃ āyamukhabhūtā, tatra tumhe dhuraṭṭhāneyeva pariveṇāni kāretvā ambapanasanāḷikerādīni ropetvā pupphehi ca phalehi ca kulāni saṅgaṇhantā kuladārake pabbājetvā parisaṃ vaḍḍhethā’’ti.
他们对梅提耶布摩迦说:“贤友,王舍城有一千八百万人口,是两片各长三百由旬、拥有八万村庄的鸯伽国与摩揭陀国的门户。你们就在那中心地带……增长僧众。”显示巴利原文
Mettiyabhūmajake āhaṃsu – ‘‘āvuso, rājagahaṃ nāma aṭṭhārasahi manussakoṭīhi ajjhāvutthaṃ asītigāmasahassapaṭimaṇḍitānaṃ tiyojanasatikānaṃ dvinnaṃ aṅgamagadharaṭṭhānaṃ āyamukhabhūtaṃ, tatra tumhe dhuraṭṭhāneyeva…pe… parisaṃ vaḍḍhethā’’ti.
他们对阿沙基布那巴苏迦说:“贤友,那个名叫基塔吉利的地方,受到两片云雨滋润,出产三种谷物。你们就在那中心地带建造精舍……增长僧众。”他们照此而行。他们每人各有五百比丘随从,如此总共有超过一千五百比丘。其中,般度迦罗希达迦及其随从持戒严谨,他们与世尊一起游行人间,既不违反尚未制定的戒条,也不违犯已制定的学处;其余全是无惭无愧者,既犯未制戒的过失,又违犯已制学处,因此说是“无惭无愧的恶比丘”。显示巴利原文
Assajipunabbasuke āhaṃsu – ‘‘āvuso, kīṭāgiri nāma dvīhi meghehi anuggahito tīṇi sassāni pasavanti, tatra tumhe dhuraṭṭhāneyeva pariveṇāni kāretvā…pe… parisaṃ vaḍḍhethā’’ti. Te tathā akaṃsu. Tesu ekamekassa pakkhassa pañca pañca bhikkhusatāni parivārā, evaṃ samadhikaṃ diyaḍḍhabhikkhusahassaṃ hoti. Tatra paṇḍukalohitakā saparivārā sīlavantova bhagavatā saddhiṃ janapadacārikampi caranti, te akatavatthuṃ uppādenti, paññattasikkhāpadaṃ pana na maddanti, itare sabbe alajjino akatavatthuñca uppādenti, paññattasikkhāpadañca maddanti, tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘alajjino pāpabhikkhū’’ti.
“如此种类”指如此性质。“行非行”指行不应行之事,做不应做之事。“花丛”指幼嫩的花树,因为幼嫩的花树和花丛都统称为花丛。他们自己种植各种花丛,也令他人种植,故说“种植花丛,也令他人种植”。“浇灌”指自己用水浇灌。“令浇灌”指也令他人浇灌。显示巴利原文
Evarūpanti evaṃjātikaṃ. Anācāraṃ ācarantīti anācaritabbaṃ ācaranti, akātabbaṃ karonti. Mālāvacchanti taruṇapuppharukkhaṃ, taruṇakā hi puppharukkhāpi pupphagacchāpi mālāvacchā tveva vuccanti, te ca anekappakāraṃ mālāvacchaṃ sayampi ropenti, aññenapi ropāpenti, tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘mālāvacchaṃ ropentipi ropāpentipī’’ti. Siñcantīti sayameva udakena siñcanti. Siñcāpentīti aññenapi siñcāpenti.
于此,应知五种:非如法用语、如法用语、暗示、示意、作相。其中,非如法用语是指:掘青绿地或令他人掘;挖坑或令他人挖;种植花丛或令他人种植;编篱笆或令他人编;浇水或令他人浇;开渠引水、浇灌如法水,以及洗手、洗脚、洗脸、沐浴等用水。如法用语是指:“知道这棵树、知道这个坑、知道这花丛、知道这里的水”等语,以及修整干渠。暗示是指:“智者应种植花丛等,不久便能带来利益”等语。示意是指手持锄、铲等站在花丛旁,因为这样站立时,沙弥等看见后便明白长老想让他们做,于是就去做。作相是指将锄、铲、刀、斧、水器拿来放在近处。显示巴利原文
Ettha pana akappiyavohāro kappiyavohāro pariyāyo obhāso nimittakammanti imāni pañca jānitabbāni. Tattha akappiyavohāro nāma allaharitānaṃ koṭṭanaṃ koṭṭāpanaṃ, āvāṭassa khaṇanaṃ khaṇāpanaṃ, mālāvacchassa ropanaṃ ropāpanaṃ, āḷiyā bandhanaṃ bandhāpanaṃ, udakassa secanaṃ secāpanaṃ, mātikāya sammukhakaraṇaṃ kappiyaudakasiñcanaṃ hatthamukhapādadhovananhānodakasiñcananti. Kappiyavohāro nāma ‘‘imaṃ rukkhaṃ jāna, imaṃ āvāṭaṃ jāna, imaṃ mālāvacchaṃ jāna, ettha udakaṃ jānā’’ti vacanaṃ sukkhamātikāya ujukaraṇañca. Pariyāyo nāma ‘‘paṇḍitena nāma mālāvacchādayo ropāpetabbā nacirasseva upakārāya saṃvattantī’’tiādivacanaṃ. Obhāso nāma kudālakhaṇittādīni ca mālāvacche ca gahetvā ṭhānaṃ, evaṃ ṭhitañhi sāmaṇerādayo disvā thero kārāpetukāmoti gantvā karonti. Nimittakammaṃ nāma kudāla-khaṇitti-vāsi-pharasu-udakabhājanāni āharitvā samīpe ṭhapanaṃ.
这五种方式,为了摄护家族而种植,全部不允许;为了受用果实,非如法用语和如法用语这两种不允许,其余三种允许。然而在《大筏》中说:“如法用语也允许。凡是为自己受用而允许的,为其他个人、僧团或塔庙,也同样允许。”显示巴利原文
Imāni pañcapi kulasaṅgahatthāya ropane na vaṭṭanti, phalaparibhogatthāya kappiyākappiyavohāradvayameva na vaṭṭati, itarattayaṃ vaṭṭati. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana ‘‘kappiyavohāropi vaṭṭati. Yañca attano paribhogatthāya vaṭṭati, taṃ aññapuggalassa vā saṅghassa vā cetiyassa vā atthāyapi vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ.
然而,为了园林、树林或树荫的目的,仅非如法用语不允许,其余允许。不仅其余允许,而且修整沟渠、浇灌如法水、建造浴处沐浴、以及在那里倾倒洗手洗脚洗脸等用水,也允许。在《大筏》和《小库伦达》中说:“在如法土地上,自己种植也允许。”为了园林等目的而种植或令他人种植所得到的果实,也可以受用。显示巴利原文
Ārāmatthāya pana vanatthāyaca chāyatthāya ca akappiyavohāramattameva na ca vaṭṭati, sesaṃ vaṭṭati, na kevalañca sesaṃ yaṃkiñci mātikampi ujuṃ kātuṃ kappiyaudakaṃ siñcituṃ nhānakoṭṭhakaṃ katvā nhāyituṃ hatthapādamukhadhovanudakāni ca tattha chaḍḍetumpi vaṭṭati. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana kurundiyañca ‘‘kappiyapathaviyaṃ sayaṃ ropetumpi vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Ārāmādiatthāya pana ropitassa vā ropāpitassa vā phalaṃ paribhuñjitumpi vaṭṭati.
采摘或令他人采摘,即便在自然状态下也犯波逸提。但若为了败坏家族的目的,则同时犯波逸提与恶作。在编织乃至胸覆等行为中,若为了败坏家族或其他目的而作,唯独犯恶作。为什么?因为这些行为本身即非行,也属于此处所说的“恶行”。若问:如同为了园林等目的而植树,若为了供养塔庙的目的而作,为何不是无犯?那确实是无犯。正如在那里,以如法用语、暗示等方式操作即为无犯一样,为了供养塔庙的目的而作也同样无犯。显示巴利原文
Ocinanaocināpane pakatiyāpi pācittiyaṃ. Kuladūsanatthāya pana pācittiyañceva dukkaṭañca. Ganthanādīsu ca uracchadapariyosānesu kuladūsanatthāya aññatthāya vā karontassa dukkaṭameva . Kasmā? Anācārattā, ‘‘pāpasamācāro’’ti ettha vuttapāpasamācārattā ca. Ārāmādiatthāya rukkharopane viya vatthupūjanatthāya kasmā na anāpattīti ce? Anāpattiyeva. Yathā hi tattha kappiyavohārena pariyāyādīhi ca anāpatti tathā vatthupūjatthāyapi anāpattiyeva.
难道那里不是说过“在适合作业的土地上,自己种植也是可以的吗?”这确实说过,但并非出自大注疏。你或许会认为,在其他注疏中所说的也可以作为依据。然而,大注疏中提到了“适当的浇水”,这该如何解释?这其实并不矛盾。因为在那里,本应无差别地表述为“无论是自己种树还是令人种树,无论是自己浇水还是令人浇水”,但却特别提到了“花圃”。这表明:“这是为了摄受在家信众,针对花果受用而说的,在其他情况下则另有开许。”因此,须知在那里有开许,而在此处并无开许。如此,注疏中所说的便完全正确。并且,有偈颂说道——显示巴利原文
Nanu ca tattha ‘‘kappiyapathaviyaṃ sayaṃ ropetumpi vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttanti? Vuttaṃ, na pana mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ. Athāpi maññeyyāsi itarāsu vuttampi pamāṇaṃ. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyañca kappiyaudakasecanaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ kathanti? Tampi na virujjhati. Tatra hi avisesena ‘‘rukkhaṃ ropentipi ropāpentipi, siñcantipi siñcāpentipī’’ti vattabbe ‘‘mālāvaccha’’nti vadanto ñāpeti ‘‘kulasaṅgahatthāya pupphaphalūpagameva sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ, aññatra pana pariyāyo atthī’’ti. Tasmā tattha pariyāyaṃ, idha ca pariyāyābhāvaṃ ñatvā yaṃ aṭṭhakathāsu vuttaṃ, taṃ suvuttameva. Vuttañcetaṃ –
“佛陀宣说了法与律,
他同样为弟子们所了知;
那些已舍弃对他们执著的人,
因为往昔他们曾作注疏。
因此,注疏中所言,
舍弃那草率的著作,
凡于一切学处心怀恭敬者,
因为在此,这便是智者的依据。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Buddhena dhammo vinayo ca vutto; Yo tassa puttehi tatheva ñāto; So yehi tesaṃ matimaccajantā; Yasmā pure aṭṭhakathā akaṃsu. ‘‘Tasmā hi yaṃ aṭṭhakathāsu vuttaṃ; Taṃ vajjayitvāna pamādalekhaṃ; Sabbampi sikkhāsu sagāravānaṃ; Yasmā pamāṇaṃ idha paṇḍitāna’’nti.
一切都应依所说之法来理解。于此,或有这样的疑问:如果为了供养佛塔等目的而在编结花环等事上也有犯,为何在运送等事上却不犯呢?因为在运送的章节中,为了良家妇女等的利益而运送时,特别说明了“那些良家妇女”等,所以为了佛陀等的利益而运送者,不犯。显示巴利原文
Sabbaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Tattha siyā yadi vatthupūjanatthāyapi ganthānādīsu āpatti, haraṇādīsu kasmā anāpattīti? Kulitthīādīnaṃ atthāya haraṇato haraṇādhikāre hi visesetvā te kulitthīnantiādi vuttaṃ, tasmā buddhādīnaṃ atthāya harantassa anāpatti.
其中,“单柄花环”,即是将花柄集于一束而做成的花环。“双柄花环”,即是将花柄从两侧合拢做成的花环。“簇状花环”等:做成如簇状花模样的花饰,称为簇状花环。“串状花环”,是用针或签子将荆条花等穿起来做成的。“环状花环”即是花环。“垂饰”是耳饰。“胸饰”是指像项链般挂在胸前的花鬘。以上是此处诸词的解释。显示巴利原文
Tattha ekatovaṇṭikanti pupphānaṃ vaṇṭe ekato katvā katamālaṃ. Ubhatovaṇṭikanti ubhohi passehi pupphavaṇṭe katvā katamālaṃ. Mañjarikantiādīsu pana mañjarī viya katā pupphavikati mañjarikāti vuccati. Vidhūtikāti sūciyā vā salākāya vā sinduvārapupphādīni vijjhitvā katā. Vaṭaṃsakoti vataṃsako. Āveḷāti kaṇṇikā. Uracchadoti hārasadisaṃ ure ṭhapanakapupphadāmaṃ. Ayaṃ tāva ettha padavaṇṇanā.
以下从起始详述犯戒的判断。为破坏在家人,而于不适宜的地上种植花圃者,犯波逸提及恶作;以不适宜之言辞令人种植,亦同此犯。若于适宜之地,自己种植或令人种植,唯犯恶作。于前述两种情况下,若一次命令而种植多株,亦唯犯一个带波逸提的恶作,或唯犯恶作。若为受用目的,于适宜地或不适宜地,以适宜之言辞令人种植,则无犯。若为寺院等目的,于不适宜地自己种植,或以不适宜之言辞令人种植,犯波逸提。然此方法,《大注疏》中未作善巧分别,而《大普迦利》中则有分别。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ pana ādito paṭṭhāya vitthārena āpattivinicchayo. Kuladūsanatthāya akappiyapathaviyaṃ mālāvacchaṃ ropentassa pācittiyañceva dukkaṭañca, tathā akappiyavohārena ropāpentassa. Kappiyapathaviyaṃ ropanepi ropāpanepi dukkaṭameva. Ubhayatthāpi sakiṃ āṇattiyā bahunnampi ropane ekameva sapācittiyadukkaṭaṃ vā suddhadukkaṭaṃ vā hoti. Paribhogatthāya hi kappiyabhūmiyaṃ vā akappiyabhūmiyaṃ vā kappiyavohārena ropāpane anāpatti. Ārāmādiatthāyapi akappiyapathaviyaṃ ropentassa vā akappiyavacanena ropāpentassa vā pācittiyaṃ. Ayaṃ pana nayo mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ na suṭṭhu vibhatto, mahāpaccariyaṃ vibhattoti.
关于浇水及令人浇水:若以不适宜之水,不论何种情况,皆犯波逸提;若为破坏在家及受用目的,更犯恶作。若以适宜之水,为彼二种目的,则犯恶作。于此,若为受用目的,以适宜之言辞令人浇水,则无犯。在犯戒的场合,应知因水流断截而有多番加行,故有多番犯戒。显示巴利原文
Siñcanasiñcāpane pana akappiyaudakena sabbattha pācittiyaṃ, kuladūsanaparibhogatthāya dukkaṭampi. Kappiyena tesaṃyeva dvinnamatthāya dukkaṭaṃ. Paribhogatthāya cettha kappiyavohārena siñcāpane anāpatti. Āpattiṭṭhāne pana dhārāvacchedavasena payogabahulatāya āpattibahulatā veditabbā.
为破坏在家人而采摘时,依花朵数量,犯恶作及波逸提;于其他情况,唯犯波逸提。然若以一次加行采摘众多花朵,应依加行次数处置。令人采摘时,若为破坏在家人,一次命令纵令采摘多花,亦唯犯一个带波逸提的恶作;于其他情况,唯犯波逸提。显示巴利原文
Kuladūsanatthāya ocinane pupphagaṇanāya dukkaṭapācittiyāni aññattha pācittiyāneva. Bahūni pana pupphāni ekapayogena ocinanto payogavasena kāretabbo. Ocināpane kuladūsanatthāya sakiṃ āṇatto bahumpi ocinati, ekameva sapācittiyadukkaṭaṃ, aññatra pācittiyameva.
在编结等类别中,应知所有六种花饰——编结的、缠绕的、串穿的、包裹的、填充的、编织的。其中,“编结的”可从有柄的优波罗、莲花等,或其他长柄的花朵中了知。凡将柄与柄、花梗与花梗相互编结而作成的,即名为编结的。比丘或比丘尼自己制作,或以不如法语令他人制作,皆不许可。然而,若以如法语而说,如“借由这样知晓,这样做会好看,不要使这些花散开,就这样做”等语,令他人制作,则得许可。显示巴利原文
Ganthanādīsu sabbāpi cha pupphavikatiyo veditabbā – ganthimaṃ, gopphimaṃ, vedhimaṃ, veṭhimaṃ, pūrimaṃ, vāyimanti. Tattha ‘‘ganthimaṃ’’ nāma sadaṇḍakesu vā uppalapadumādīsu aññesu vā dīghavaṇṭesu pupphesu daṭṭhabbaṃ. Daṇḍakena daṇḍakaṃ vaṇṭena vā vaṇṭaṃ ganthetvā katameva hi ganthimaṃ. Taṃ bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā kātumpi akappiyavacanena kārāpetumpi na vaṭṭati. Evaṃ jāna, evaṃ kate sobheyya, yathā etāni pupphāni na vikiriyanti tathā karohītiādinā pana kappiyavacanena kāretuṃ vaṭṭati.
“缠绕的”是指用线或树皮纤维等,将夏生花等作成单柄花环或双柄花环形式的缠绕;或者将树皮纤维或绳索折成双股,再将无柄的尼帕花等纳入其中,次第绑扎而成,此亦是缠绕的。凡此种种,皆依前说之方法,不许可。显示巴利原文
‘‘Gopphimaṃ’’ nāma suttena vā vākādīhi vā vassikapupphādīnaṃ ekatovaṇṭikaubhatovaṇṭikamālāvasena gopphanaṃ, vākaṃ vā rajjuṃ vā diguṇaṃ katvā tattha avaṇṭakāni nīpapupphādīni pavesetvā paṭipāṭiyā bandhanti, etampi gopphimameva. Sabbaṃ purimanayeneva na vaṭṭati.
“串穿的”是指将有柄的夏生花等从花梗处,或将无柄的巴库拉花等从内部孔洞处,以针、棕榈叶条等穿透而串起,这称为串穿的,彼亦如前说之方法,不许可。然而,有些人将棕榈叶条等插入芭蕉树干或刺中,再串上花朵放置彼处;有些人插在有刺的枝条上;有些人为了制作花伞、花楼阁,将刺插入伞与墙壁中安置;有些人将刺绑在法座的华盖上;有些人用签子串穿迦尼迦罗花等,作成伞上伞的形状,那便太过粗劣了。但是,为了串花,即使在法座的华盖上绑刺,或用刺等串穿一朵花,或将花插入花中,一切皆不许可。然而,将花插入网状华盖、栏杆、象牙钩、花罩、棕榈叶球等的孔洞中,或插入无忧花簇的间隙中,则无过失,这不称为串穿的。对于法绳,亦同此理。显示巴利原文
‘‘Vedhimaṃ’’ nāma savaṇṭakāni vassikapupphādīni vaṇṭesu, avaṇṭakāni vā vakulapupphādīni antochidde sūcitālahīrādīhi vinivijjhitvā āvunanti, etaṃ vedhimaṃ nāma, tampi purimanayeneva na vaṭṭati. Keci pana kadalikkhandhamhi kaṇṭake vā tālahīrādīni vā pavesetvā tattha pupphāni vijjhitvā ṭhapenti, keci kaṇṭakasākhāsu, keci pupphacchattapupphakūṭāgārakaraṇatthaṃ chatte ca bhittiyañca pavesetvā ṭhapitakaṇṭakesu, keci dhammāsanavitāne baddhakaṇṭakesu, keci kaṇikārapupphādīni salākāhi vijjhanti, chattādhichattaṃ viya ca karonti, taṃ atioḷārikameva . Pupphavijjhanatthaṃ pana dhammāsanavitāne kaṇṭakampi bandhituṃ kaṇṭakādīhi vā ekapupphampi vijjhituṃ puppheyeva vā pupphaṃ pavesetuṃ na vaṭṭati. Jālavitānavedika-nāgadantaka pupphapaṭicchakatālapaṇṇaguḷakādīnaṃ pana chiddesu asokapiṇḍiyā vā antaresu pupphāni pavesetuṃ na doso. Etaṃ vedhimaṃ nāma na hoti. Dhammarajjuyampi eseva nayo.
“缠绕”者,当就手持花鬘与花束的情况来理解。有人制作顶鬘时,为在下部显出瓶状,用花缠绕;有人以线或树皮将八朵或十朵青莲花等绑在枝梗上,制成青莲花束或红莲花束。依前说方式,这一切都不允许。沙弥将放在干地上的青莲花等拔起后,也不允许用袈裟布打成包裹。但允许以它们自身的树皮或枝梗绑扎,或制成肩挂花束。肩挂花束,是将搭在肩上的袈裟两端拉拢打成包裹,把花如同放入袋中一般放入其中,这称为肩挂花束,这样做是允许的。若以枝梗穿过红莲叶,将青莲花等用叶子缠裹而持,其中也只允许在花的上方绑红莲叶,不允许在下方绑枝梗。显示巴利原文
‘‘Veṭhimaṃ’’ nāma pupphadāmapupphahatthakesu daṭṭhabbaṃ. Keci hi matthakadāmaṃ karontā heṭṭhā ghaṭakākāraṃ dassetuṃ pupphehi veṭhenti, keci aṭṭhaṭṭha vā dasa dasa vā uppalapupphādīni suttena vā vākena vā daṇḍakesu bandhitvā uppalahatthake vā padumahatthake vā karonti, taṃ sabbaṃ purimanayeneva na vaṭṭati. Sāmaṇerehi uppāṭetvā thale ṭhapitauppalādīni kāsāvena bhaṇḍikampi bandhituṃ na vaṭṭati. Tesaṃyeva pana vākena vā daṇḍakena vā bandhituṃ aṃsabhaṇḍikaṃ vā kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Aṃsabhaṇḍikā nāma khandhe ṭhapitakāsāvassa ubho ante āharitvā bhaṇḍikaṃ katvā tasmiṃ pasibbake viya pupphāni pakkhipanti, ayaṃ vuccati aṃsabhaṇḍikā, etaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Daṇḍakehi paduminipaṇṇaṃ vijjhitvā uppalādīni paṇṇena veṭhetvā gaṇhanti, tatrāpi pupphānaṃ upari paduminipaṇṇameva bandhituṃ vaṭṭati. Heṭṭhā daṇḍakaṃ pana bandhituṃ na vaṭṭati.
“重复”者,当就花鬘绳与花布来理解。若有人用花鬘绳围绕塔庙、菩提树或栏楯后,又拉回来,越过已铺之处,仅此便成为“重复”。更不必说多次围绕者。将花鬘绳穿过象牙钩之间拉出,做成垂挂状后再围绕象牙钩,这也称为“重复”。但允许将花环套入象牙钩。人们用花鬘绳制作花布,其中也只允许拉一条花鬘绳。若再拉回来,便成为重复,这一切依前说方式都不允许。然而,若得到用许多花鬘绳制成的花鬘,允许将其绑在座席上方等处。若花鬘绳太长,拉一次或围绕一次后,允许给与其他比丘,那位比丘也允许同样使用。显示巴利原文
‘‘Pūrimaṃ’’ nāma mālāguṇe ca pupphapaṭe ca daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yo hi mālāguṇena cetiyaṃ vā bodhiṃ vā vedikaṃ vā parikkhipanto puna ānetvā pūrimaṭhānaṃ atikkāmeti, ettāvatāpi pūrimaṃ nāma hoti. Ko pana vādo anekakkhattuṃ parikkhipantassa, nāgadanta-kantarehi pavesetvā haranto olambakaṃ katvā puna nāgadantakaṃ parikkhipati, etampi pūrimaṃ nāma. Nāgadantake pana pupphavalayaṃ pavesetuṃ vaṭṭati. Mālāguṇehi pupphapaṭaṃ karonti. Tatrāpi ekameva mālāguṇaṃ harituṃ vaṭṭati. Puna paccāharato pūrimameva hoti, taṃ sabbaṃ purimanayeneva na vaṭṭati. Mālāguṇehi pana bahūhipi kataṃ pupphadāmaṃ labhitvā āsanamatthakādīsu bandhituṃ vaṭṭati. Atidīghaṃ pana mālāguṇaṃ ekavāraṃ haritvā vā parikkhipitvā vā puna aññassa bhikkhuno dātuṃ vaṭṭati. Tenāpi tatheva kātuṃ vaṭṭati.
“编织”者,当就花网、花布与花像来理解。在塔庙上制作花网时,每制成一个网眼,即犯恶作。墙壁、伞盖、菩提树柱等也同理。花布即使已由他人填满,也不可再加编织。人们用牛膝花等制作象、马等形象,这些也属编织之列。依前说方式,这一切都不允许。但在他人已划定界限的情形下,放置花朵时,制作象、马等形象是允许的。在《大普阇利》中,则提到了与“束把”和“半月”一同的八种花艺。其中,“束把”是指在半月之间所说的垂挂花鬘束。“半月”是指以半月形状围绕花鬘绳。这两者也都归入“重复”的范畴。在《古伦迪》中说:“将两三条花鬘绳合在一起制作花鬘,也是编织。”这也归入此处“重复”的范畴。不仅花球鬘,还有粉团鬘、球状花鬘,《古伦迪》中也提到粗叶鬘。由于学处的共通性,比丘和比丘尼都不可自作或令作这些。但为了供养,在任何情况下说净语都是允许的。暗示、使眼色等方便作业也同样是允许的。显示巴利原文
‘‘Vāyimaṃ’’ nāma pupphajālapupphapaṭapuppharūpesu daṭṭhabbaṃ. Cetiyesu pupphajālaṃ karontassa ekamekamhi jālacchidde dukkaṭaṃ. Bhitticchattabodhitthambhādīsupi eseva nayo. Pupphapaṭaṃ pana parehi pūritampi vāyituṃ na labbhati. Gopphimapuppheheva hatthiassādirūpakāni karonti, tānipi vāyimaṭṭhāne tiṭṭhanti. Purimanayeneva sabbaṃ na vaṭṭati. Aññehi kataparicchede pana pupphāni ṭhapentena hatthiassādirūpakampi kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana kalambakena aḍḍhacandakena ca saddhiṃ aṭṭhapupphavikatiyo vuttā. Tattha kalambakoti aḍḍhacandakantare ghaṭikadāmaolambako vutto. ‘‘Aḍḍhacandako’’ti aḍḍhacandākārena mālāguṇaparikkhepo. Tadubhayampi pūrimeyeva paviṭṭhaṃ. Kurundiyaṃ pana ‘‘dve tayo mālāguṇe ekato katvā pupphadāmakaraṇampi vāyimaṃyevā’’ti vuttaṃ. Tampi idha pūrimaṭṭhāneyeva paviṭṭhaṃ, na kevalañca pupphaguḷadāmameva piṭṭhamayadāmampi geṇḍukapupphadāmampi kurundiyaṃ vuttaṃ, kharapattadāmampi sikkhāpadassa sādhāraṇattā bhikkhūnampi bhikkhunīnampi neva kātuṃ na kārāpetuṃ vaṭṭati. Pūjānimittaṃ pana kappiyavacanaṃ sabbattha vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Pariyāyaobhāsanimittakammāni vaṭṭantiyeva.
“扭动”者,即躺卧。“舞动”者,即因喜悦而踊跃般起身,表演舞蹈、戏剧,做出滑稽的动作。“在舞女跳舞时也跳舞”者,谓每当舞女跳舞时,他们也跟在她前面或后面边走边跳。“在舞女跳舞时也唱歌”者,谓当她跳舞时,他们随之唱起与舞蹈相应的歌曲。一切处皆同此理。“在八条棋盘上游戏”者,即在八条棋盘上玩骰子。同样,“在十条棋盘上”、“在空中”者,谓如同在八条棋盘和十条棋盘上那样,在空中游戏。“在绕行道上”者,即在地上画出种种道路圈,沿着应绕行的路线绕行而游戏。“玩近距游戏”者,即玩近距游戏:将棋子或石子、砂砾放在一起,不动它们,只用指甲将其拨开或拨近,若其中有任何一枚移动,便算输。“玩掷骰游戏”者,即在骰子盘上玩掷骰游戏。“玩棍击游戏”者,棍击游戏即是棍棒之戏,他们用长棍击打短棍,以此游走。显示巴利原文
Tuvaṭṭentīti nipajjanti. Lāsentīti pītiyā uppilavamānā viya uṭṭhahitvā lāsiyanāṭakaṃ nāṭenti, recakaṃ denti. Naccantiyāpi naccantīti yadā nāṭakitthī naccati, tadā tepi tassā purato vā pacchato vā gacchantā naccanti. Naccantiyāpi gāyantīti yadā sā naccati, tadā naccānurūpaṃ gāyanti. Esa nayo sabbattha. Aṭṭhapadepi kīḷantīti aṭṭhapadaphalake jūtaṃ kīḷanti. Tathā dasapade, ākāsepīti aṭṭhapadadasapadesu viya ākāseyeva kīḷanti. Parihārapathepīti bhūmiyaṃ nānāpathamaṇḍalaṃ katvā tattha pariharitabbapathaṃ pariharantā kīḷanti. Santikāyapi kīḷantīti santikakīḷāya kīḷanti, ekajjhaṃ ṭhapitā sāriyo vā pāsāṇasakkharāyo vā acālentā nakheneva apanenti ca upanenti ca, sace tattha kāci calati, parājayo hoti. Khalikāyāti jūtaphalake pāsakakīḷāya kīḷanti. Ghaṭikāyāti ghaṭikā vuccati daṇḍakakīḷā, tāya kīḷanti. Dīghadaṇḍakena rassadaṇḍakaṃ paharantā vicaranti.
“以签条手”者,即用紫胶、茜草汁或粉水浸湿签条手,口中问“会变成什么呢?”同时击打地面或墙壁,显出象、马等形象而游戏。“以骰子”者,即用球。“以叶笛”者,叶笛即叶卷哨,吹着它游戏。“以曲棒”者,谓用乡村儿童所玩的小犁。“以翻腾戏”者,翻腾戏即翻滚游戏,或于空中抓住棍子,或于地上以头顶地,上下翻转而游戏。“以旋转轮”者,旋转轮即用扇叶等制成、靠风力旋转的轮子,以此游戏。“以叶量器”者,叶量器即叶卷筒,用它们量沙子等而游戏。“以小车子”者,即用小车子。“以小弓”者,即用小弓。显示巴利原文
Salākahatthenāti lākhāya vā mañjaṭṭhiyā vā piṭṭhaudake vā salākahatthaṃ temetvā ‘‘kiṃ hotū’’ti bhūmiyaṃ vā bhittiyaṃ vā taṃ paharitvā hatthiassādīrūpāni dassentā kīḷanti. Akkhenāti guḷena. Paṅgacīrenāti paṅgacīraṃ vuccati paṇṇanāḷikā, taṃ dhamantā kīḷanti. Vaṅkakenāti gāmadārakānaṃ kīḷanakena khuddakanaṅgalena. Mokkhacikāyāti mokkhacikā vuccati samparivattakakīḷā, ākāse vā daṇḍaṃ gahetvā, bhūmiyaṃ vā sīsaṃ ṭhapetvā heṭṭhupariyabhāvena parivattantā kīḷantīti attho. Ciṅgulakenāti ciṅgulakaṃ vuccati tālapaṇṇādīhi kataṃ vātappahārena paribbhamanacakkaṃ, tena kīḷanti. Pattāḷhakenāti pattāḷhakaṃ vuccati paṇṇanāḷi, tāya vālikādīni minantā kīḷanti. Rathakenāti khuddakarathena. Dhanukenāti khuddakadhanunā.
“字戏”者,即于虚空或背板上进行的认字游戏,她们以此取乐。“意戏”者,即了知心中所思的游戏,她们以此取乐。“如实过”者,即将独眼、驼背、跛脚等各自的缺陷逐一表现出来而展示的游戏,她们以此取乐,如同帷幕戏一般。她们也学习象术,即学习与象相关的应学技艺。马等技艺也是如此。她们奔跑,即背向而去地奔跑。她们回奔,即跑出多远,便同样迎面而回。她们角力,即进行摔跤格斗。她们也作额礼,即说:“善哉,善哉,姐妹!”将自己的手指放在自己额头,再放在对方额头。她们行各种非行,即也行其他律藏中未提及的、如做鬼脸等各种非行。显示巴利原文
Akkharikāyāti akkharikā vuccati ākāse vā piṭṭhiyaṃ vā akkharajānanakīḷā, tāya kīḷanti. Manesikāyāti manesikā vuccati manasā cintitajānanakīḷā, tāya kīḷanti. Yathāvajjenāti yathāvajjaṃ vuccati kāṇakuṇikakhañjādīnaṃ yaṃ yaṃ vajjaṃ taṃ taṃ payojetvā dassanakīḷā tāya kīḷanti, velambhakā viya. Hatthismimpi sikkhantīti hatthinimittaṃ yaṃ sippaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ, taṃ sikkhanti. Eseva nayo assādīsu. Dhāvantipīti parammukhā gacchantā dhāvanti. Ādhāvantipīti yattakaṃ dhāvanti, tattakameva abhimukhā puna āgacchantā ādhāvanti. Nibbujjhantīti mallayuddhaṃ karonti. Nalāṭikampi dentīti ‘‘sādhu, sādhu, bhaginī’’ti attano nalāṭe aṅguliṃ ṭhapetvā tassā nalāṭe ṭhapenti. Vividhampi anācāraṃ ācarantīti aññampi pāḷiyaṃ anāgataṃ mukhaḍiṇḍimādivividhaṃ anācāraṃ ācaranti.
432 “令人净信”是指能带来净信,适宜、与沙门相应的。“前进”是指向前行。“返回”是指回转。“前视”是指看前方。“旁视”是指向左右看。“屈伸”是指弯曲肢节。“伸展”是指展开那些肢节。这些都使用具格,表示如此状态,即:由于以正念正知而行,所以在前进、返回、前视、旁视、屈伸、伸展上成为令人净信者。“垂目”是指双眼下视。“威仪圆满”是指由这种令人净信的前进等而威仪圆满。显示巴利原文
432.Pāsādikenāti pasādāvahena, sāruppena samaṇānucchavikena. Abhikkantenāti gamanena. Paṭikkantenāti nivattanena. Ālokitenāti purato dassanena. Vilokitenāti ito cito ca dassanena. Samiñjitenāti pabbasaṅkocanena. Pasāritenāti tesaṃyeva pasāraṇena. Sabbattha itthambhūtākhyānatthe karaṇavacanaṃ, satisampajaññehi abhisaṅkhatattā pāsādika abhikkanta-paṭikkanta-ālokita-vilokita-samiñjita-pasārito hutvāti vuttaṃ hoti. Okkhittacakkhūti heṭṭhā-khittacakkhu . Iriyāpathasampannoti tāya pāsādikaabhikkantāditāya sampannairiyāpatho.
“这是谁?”即“这是谁?”。“像极无能者一样”:据说无能者称为 bonda,这是叠词表示极度,因此是说“像极无能的人一样”。“极迟缓者”:由于前进等不浮躁,所以极度迟缓。“极细柔者”:他们如此将优点当作缺点来显示。“像极蹙眉者一样”:他们以为,由于垂目而皱眉、面容扭曲,如同发怒者一般行走,因而这样说。“柔和者”指善巧者,善于在合适场合以“妈妈、爸爸、姐妹”等语招呼在家众,不像此人;意思是“像极无能者一样”。“和蔼者”指具备和蔼。“乐与交谈者”是前者的原因说明。因为那些乐与交谈的人,寒暄之语柔和、悦耳,他们被称为和蔼者。因此他们说:“和蔼、乐与交谈者”。这里的意思是:我们的尊者们见到在家众后,会说甜蜜的寒暄语,因此是和蔼、乐于交谈的人,不像此人;意思是“像极迟缓者一样”。“先微笑者”:微笑是他们言语的先导,故称先微笑者,意思是先微笑再说话。“说‘来,欢迎’者”:见到在家众后说“来,欢迎你”的人,不像此人;这样,他们从意义上显示了由先微笑等而无蹙眉之相后,再以具体相貌显示而说:“无蹙眉显示巴利原文
Kvāyanti ko ayaṃ. Abalabalo viyāti abalo kira bondo vuccati, atisayatthe ca idaṃ āmeḍitaṃ, tasmā atibondo viyāti vuttaṃ hoti. Mandamandoti abhikkantādīnaṃ anuddhatatāya atimando. Atisaṇhoti evaṃ guṇameva dosato dassenti. Bhākuṭikabhākuṭiko viyāti okkhittacakkhutāya bhakuṭiṃ katvā saṅkuṭitamukho kupito viya vicaratīti maññamānā vadanti. Saṇhāti nipuṇā, ‘‘amma tāta bhaginī’’ti evaṃ upāsakajanaṃ yuttaṭṭhāne upanetuṃ chekā, na yathā ayaṃ; evaṃ abalabalo viyāti adhippāyo. Sakhilāti sākhalyena yuttā. Sukhasambhāsāti idaṃ purimassa kāraṇavacanaṃ. Yesañhi sukhasambhāsā sammodanīyakathā nelā hoti kaṇṇasukhā, te sakhilāti vuccanti. Tenāhaṃsu – ‘‘sakhilā sukhasambhāsā’’ti. Ayaṃ panettha adhippāyo – amhākaṃ ayyā upāsake disvā madhuraṃ sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ kathenti, tasmā sakhilā sukhasambhāsā, na yathā ayaṃ; evaṃ mandamandā viyāti. Mihitapubbaṅgamāti mihitaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ etesaṃ vacanassāti mihitapubbaṅgamā, paṭhamaṃ sitaṃ katvā pacchā vadantīti attho. Ehisvāgatavādinoti upāsakaṃ disvā ‘‘ehi svāgataṃ tavā’’ti evaṃvādino, na yathā ayaṃ; evaṃ saṅkuṭitamukhatāya bhākuṭikabhākuṭikā viya evaṃ mihitapubbaṅgamāditāya abhākuṭikabhāvaṃ atthato dassetvā puna sarūpenapi dassento āhaṃsu – ‘‘abhākuṭikā uttānamukhā pubbabhāsino’’ti. Uppaṭipāṭiyā vā tiṇṇampi ākārānaṃ abhāvadassanametanti veditabbaṃ. Kathaṃ? Ettha hi ‘‘abhākuṭikā’’ti iminā bhākuṭikabhākuṭikākārassa abhāvo dassito. ‘‘Uttānamukhā’’ti iminā mandamandākārassa, ye hi cakkhūni ummiletvā ālokanena uttānamukhā honti, na te mandamandā. Pubbabhāsinoti iminā abalabalākārassa abhāvo dassito, ye hi ābhāsanakusalatāya ‘‘amma tātā’’ti paṭhamataraṃ ābhāsanti, na te abalabalāti.
“来吧,尊者,我们回家去吧。”据说,那位在家众被告知“贤友,得不到食物了”之后,说“这是你们比丘自己造成的,即使走遍全村也得不到”,随后想供养食物,便说:“来吧,尊者,我们回家去吧。”那么,这算是暗示语吗?不是。这属于被问及的问题,可以据实述说。因此,不论上午还是傍晚,若有比丘进入村落间,有人问:“尊者,您为何行走?”说明行走的缘由后,当被告知“得到了”或“没得到”时,如果没得到,说“没得到”之后,对方若供养,便可接受。显示巴利原文
Ehi, bhante, gharaṃ gamissāmāti so kira upāsako ‘‘na kho, āvuso, piṇḍo labbhatī’’ti vutte ‘‘tumhākaṃ bhikkhūhiyeva etaṃ kataṃ , sakalampi gāmaṃ vicarantā na lacchathā’’ti vatvā piṇḍapātaṃ dātukāmo ‘‘ehi, bhante, gharaṃ gamissāmā’’ti āha. Kiṃ panāyaṃ payuttavācā hoti, na hotīti? Na hoti. Pucchitapañho nāmāyaṃ kathetuṃ vaṭṭati. Tasmā idāni cepi pubbaṇhe vā sāyanhe vā antaragharaṃ paviṭṭhaṃ bhikkhuṃ koci puccheyya – ‘‘kasmā, bhante, carathā’’ti? Yenatthena carati, taṃ ācikkhitvā ‘‘laddhaṃ na laddha’’nti vutte sace na laddhaṃ, ‘‘na laddha’’nti vatvā yaṃ so deti, taṃ gahetuṃ vaṭṭati.
“败坏”者,并非因净信等被毁而败坏,而是依人而说败坏。“施路”即布施本身。或者,“施路”指与布施相关的布施惯例。“断绝”指被施主们断绝,如今他们不再行这些布施。“舍弃”指分离、各别,即离去之意。“能安立”即能正确地安住,成为可爱比丘们的依止处。显示巴利原文
Duṭṭhoti na pasādādīnaṃ vināsena duṭṭho, puggalavasena duṭṭho. Dānapathānīti dānāniyeva vuccanti. Atha vā dānapathānīti dānanibaddhāni dānavattānīti vuttaṃ hoti. Upacchinnānīti dāyakehi upacchinnāni, na te tāni etarahi denti. Riñcantīti visuṃ honti nānā honti, pakkamantīti vuttaṃ hoti. Saṇṭhaheyyāti sammā tiṭṭheyya, pesalānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ patiṭṭhā bhaveyya.
“是的,尊者!”那位比丘如是接受了具信净信居士的传话。据说这样的传话是适宜携带的,因此诸如“以我的名义礼敬世尊的双足”、“礼敬佛塔、佛像、菩提树、僧团长老”、“在塔前作香供养、花供养”、“召集比丘们,我们要布施、要听法”等传话,不应有疑惑。这些是如法的传话,并非在家人的在家事务。当被问及“比丘,你从哪里来?”时,那位坐着的比丘并非实际走来,但就意义而言他是来了;虽然如此,以近处发生之事使用现在时表达是成立的,因此没有过失。最后,“我从世尊那里来”这句话,也适用同样的道理。显示巴利原文
Evamāvusoti kho so bhikkhu saddhassa pasannassa upāsakassa sāsanaṃ sampaṭicchi. Evarūpaṃ kira sāsanaṃ kappiyaṃ harituṃ vaṭṭati, tasmā ‘‘mama vacanena bhagavato pāde vandathā’’ti vā ‘‘cetiyaṃ paṭimaṃ bodhiṃ saṅghattheraṃ vandathā’’ti vā ‘‘cetiye gandhapūjaṃ karotha, pupphapūjaṃ karothā’’ti vā ‘‘bhikkhū sannipātetha, dānaṃ dassāma , dhammaṃ sossāmāti vā īdisesu sāsanesu kukkuccaṃ na kātabbaṃ. Kappiyasāsanāni etāni na gihīnaṃ gihikammapaṭisaṃyuttānīti. Kuto ca tvaṃ, bhikkhu, āgacchasīti nisinno so bhikkhu na āgacchati atthato pana āgato hoti; evaṃ santepi vattamānasamīpe vattamānavacanaṃ labbhati, tasmā na doso. Pariyosāne ‘‘tato ahaṃ bhagavā āgacchāmī’’ti etthāpi vacane eseva nayo.
433 首先,应对阿湿波、富那婆娑比丘举罪:在请求许可说“我们想对你们说”之后,以事由和罪过举罪。举罪之后,对于他们不记得的部分,应令其忆起。如果他们既承认事由又承认罪过,或只承认罪过而不承认事由,则应判定其罪。如果只承认事由而不承认罪过,也应如此判定:“在此事由中,有名为某某的罪过。”如果他们既不承认事由也不承认罪过,则不应判定其罪,这是此处的裁决方式。然而,在依其承认判定罪过后,为了显示应如此作驱出羯磨,而说“由一位贤能的比丘……”等语,其义自明。显示巴利原文
433.Paṭhamaṃ assajipunabbasukā bhikkhū codetabbāti ‘‘mayaṃ tumhe vattukāmā’’ti okāsaṃ kāretvā vatthunā ca āpattiyā ca codetabbā. Codetvā yaṃ na saranti, taṃ sāretabbā. Sace vatthuñca āpattiñca paṭijānanti, āpattimeva vā paṭijānanti, na vatthuṃ, āpattiṃ ropetabbā. Atha vatthumeva paṭijānanti, nāpattiṃ; evampi ‘‘imasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ ayaṃ nāma āpattī’’ti ropetabbā eva. Yadi neva vatthuṃ, nāpattiṃ paṭijānanti, āpattiṃ na ropetabbā ayamettha vinicchayo. Yathāpaṭiññāya pana āpattiṃ ropetvā; evaṃ pabbājanīyakammaṃ kātabbanti dassento ‘‘byattena bhikkhunā’’tiādimāha, taṃ uttānatthameva.
受驱出羯磨的比丘,不得住于他曾在其中或曾于其所属村庄行污家行为的寺院或村庄。即使住于该寺院,亦不得前往附近的村庄乞食;即使住于附近的寺院,亦不得前往该村庄乞食。然而,有弟子告诉优波提舍长老:“尊者,所谓城市是很大的,甚至有十二由旬。”长老回答:“在哪条街巷作了污家行为,就在那里被禁止。”弟子又说:“街巷也很大,如同城市一般。”长老回答:“在哪一排房屋。”弟子又说:“一排房屋也如同街巷一般大。”长老回答:“从此处到彼处的七间房屋之间被禁止。”然而,这一切仅是长老的心意而已。即使寺院最大三由旬,城市最大十二由旬,既不得住于该寺院,也不得在该城中行走乞食。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ pabbājanīyakammakatena bhikkhunā yasmiṃ vihāre vasantena yasmiṃ gāme kuladūsakakammaṃ kataṃ hoti, tasmiṃ vihāre vā tasmiṃ gāme vā na vasitabbaṃ. Tasmiṃ vihāre vasantena sāmantagāmepi piṇḍāya na caritabbaṃ. Sāmantavihārepi vasantena tasmiṃ gāme piṇḍāya na caritabbaṃ. Upatissatthero pana ‘‘bhante nagaraṃ nāma mahantaṃ dvādasayojanikampi hotī’’ti antevāsikehi vutto ‘‘yassā vīthiyā kuladūsakakammaṃ kataṃ tattheva vārita’’nti āha. Tato ‘‘vīthipi mahatī nagarappamāṇāva hotī’’ti vutto ‘‘yassā gharapaṭipāṭiyā’’ti āha, ‘‘gharapaṭipāṭīpi vīthippamāṇāva hotī’’ti vutto ito cito ca satta gharāni vāritānī’’ti āha. Taṃ pana sabbaṃ therassa manorathamattameva. Sacepi vihāro tiyojanaparamo hoti dvādasayojanaparamañca nagaraṃ, neva vihāre vasituṃ labbhati, na nagare caritunti.
435 “他们被僧团作了驱出羯磨”──僧团是如何对他们行羯磨的呢?并非亲自前往强行压制,而是在各家邀请、举办僧团供食之时,由长老们于各场合宣说沙门的行持,使人们了知“此为沙门,此非沙门”后,令一两位比丘进入界内,以此方式对所有人作了驱出羯磨。如此受驱出羯磨者,在完成十八种义务并请求后,应解除其羯磨。而且,即使以解罪羯磨解除之后,对于他先前曾作污家行为的那些家族,也不得接受资具,即使证得漏尽也不得接受,那些供养仍是不如法的。若被问“为何不接受?”而回答“因为以前曾如此做”时,倘若他们说“我们并非因此原因而给,如今是因其具戒而给”,则可接受。污家行为只在平常的布施场所发生,因此只可接受平常的布施;若他们增加而给,则不可接受。显示巴利原文
435.Tesaṅghena pabbājanīyakammakatāti kathaṃ saṅgho tesaṃ kammaṃ akāsi? Na gantvāva ajjhottharitvā akāsi, atha kho kulehi nimantetvā saṅghabhattesu kayiramānesu tasmiṃ tasmiṃ ṭhāne therā samaṇapaṭipadaṃ kathetvā ‘‘ayaṃ samaṇo, ayaṃ assamaṇo’’ti manusse saññāpetvā ekaṃ dve bhikkhū sīmaṃ pave setvā etenevupāyena sabbesaṃ pabbājanīyakammaṃ akaṃsūti. Evaṃ pabbājanīyakammakatassa ca aṭṭhārasa vattāni pūretvā yācantassa kammaṃ paṭippassambhetabbaṃ. Paṭippassaddhakammenāpi ca tena yesu kulesu pubbe kuladūsakakammaṃ kataṃ, tato paccayā na gahetabbā, āsavakkhayappattenāpi na gahetabbā, akappiyāva honti. ‘‘Kasmā na gaṇhathā’’ti pucchitena ‘‘pubbe evaṃ katattā’’ti vutte, sace vadanti ‘‘na mayaṃ tena kāraṇena dema idāni sīlavantatāya demā’’ti gahetabbā. Pakatiyā dānaṭṭhāneyeva kuladūsakakammaṃ kataṃ hoti. Tato pakatidānameva gahetuṃ vaṭṭati, yaṃ vaḍḍhetvā denti, taṃ na vaṭṭati.
“不如法行持”:那些阿湿波、富那婆娑比丘在十八种义务中不如法行持。“不柔顺”:由于不随顺行持,他们并非柔顺。“不行出离”:他们不践行自己的出离之道。“不请求比丘们原谅”:他们不向比丘们请求原谅,不说:“尊者,我们做了恶行,以后不会再这样做了,请原谅我们。”“辱骂”:他们以十种辱骂事辱骂行羯磨的僧团。“诽谤”:他们对其施以恐吓,使其恐惧。“导致欲行……乃至……导致怖行”:他们如此使人成为欲行者……乃至使人成为怖行者,即令其参与。“离去”:在他们五百沙门随从中,有一部分向各处离去。“还俗”:有一部分成为在家人。“为何阿湿波、富那婆娑比丘们竟会如此”:此处以两位首领为代表,将所有比丘都称为“阿湿波、富那婆娑”。显示巴利原文
Na sammā vattantīti te pana assajipunabbasukā aṭṭhārasasu vattesu sammā na vattanti. Na lomaṃ pātentīti anulomapaṭipadaṃ appaṭipajjanatāya na pannalomā honti. Na netthāraṃ vattantīti attano nittharaṇamaggaṃ na paṭipajjanti . Na bhikkhū khamāpentīti ‘‘dukkaṭaṃ, bhante, amhehi, na puna evaṃ karissāma, khamatha amhāka’’nti evaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ khamāpanaṃ na karonti. Akkosantīti kārakasaṅghaṃ dasahi akkosavatthūhi akkosanti. Paribhāsantīti bhayaṃ nesaṃ dassenti. Chandagāmitā…pe… bhayagāmitā pāpentīti ete chandagāmino ca…pe… bhayagāmino cāti evaṃ chandagāmitāyapi…pe… bhayagāmitāyapi pāpenti, yojentīti attho. Pakkamantīti tesaṃ parivāresu pañcasu samaṇasatesu ekacce disā pakkamanti. Vibbhamantīti ekacce gihī honti. Kathañhi nāma assajipunabbasukā bhikkhūti ettha dvinnaṃ pamokkhānaṃ vasena sabbepi ‘‘assajipunabbasukā’’ti vuttā.
436-7 “或村庄”——在此处,城市也包含于“村庄”的称谓中。因此,在其词义分别中说到:“村庄、市镇、城市,既是村庄亦是市镇。”其中应知:无墙垣围绕而有商铺者,为市镇。显示巴利原文
436-7.Gāmaṃ vāti ettha nagarampi gāmaggahaṇeneva gahitaṃ. Tenassa padabhājane ‘‘gāmopi nigamopi nagarampi gāmo ceva nigamo cā’’ti vuttaṃ. Tattha apākāraparikkhepo saāpaṇo nigamoti veditabbo.
“污家族者”即污家者。这里的“污”,并非以不净、泥巴等去弄脏,而是以自身的恶行毁坏他们的净信。因此,在其词义分别中说“以花……”等。其中,若有人自己采来或令人采来,自己唤来或令人唤来,将自己所属的任何花给与聚集的在家众,为摄受家族而给与,则犯恶作。若给与他人所属之物,也犯恶作。若以盗心给与,应按物品价值处罚。对于僧团所属物,道理相同。然而,此处有一差别:若将指定用于住所之物,以主宰者的姿态给与,则犯偷兰遮。显示巴利原文
Kulāni dūsetīti kuladūsako. Dūsento ca na asucikaddamādīhi dūseti, atha kho attano duppaṭipattiyā tesaṃ pasādaṃ vināseti. Tenevassa padabhājane ‘‘pupphena vā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha yo haritvā vā harāpetvā vā pakkositvā vā pakkosāpetvā vā sayaṃ vā upagatānaṃ yaṃkiñci attano santakaṃ pupphaṃ kulasaṅgahatthāya deti, dukkaṭaṃ. Parasantakaṃ deti, dukkaṭameva. Theyyacittena deti, bhaṇḍagghena kāretabbo. Eseva nayo saṅghikepi. Ayaṃ pana viseso, senāsanatthāya niyāmitaṃ issaravatāya dadato thullaccayaṃ.
所谓花,可以给与谁,不可以给与谁?首先,对于父母,无论是亲自拿去、派人拿去,还是唤来、派人唤来后给与,都是允许的;对于其余亲属,则只应通过派人唤来后给与。而且,那仅是为了供养塔庙等场所;如果是为了装饰,或是为了供养湿婆林伽等,则对任何人都不允许。在派人拿去给父母时,应只派亲属沙弥去拿。其他人若自愿,则可以。由被选任的分花人分配时,可以给在场的沙弥一半份额。据《库伦达注》说,可以给在场的在家人一半份额。《大筏注》中说:“可以给少量。”未被选任者则应征求同意后给与。显示巴利原文
Pupphaṃ nāma kassa dātuṃ vaṭṭati, kassa na vaṭṭatīti? Mātāpitūnnaṃ tāva haritvāpi harāpetvāpi pakkositvāpi pakkosāpetvāpi dātuṃ vaṭṭati, sesañātakānaṃ pakkosāpetvāva. Tañca kho vatthupūjanatthāya, maṇḍanatthāya pana sivaliṅgādipūjanatthāya vā kassacipi dātuṃ na vaṭṭati. Mātāpitūnañca harāpentena ñātisāmaṇereheva harāpetabbaṃ. Itare pana yadi sayameva icchanti, vaṭṭati. Sammatena pupphabhājakena bhājanakāle sampattānaṃ sāmaṇerānaṃ upaḍḍhabhāgaṃ dātuṃ vaṭṭati. Kurundiyaṃ sampattagihīnaṃ upaḍḍhabhāgaṃ. Mahāpaccariyaṃ ‘‘cūḷakaṃ dātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Asammatena apaloketvā dātabbaṃ.
恭敬师长的沙弥们采来许多花,堆成一堆放置。长老们一早便对前来的弟子或优婆塞说:“你拿这个,你拿那个”,这不称为花施。即便手持鲜花说“我们要供养塔庙”而去,或在供养时,于各处将花交给在场的人供塔庙之用,这也不称为花施。看到优婆塞用牛角瓜花等供养时,可以说:“寺院里有迦尼迦罗花等,优婆塞们可以取那些花去供养。”比丘们做完花供后,于清晨进入村庄,人们问:“尊者,为什么这么早就进村了?”他们回答:“寺院里有很多花,我们做了供养。”人们听说“寺院里有很多花”,第二天便带了许多嚼食和啖食去寺院,既作花供,又行布施,这是可以的。人们请求一个花供的日子,说:“尊者,我们想在某某日做供养”,并在获允的日子前来。沙弥们一早就把花采下放好。人们看到树上没有花,便问:“尊者,花在哪里?”回答说:“沙弥们已采下放好了,你们拿去供养后便可离开,僧团改日再供。”他们供养后,行布施便离开,这是可以的。然而《大筏注》和《库伦达注》中说:“长老们不能让沙弥们给花。如果沙弥们自己把那些花给他们,是可以的。但长老们只能说:‘沙弥们采下……’显示巴利原文
Ācariyupajjhāyesu sagāravā sāmaṇerā bahūni pupphāni āharitvā rāsiṃ katvā ṭhapenti, therā pātova sampattānaṃ saddhivihārikādīnaṃ upāsakānaṃ vā ‘‘tvaṃ idaṃ gaṇha, tvaṃ idaṃ gaṇhā’’ti denti, pupphadānaṃ nāma na hoti. ‘‘Cetiyaṃ pūjessāmā’’ti gahetvā gacchantāpi pūjaṃ karontāpi tattha tattha sampattānaṃ cetiyapūjanatthāya denti, etampi pupphadānaṃ nāma na hoti. Upāsake akkapupphādīhi pūjente disvā ‘‘vihāre kaṇikārapupphādīni atthi, upāsakā tāni gahetvā pūjethā’’ti vattumpi vaṭṭati. Bhikkhū pupphapūjaṃ katvā divātaraṃ gāmaṃ paviṭṭhe ‘‘kiṃ, bhante, atidivā paviṭṭhatthā’’ti pucchanti, ‘‘vihāre bahūni pupphāni pūjaṃ akarimhā’’ti vadanti. Manussā ‘‘bahūni kira vihāre pupphānī’’ti punadivase pahūtaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ gahetvā vihāraṃ gantvā pupphapūjañca karonti, dānañca denti, vaṭṭati. Manussā ‘‘mayaṃ, bhante, asukadivasaṃ nāma pūjessāmā’’ti pupphavāraṃ yācitvā anuññātadivase āgacchanti, sāmaṇerehi ca pageva pupphāni ocinitvā ṭhapitāni honti, te rukkhesu pupphāni apassantā ‘‘kuhiṃ, bhante, pupphānī’’ti vadanti, sāmaṇerehi ocinitvā ṭhapitāni tumhe pana pūjetvā gacchatha, saṅgho aññaṃ divasaṃ pūjessatīti. Te pūjetvā dānaṃ datvā gacchanti, vaṭṭati. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana kurundiyañca ‘‘therā sāmaṇerehi dāpetuṃ na labhanti. Sace sayameva tāni pupphāni tesaṃ denti, vaṭṭati. Therehi pana ‘sāmaṇerehi ocinitvā ṭhapitānī’ti ettakameva vattabba’’nti vuttaṃ. Sace pana pupphavāraṃ yācitvā anocitesu pupphesu yāgubhattādīni ādāya āgantvā sāmaṇere ‘‘ocinitvā dethā’’ti vadanti. Ñātakasāmaṇerānaṃyeva ocinitvā dātuṃ vaṭṭati. Aññātake ukkhipitvā rukkhasākhāya ṭhapenti, na orohitvā palāyitabbaṃ, ocinitvā dātuṃ vaṭṭati. Sace pana koci dhammakathiko ‘‘bahūni upāsakā vihāre pupphāni yāgubhattādīni ādāya gantvā pupphapūjaṃ karothā’’ti vadati, tasseva na kappatīti mahāpaccariyañca kurundiyañca vuttaṃ. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘etaṃ akappiyaṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti avisesena vuttaṃ.
水果也是如此,属于自己的,可按前述方式给予父母及其余亲属。若为了摄受俗家而给予,则如前所述,对于属于自己的、属于他人的、属于僧团的、已指定为住所用的,应知有恶作等罪。只有属于自己的,才可以给予病人、或到来的权威人士、或耗尽资财者,这不称为果施。被选任的分果人在为僧团分配水果时,可以给在场的人一半份额。未被选任者则应征求同意后给予。在僧园中,也应按果的界限或树的界限制定规约。此后,对于病人或其他人乞求水果时,应按所定界限给四五个水果。或者指示树木说:‘可以从这里摘取。’但不可说:‘这些水果很好,从这里拿吧。’显示巴利原文
Phalampi attano santakaṃ vuttanayeneva mātāpitūnaṃñca sesañātakānañca dātuṃ vaṭṭati. Kulasaṅgahatthāya pana dentassa vuttanayeneva attano santake parasantake saṅghike senāsanatthāya niyāmite ca dukkaṭādīni veditabbāni. Attano santakaṃyeva gilānamanussānaṃ vā sampattaissarānaṃ vā khīṇaparibbayānaṃ vā dātuṃ vaṭṭati, phaladānaṃ na hoti. Phalabhājakenāpi sammatena saṅghassa phalabhājanakāle sampattamanussānaṃ upaḍḍhabhāgaṃ dātuṃ vaṭṭati. Asammatena apaloketvā dātabbaṃ. Saṅghārāmepi phalaparicchedena vā rukkhaparicchedena vā katikā kātabbā. Tato gilānamanussānaṃ vā aññesaṃ vā phalaṃ yācantānaṃ yathāparicchedena cattāri pañca phalāni dātabbāni. Rukkhā vā dassetabbā ‘‘ito gahetuṃ labbhatī’’ti. ‘‘Igha phalāni sundarāni, ito gaṇhathā’’ti evaṃ pana na vattabbaṃ.
关于粉:在此,若把自己的朱缨花粉或其他任何粉末、任何染料,为了摄受俗家而给予,是恶作。对于属于他人等的情况,也应按前述方式了知判定。但这里有一个差别:在此,即使是被僧团守护保管的树皮,也是重物。对于土、齿木、竹,也应知其属于重物后,按关于粉所述的方式了知判定。至于叶施,这里没有提到,但也应按所述方式了知。在后面关于重物的判定中,我们将详细说明一切。显示巴利原文
Cuṇṇenāti ettha attano santakaṃ sirīsacuṇṇaṃ vā aññaṃ vā kasāvaṃ yaṃkiñci kulasaṅgahatthāya deti, dukkaṭaṃ. Parasantakādīsupi vuttanayeneva vinicchayo veditabbo. Ayaṃ pana viseso – idha saṅghassa rakkhitagopitāpi rukkhacchalli garubhaṇḍameva. Mattikadantakaṭṭhaveḷūsupi garubhaṇḍūpagaṃ ñatvā cuṇṇe vuttanayeneva vinicchayo veditabbo. Paṇṇadānaṃ pana ettha na āgataṃ, tampi vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Paratopi garubhaṇḍavinicchaye sabbaṃ vitthārena vaṇṇayissāma.
“行医”:此处,行医的方法当依第三波罗夷注释中所说而了知。显示巴利原文
Vejjikāya vāti ettha vejjakammavidhi tatiyapārājikavaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbo.
此所谓“跑腿传信”,是指为在家人充当信使、传递消息的工作,此事不可为。因为替在家人带消息,每行一步即犯恶作。即使食用依此工作所得的食物,每吞咽一口亦犯恶作。即使最初并未接受消息,后来心想“那个村庄到了,让我传达那消息吧”而偏离道路,每行一步也犯恶作。传达消息后食用所获食物,如前所述仍是恶作。但若未曾接受消息而来,被问:“尊者,某村某人如何?”时,可以叙述,仅回答问题并无过失。然而,为五种同法者、父母、将还俗者以及自己的侍者带消息,是允许的;为在家人带前述那种如法的消息,也是允许的。因为这并不称为跑腿传信的工作。可是,由这八种污家恶行所产生的资具,对于五种同法者也不适用,它们与由妄语和金钱交易所产生的资具相似。显示巴利原文
Jaṅghapesanikenāti ettha jaṅghapesaniyanti gihīnaṃ dūteyyasāsanaharaṇakammaṃ vuccati, taṃ na kātabbaṃ. Gihīnañhi sāsanaṃ gahetvā gacchantassa pade pade dukkaṭaṃ. Taṃ kammaṃ nissāya laddhabhojanaṃ bhuñjantassāpi ajjhohāre ajjhohāre dukkaṭaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ sāsanaṃ aggahetvāpi pacchā ‘‘ayaṃ dāni so gāmo handa taṃ sāsanaṃ ārocemī’’ti maggā okkamantassāpi pade pade dukkaṭaṃ. Sāsanaṃ ārocetvā laddhabhojanaṃ bhuñjato purimanayeneva dukkaṭaṃ. Sāsanaṃ aggahetvā āgatena pana ‘‘bhante tasmiṃ gāme itthannāmassa kā pavattī’’ti pucchiyamānena kathetuṃ vaṭṭati, pucchitapañhe doso natthi. Pañcannaṃ pana sahadhammikānaṃ mātāpitūnaṃ paṇḍupalāsassa attano veyyāvaccakarassa ca sāsanaṃ harituṃ vaṭṭati, gihīnañca pubbe vuttappakāraṃ kappiyasāsanaṃ. Idañhi jaṅghapesaniyakammaṃ nāma na hoti. Imehi pana aṭṭhahi kuladūsakakammehi uppannapaccayā pañcannampi sahadhammikānaṃ na kappanti, abhūtārocanarūpiyasaṃvohārehi uppannapaccayasadisāva honti.
有恶行故为“恶行者”。然而,此处意指种植花环等事,故以“种植花环”等语说明其词句分解。“背后”指不在当面。于“诸家因彼而败坏”句中,“诸家”仅是世俗称谓,实质上是人们因彼而败坏,故在其词句分解中说“先前有信心”等。“随欲而行者”指因欲贪而行者,故为随欲而行者。其余诸词亦同此理。于“应劝告令其舍弃”句中,就污家恶行而言,仅是恶作。然而,若彼蔑视僧团而说“随欲而行者”等语,则为令其舍弃彼见,应作劝告羯磨——应如此理解其义。其余各处,意义明显。显示巴利原文
Pāpā samācārā assāti pāpasamācāro. Te pana yasmā mālāvaccharopanādayo idha adhippetā, tasmā ‘‘mālāvacchaṃ ropentipī’’tiādinā nayenassa padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ. Tirokkhāti parammukhā. Kulāni ca tena duṭṭhānīti ettha pana yasmā ‘‘kulānī’’ti vohāramattametaṃ, atthato hi manussā tena duṭṭhā honti, tasmāssa padabhājane ‘‘pubbe saddhā hutvā’’tiādimāha. Chandagāminoti chandena gacchantīti chandagāmino. Esa nayo sesesu. Samanubhāsitabbo tassa paṭinissaggāyāti ettha kuladūsakakammena dukkaṭameva. Yaṃ pana so saṅghaṃ paribhavitvā ‘‘chandagāmino’’tiādimāha. Tassa paṭinissaggāya samanubhāsanakammaṃ kātabbanti evamattho daṭṭhabbo. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānatthameva.
其等起等方面亦与初破僧戒相同。显示巴利原文
Samuṭṭhānādīnipi paṭhamasaṅghabhedasadisānevāti.
结语解释显示巴利原文
Nigamanavaṇṇanā
442 于“已诵出……我等如是受持”句中,“初罪者”指其罪为初罪,意谓在最初违犯的刹那即构成犯。其他类别,譬如若在第三、第四日发生,便如称老人为“第三日者”“第四日者”;同样地,由于于劝告羯磨进行至第三次时方成犯,故应知为“至三次者”。显示巴利原文
442.Uddiṭṭhā kho…pe… evametaṃ dhārayāmīti ettha paṭhamaṃ āpatti etesanti paṭhamāpattikā, paṭhamaṃ vītikkamakkhaṇeyeva āpajjitabbāti attho. Itare pana yathā tatiye catutthe ca divase hotīti jaro ‘‘tatiyako catutthako’’ti ca vuccati; evaṃ yāvatatiye samanubhāsanakamme hontīti yāvatatiyakāti veditabbā.
“凡知而覆藏几日”:意指明知而覆藏了多少日,却不向梵行同伴报告“我犯某罪”。“如彼日数”:即等同那么多日。“应非自愿而别住”:非因欲乐,也非因强力,而是非自愿、非强力地受持别住而住。“六夜以上”:于别住之后再加六夜。“为比丘悦众意”:为令比丘众喜悦,即为令其满意。“二十众”:以二十位比丘僧为众。“于彼处”:指凡以最低限度有二十众比丘僧之处。“应被出罪”:应被召回、应被接纳,即通过出罪羯磨令其回归僧团;或意为应被唤回。“未被出罪者”:未被召回、未被接纳、未作出罪羯磨者;或意为未被唤回者。“正行”:即随顺法性,随顺出世间法之教诫教授,称为正行法性。此处其余内容,如前所述。显示巴利原文
Yāvatīhaṃ jānaṃ paṭicchādetīti yattakāni ahāni jānanto paṭicchādeti, ‘‘ahaṃ itthannāmaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno’’ti sabrahmacārīnaṃ nāroceti. Tāvatīhanti tattakāni ahāni. Akāmā parivatthabbanti na kāmena, na vasena, atha kho akāmena avasena parivāsaṃ samādāya vatthabbaṃ. Uttari chārattanti parivāsato uttari cha rattiyo. Bhikkhumānattāyāti bhikkhūnaṃ mānanabhāvāya, ārādhanatthāyāti vuttaṃ hoti. Vīsatisaṅgho gaṇo assāti vīsatigaṇo . Tatrāti yatra sabbantimena paricchedena vīsatigaṇo bhikkhusaṅgho atthi tatra. Abbhetabboti abhietabbo sampaṭicchitabbo, abbhānakammavasena osāretabboti vuttaṃ hoti , avhātabboti vā attho. Anabbhitoti na abbhito, asampaṭicchito, akatabbhānakammoti vuttaṃ hoti, anavhātoti vā attho. Sāmīcīti anudhammatā, lokuttaradhammaṃ anugatā ovādānusāsanī, sāmīci dhammatāti vuttaṃ hoti. Sesamettha vuttanayamevāti.